Johannes Browne, Regis Britannici, necnon Nosocomij sui Chirurgus Ordinarius.   portrait 
R. White sculp.    


The Royal Gift of Healing  
R. White sculp.    

ADENOCHOIRADELOGIA: OR, An Anatomick-Chirurgical TREATISE OF GLANDULES & STRUMAES, Or Kings-evil-swelling.  
Together with the Royal gift of Healing, Or Cure thereof by Contact or Imposition of Hands, performed for above 640 Years by our Kings of ENGLAND, Continued with their Admirable Effects, and Miraculous Events; and concluded with many Wondered Examples of Cures by their Sacred Touch.  
All which are succinctly described By JOHN BROWNE, One of His Majesty's Surgeons in Ordinary, and Chirurgeon of His Majesty's Hospital.  
Si multitudo Sapientum (Consiliariorum) sanitas est Orbis Terrarum, multò magis Rex Sapiens firmamentum ac Basis Populi est.  
LONDON: Printed by Tho. Newcomb for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1●84.   

TRactatum hunc Anatomico-Chirurgum▪ de variis Humani Corporis Glandulis, & de Strumis cum suis Differentiis, Causis, Signis, etc. à Joanne Browne Regio Chirurgo Ordinario Conscriptum Omnibus Anatomes Studiosis, Medicorum, Chirurgorumque Tyronibus Utrorumque etiam peritissimis, perutilem esse Judicamus.  


Thomas Cox Praeses Collegii Regalis Medicorum Lond.  
Carolus Scarburghus Eques Auratus Medicus Regius Primarius & Collegii Medicorum Lond. Anatomes Professor Publicus.  
Edm. Dickinson Medicus Regius.  
Ferdinandus Mendes Regis & Reginae Med.  
Tho. Allen. Med. Regius Ordinar. & Censor Collegii.  
Richardus Pile Regius Chirurgus Principalis.  
Jacobus Molins Regius Chirurgus Ordinarius.     

Charles R.  
CHARLES the Second, by the Grace of God, King of England, Scotland, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc. To all Our Loving Subjects of what Degree, Condition or Quality soever within this Our Kingdom of England, Greeting. Whereas We have been given to understand, That Our Trusty and Wellbeloved John Brown Esq One of Our Surgeons in Ordinary, ha● not only with great Art, but at the Expense of much Time and Charge, Compiled a Book, Entitled, The Anatomy of the Glandules, with a General Treatise of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling, and the Royal Gift of Healing; Which Performance of his is to Our great Liking and Satisfaction. That We may express Our Approbation thereof, and give him all due and ample Encouragement for the future, We do hereby signify Our Royal Pleasure, granting unto the said John Browne the sole Privilege of Printing the aforesaid Treatise; and strictly charging, prohibiting and forbidding all Our Subjects to Copy or Import, Buy, Vend, Utter or Distribute any Copies or Examplars of the same, Reprinted beyond the Seas within the space of Fifteen Years next ensuing the date hereof, without the Consent and Approbation of the said John Browne, his Heirs, Executors, and Assigns, as they and every of them so offending will answer the contrary at their utmost Perils: Whereof the Company of Stationers of Our City of London, the Commissioners and Officers of Our Customs, and all other Our Officers and Ministers whom it may concern, are to take particular Notice, that due Obedience be given to this Our Royal Command.  
Given at Our Court at Whitehal, this 28th day of February 1682/3. in the Five and Thirtieth Year of Our Reign. By His Majesty's Command, Sunderland.   

To the Most Sacred Majesty, CHARLES II. By the Grace and Providence of GOD, KING Of Great Britain, France and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc.  
THese Anatomical Exercitations of the Glandules, and Treatise of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling, lie prostrate at Your Majesty's Feet, humbly imploring Your Majesty's Sacred Touch; Dedicated and Presented with all Obeisance to Your Royal Hand by  
Your Majesty's Most Loyal Subject, and Most Obedient Servant, J. Browne.   

To the most Noble and most Illustrious Prince, JAMES, Duke, Marquess and Earl of Ormond; Earl of Ossory and Brecknock; Viscount Thurley; Lord Baron of Arclo and Lanthong; Lord of the Regalities and Liberties of the County of Tiperary; Chancellor of the Universities of Oxon and Dublin; Lord Lieutenant General, and General Governor of His Majesty's Kingdom of Ireland; One of the Lords of His Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council of His Majesty's Kingdoms of England, Scotland and Ireland; Gentleman of His Majesty's Bedchamber; Lord Steward of His Majesty's Household; Lord Lieutenant of the County of Somerset; Lord Lieutenant and Lord High Steward of the City of Bristol; Lord Steward of the City of Westminster; And Knight of the most Noble Order of the Garter.  
May it please your Grace,  
AS nothing confirms a Nobleman more Illustrious than Learning, so this makes his Conjectures little lesle than Oracles: for that which comes nearest to sense, does strike our Minds fullest, and leaves the most lasting Impressions in our Memories; whereas bear Speculations, like thin and subtle Air, do most easily slide from our Understandings, and leave but imperfect Impressions of their Appearances.  
And since Solomon's Conclusion is very Excellent, That it is a Misery to live, if it were to live for nothing else, I presume to think it my Duty as well as my Zeal to satisfy the World with the Phaenomena of Providence, in showing the Admirable Composure and Contexture both of the Conglomerate and Conglobate Glandules in Human Body; wherein are illustrated their proper Uses and Variety of Secretory and Excretory Offices.  
A subject of very great Moment, collected from the Industrious Sweats of the most Learned Men of our Profession in all the World: The which although it may be pinched by the straitness and meanness of my Capacity, the Author wanting Art to recommend it to Your Grace.  
Yet herein he presumes the Trial will with ease secure the Design of its common passage, Your Lordship affording it Your Honourable Passport; Whose Soul is as Great as Your Name, and Your Illustrious Nature as Generous, as Your Person is Eminent; You evermore being allowed the Father of our Nobility, the Venerable Example of our Gentry, and the Universal Prayer of our Commonalty.  
And as Your Grace's Name does carry the Golden World in it, so Your Puissant Nature does bear the Rich Pearl of Inestimable Value.  
From Your Noble and Princely Loins have issued such Heroic and Highborn Branches, of whom may be said, Virtutem ex te, fortunam ex aliis habuerint. Their Early Titles of Fame came into the World with them, and will continued without scratch or checquer so long as Time shall be allowed being therein.  
My Lord,  
Although I have presumed to Indulge my Pen to a considerable length in this Address, being too free with Your Sacred Minutes; yet give me leave to say, The Universe hath not the like Subject for Age, Prowess, Loyalty, Learning, Honesty and Goodness.  
As Truth therefore does always play above-board, and eschews every Appearance of Equivocation; so that which is really Excellent needs not farther popular Estimation.  
Pardon therefore▪ my Imperfections in this my Address, and be pleased to reckon me in the number of those who pay all Reverence to Your Virtues, and Obeisance to Your Illustrious Name, the which will highly Encourage me to assume the Liberty of subscribing myself,  
Your Grace's Most Humble and Devoted Servant, JOHN BROWNE.   

AN Introductional PREFACE To the Studious READER.  
Kind RAEDER,  
THat great is the Industry of the Bee, and rare its Oeconomy, excellent the Contexture; and very fine the thread of the Spider, wondered the Spinning; and curious the labour of the Silkworm, every considerate Man must acknowledge. But when these are compared to the Fabric of MAN, or considered in the hour of his wondered Make, they must look but as Atoms in the Air, Rays to the Sun, or Shadows to a Substance; for admirable is his Frame, excellent the symmetry of his Proportion, and miraculous his Composure, made by the Almighty as the Corollary, Navel, and Compendium of this great World, the Image of his Maker, and the Prince of all Animals. Matter and Form being his two first Principles; His innate Heat, by Philosophers, being compared to Fire; His Spiritual parts to Air, his Solid parts to Earth, and his Moist parts to Water: The first called Natures principal Agent in the World, carrying in it the two Engines of natural Motion and Life; the second possessing the Animals Spirits, rare and fluxile Bodies evermore allowed boundless as to Limits, spending themselves into Liquefaction; The third bearing in it the Basis of the four Elements, and therefore called by the Philosophers Primum Frigidum; Heat and Cold being as Nature's right and left Hands, under whose commands are Life and Death, Generation and Corruption.  
The first being nothing else but an Harmonical act begot out of Matter and Form, making an individual Perfection lengthened into Continuance by a placid motion of Spirits operating in the Nutritive Juice of the body; Death concluding both the Actor and Act, by making a Divorce between the former: Generation confirming a specifique Form inherent in the specifique Seed and Matter, and Corruption only discovering the dissolution of corruptible Elements already lapsed into ruin.  
The fourth being as Natures Menstruum, a Volatile and Spirituous Body evaporating in Humour by a mean heat, and well enough called Humour its self: This Diaphanous Body of Man being much like a Looking-glass heat by the rays of the Sun, and drawn up by its likeness.  
In Nature's Elaboratory we may also found three several Offices provided for variety of uses, as in the first, her Instruments, Vessels, and Consistences, of Bodies kept and reserved in their proper places. Where we may see Percolation made, which is a kind of separation of subtle Natures, the finer spirits being separated from the grosser, and this maintained by the weight of unequal Bodies.  
Clarification shown by an equal distribution of Liquor with the tangible parts, and by refining the Spirits themselves.  
Impulsion or Percussion made good by a ponderous Body put into motion.  
Fermentation in its Original Particles arising in our Bodies out of Sulphur and Salt, Sulphur being the existence, and Salt the master of its Acrimony; nothing entering our Bodies which do not bear a saline quality in it, and Sulphur being herewith intermixed, dissolves this Salt and runs it into Fusion, the which being loosened and attenuated by its Acrimony, doth dissolve the same, and so enters all the parts of the nutriments which we take into us.  
A assimilation being made by many passages, Percolations, long continuance of gentle heats, and circuits of Time.  
Liquefactions also ofttimes occasioned by detention of Spirits playing in the Body, and opening the same.  
Attraction acting in us like spongy bodies sending forth Air, and sucking in Liquor or moisture thereinto.  
Dilatation opening every compact Body, and causing a free passage therein.  
Digestion taking its notion from living Creatures, and thence extended to Liquors or Juices, the highest notion thereof being fetched from the degrees of alteration of one Body into another, as from Crudities to a more perfect Concoction, which is the ultimity of the action and process.  
Maturation of Liquors being wrought up by the congregation of Spirits, whereby they are seen to gain and receive a better digestion.  
Sublimation being nothing else than the separation of subtle and thin Particles from those which are thick and feculent, making that which was once impure, to appear more clear and pure.  
Calcination making for a more apt Solution abating the Acrimony, its end being twofold, as making that which was inflammable, impure, and crude; much abated, altered, and better calcined, running the same into a more generous Liquor, and changing its corporeous nature for a more spirituous.  
Fixation being the equal spreading of tangible parts, and their close coacervation which makes them lesle willing to issue forth.  
Concretion of Bodies commonly solved by its contrary, thus Ice which was congealed by cold, is dissolved by heat, these operations rather being the returns towards their former nature, than alterations.  
Coagulation made from the reduction of thin and fluid Bodies to a solid substance, and this may be made good either by separation, segregation, or comprehension, as when the whole is run into an uniform substanc, by Cold or Viscidity, arising from a saline principle, Coction or Elixation.  
Condensation made good in the Jejuness of the Spirits and their impurity with the Tangible parts: These, or most, if not all of them being nearly concerned in us, I have presumed to give a light touch upon them by way of Introduction.  
In the next Office we found Nature's varieties of Fermentative Menstruums, Salts, and separating Juices, daily used in our Bodies, and these do bear the names of Acids, Subacids, Salines, Acreds', Austeers, Viscids, Bitters, Acerbs or Sowers, Oleaginous or oily Juices, Dulcorate, Insipids, and those other Juices of the Glandules, etc.  
We begin with Acids, where we found that every Acidity is a very great Ingredient in Fermentation, all Acids being appointed for promoting and setting forward its journey and progress; Thus an Acid humour prepared in the Stomach out of the Nutriment and therein for some season reserved, does both promote Digestion, and the subaction of the same, for all Acids which are reduced to a fluidness having their Salts advanced, do both promote and assist Fermentations and dissolutions of the same in our bodies, in which action both the Salt and the Sulphur with which our Nutriments were replenished, are hereby confringed in the Ventricle and reduced into minute Particles; and hence is it that Chyle itself thus being fermented, does get a Creamy colour by its sulphureous Particles being dissolved with the Salts, and mixed with an acid Ferment: But than how these Acidities do get into our Bodies, we no ways making use of acid things, may thus be made good. We cannot live without Acidity in Turgent occasions, for there is an acidity in the Air, in which we breathe, made good by a Caput Mortuum, or Vitriol, being thereto exposed, which is seen to fetch out hence an Acidity.  
Gassandus and others do declare, That the Air is filled with Nitrous Particles, and Niter every one knows does maintain an acidity in it; in Meats and Drinks are acidities made good, and hence we need not run far to show how Acidity happens in Man, we apparently seeing that by continual Fermentations in our Bodies, many things which were formerly sweet and pleasant, or at lest temperate, have afterwards turned most acid, the which may either hap by dissipation of the Animal Spirits, or some other internal cause; and this amongst Animals is not easily found out, unless it be by a melancholy Juice, ferments of the Stomach, or Spleen, or Pancreatic Juice, or Morning Saliva, or Spatttle; and as all Animals have their consistence from Fermentative principles, so the whole World is filled with Fermentative Particles; and it's the general opinion of Physicians, that whoever wants an acid Juice, can never be allowed to digest well: We shall much enlarge upon these acid Juices, when we shall treat of the Blood and Lympha.  
Subacids take their names from their lesser quantity of Acidity, and thus the Pancreatic Juice is called Subacid, made by the Blood and Spirits like it, passing out of the smaller into the larger Ductus; and as a general remark hereof, as too much Acidity is seen a great procurer of Intermitting Fevers, so Subacids do make a ready way for the discharge of the same, for so long as Choler is predominant in our Bodies, Phlegm is lesle viscous, and the Pancreatic Juice being lessened in its acredness, this makes the more ready way for the dispatch of Diseases.  
Salines, experience teacheth us, do congregate into divers Figures and Angles, and all Bodies being naturally Saline, scarce perceivable in the family of Vegetables; for Herbs have their fixed Salts from their Incinerations, and Volatile Salts are seen extracted from the Blood of Animals by Sublimations; and Lixivial Salts being either fixed or volatile, do infringe Acidity, attenuate Phlegm, correct acid and austeer Effects, hinder concretion of Bile, correct ill Humours, and cleanse the Blood; and Volatile Salts do concentre and enervate the Subacid Liquors of the Glandules; and although an acid Spirit is not easily secerned from a Lixivial fixed Salt, yet it is easily made good from a volatile Salt; which volatile Salt may be contained in a legitimate Serum of the Blood made out of laudable Bile, in which Serum whereof I suppose may be made an acid Spirit apt enough for framing a Matter for the Lympha; as therefore there is in the body of the Blood a laudable Serum, which may well enough be variously changed either by outward causes, as Air, or Nutriments, or inward, by the motion of the Mind, or Body, or the like, so may these beget and imprint a strange quality in the Lympha, by making it either more acid, more subsaline, more diluted or aqueous, or more thick and viscid. But we shall have more occasion hereof in the Blood; all Natural Salts therefore, if they be urged by repeated Distillations, do pass into lucid Liquors; Volatile Salts are always seen white, and if they be exposed to humid air, they speedily run into a reddish Liquor, not very salt, the volatile saline parts herein vanishing, and the sulphureous parts only remaining which gives the colour; the saline parts of the Blood therefore lodge between Fixation and Volatization, than properly called Fixed, when it adhears to the Sulphur and terene parts, and than Volatilised, leaving them both and sticking to the spirituous Particles thereof and marching therewith, as is made good in distilled Spirit of Urine after a long digestion: Thus in some measure the saline parts in our Bodies are seen to mix with the Chyle, and run the same into digestion in the Bowels, they acting orderly in us; and than are volatilised into a Nervous Juice, and planted in the middle constitution of the sanguine Mass, and than being exalted by a long circulation and digestion they hereby become Volatile, and are partly joined with the Spirituous Particles and exstilled into the Brain with them, and there become Animal Spirits, and at length turn into a Nutrimentitious Juice fit for nourishing the sulphureous and solid parts of the Body through which they pass. Salt therefore as it is allowed three states of Fusion, Volatization, and Fluidness, so it acts accordingly in our Bodies, for when its saline Corpuscles be mixed with the rest and made ready for dissolution, than it shows itself in the first conception of Animals, beginnings of Fermentations, and indigested Formations of things, and this bears the name of Fusion.  
When from the first rudiments of Motion the Saline Particles are seen to ascend with some Spirit having Sulphur thereto added, this invigorates the same and gives it a volatization.  
That properly called Fluor Salis when the saline parts which were formerly collected with the Earth and Sulphur, are now associated to the Spirit, and this knot of mixture being loosened, it thereby gets its freedom, and being thus cleared and freed whilst the mayor part of the Spirit and Sulphur leaves it, it takes chief place itself, and so is rendered insipid and free from all saltness whatever.  
Acreds' do show their dependence from a Volatile Salt in concrete things, the which being dissolved from their mixtures, do speedily loose themselves; and hence is it that some Herbs although abounding with an acred Juice whilst green, when they grow dry they are perfectly seen to loose their Acredity, as is made good in Scurvey-grass, Watercresses, and the like. Again, the volatile acred Salt being mixed with the Air in the Lungs and received into the Blood by Inspiration, or taken into the Stomach with our Nutriments, or sucked into the Body by its pores, or mixing itself with the Liquors of the Glandules or the Blood, doth both infect, enervate and vitiate the same. Acreds' also in the time of Fermentation do contract the Ventricle and promote an expulsive faculty therein, moving the heat with more frequent contractions, making the Pulse bear a part with it, and the Blood being stagnated, does hereby grow more acred, and this runs it into Inflammation, and ofttimes converts it into purulent or corrupt Matter.  
Austere Acids do generally arise in those bodies which are readiest inclinable to Astringency, whose Particles are filled with many small prickings closing upon the Fibres, and as it were contracting the same: Thus we see austere Acids do breed and produce Glutinosities of fluid things by astriction, restore both the Tone and strength of the parts, correct and temper volatization, amend the fluidness of Choler, hardening the Excrements of the Intestines, ofttimes the mother of Suffocation, and whatever we take into our Mouths of Vitriol or Tobacco, they are seen to leave an austeer gust upon our palates.  
Viscid Juices do variously bring Diseases upon our human Bodies; Thus we see that both Saliva, Pancreatic Juice, and Lympha, do err, and prove injurious by their viscidities in Hectics, and the beginnings of Catarrhs are allowed to arise from viscid Nutriments and cold Air. Coagulation of Humours also are seen to arise from a viscid Chyle, and an Intestinal Phlegm marching along in the milky vessels, and its viscidity that makes flations, keeps so close to the Stomach and in it, and which makes their exits thence so uneasy, and its viscous and coagulate Blood that both stagnates the motion of the Blood, and hinders the secretion of the Chyle, etc.  
Bitter Juices carry in them both Sulphur and Salt, wherein they are seen very equally concerned, and do operate in the Blood as they do in compound Liquors, where contracting a new bitterness by being either burnt in their Concoctions, or too much spent by evaporation; they do hence occasion a kind of bitter smoakiness which they seem to purchase hereby, and bear the same in their whole progress.  
Acerbs or tart and sour Juices generally are in their proper nature very near in kin to austere or astringent Juices, and do hurt our Bodies by obstructing our Pores, wherein having once got entrance, they are not very readily or easily to be thence discharged; they bear up their tart and sour nature, and are not to be overcome with such which are of a more sweet constitution.  
Unctuous or oily Juices are than allowed to be produced when the Particles of any Body are seen spherical and globular, neither bringing much disturbance, or pricking, or tickling therewith. Sulphur being herein master in chief, and Oil being apt to take fire, if it once assumes it, it keeps the same up and maintains it; and the Lixivial Salt once joined with Oil as often as it is digested with any acid, it produceth a notable heat; and thus the Blood so long as Choler is chief master in it, is seen to turn saline and oily, Oil and Fat being accounted the two chief ingredients of Bile.  
Dulcorate Juices do declare themselves by their pleasant taste which they carry in them, and when the saline Particles do grow equally together with the sulphureous Particles giving the later another nature, they are both seen to run into obtuse streaks; and this alchalizated Spirit and fixed Salt, of what body soever it be mixed and circulated by long digestion, does there produce and beget a dulcorated sweetness.  
Under Insipid Juices, if they may so be called, may be reckoned Water, Rain, the White of an Egg, and those may than most properly be so termed when the Particles of any Bodies are not always rendered with an asperate, but with levigated Superficials, in which the principles of Earth and Water are predominant above the rest; and although indeed there's nothing in the world can really be allowed Insipid, yet those are generally seen to carry that name which are altogether deprived of Sapour and Gust.  
These Juices are thus seen to bear concord and agreement in our Bodies, where we commonly see Sweets and Acids very well agreeing together, and Sweets and Austeers, the first shown in Syrup of Citrons, Conserve of Wood Sorrel, Barberies, and the like; the later in Marmalade of Quinces, stewed Prunes, etc.  
Sweets and Unctuous may also well enough agreed in the Palate but not in the Stomach, they being very subject to occasion a vomiting and nauseousness.  
Sweets never agreed with Acred, Bitters or Salines.  
Bitter Juices never are pleasant to the Palate.  
Salines always agreed best with acred things.  
Acreds', Astringents, and sharp Juices do well enough agreed with Sweets but no others: Some of these do take their names from Heat, being the uppermost, as Acreds', Bitters, some from exuberant Cold, as Acids, Subacids, Austeers, Acerbs, or sour Juices; and others from moderate heat, as sweet, viscid, fat and insipid, the first two of these inclining to Cold, the later two enjoying a better degree of heat: And to conclude this, we may very well judge of the Juices in our Bodies, as we may observe them in ripe Fruits which are sweet and grateful to the palate, yet sour while green, and dry of consistence; afterwards this dryness leaving them, a softer condition possesseth the fruit, and when this change happens, this sourness turns into sharpness, and this sharpness by time and maturity forgets its acidity and becomes sweet. Thus salt and bitter things can no whit be allowed agreeable with sweets, which are allowed our nourishers, for all Nutriment turns to Blood, and good Blood is hot, moist, and sweet; and therefore that Sapour which is nearest in kin to the Blood, without all question must be allowed most proper for Nutriment; and this brings me into Nature's third Office, wherein we shall view her excellent Liquids and and Balsamic Liquors, amongst which are reckoned Chyle, Blood, Animal Spirits, Nervous Juice, Lympha, Salival Phlegm, Choler, Pancreatic Juice, Serum, Urine, and Sweated, they conducing towards our welfare, life, and motion.  
Chyle therefore is a milky Juice like to that of Cream, prepared and excocted out of Nutriments taken into the Ventricle, and these Nutriments are digested in the Stomach after the manner of Fermentation and so become moist, and Chyle thence extracted. What Fermentation is we have already in brief set down, we therefore next do proceed to the cause of Chilification, and this is taken from its propriety of substance, in respect of which, heat is otherwise operated in the Stomach than it is in the Heart; it takes its creamy colour from its sulphureous parts, being dissolved with its saline, and those mixed with the acid ferment of the Stomach; for whatever Liquor is impregnated with Sulphur and volatile Salt, it gets hence a milky whiteness if any acid humour be poured to it. Blood is the Royal liquid Balsam, and the chief Fermentative liquor of the Body; the scarlet Juice whereof is made in the Heart out of Chyle for the nutrition thereof, raised out of two Juices having a Serum intermixed; Sulphur and Salt being its primary Particles, these also being allowed Juices when they are produced into Fusion for the Sanguinary mass; and hence the Chemist gives the name of the Third Mercury, when he writes that there's no Body framed by Nature, but carrieth in it Mercury or Liquor, Sulphur or Oil, Sal or Salt; Salt by Coagulation giving solidity to Bodies, Colour and Gust; Sulphur tempering the coagulation of Salt with a benign mixture, and this allows the same strength and transmutation; and Mercury, like an Elixir, yielding virtue, vigour, and secrets to the irrigation of the Vital and Vegetative Liquor. Again the superfluities of Salt are separated by the Urine, Sulpure secerned by the Intestines, and Mercury the liquor of Nutriment sent into the Body; and if any superfluous part thereof happens to keep behind, this is thrown out by Sweat through the Pores, and the Blood itself having its consistence from these three principles is hence made good; for Sulphur evidently explains itself in it by our Nutriments which we assume, which are fat, oily, sweet, and sulphureous, for we see many sulphureous and fatty parts of the Body generated out of the Blood, the which do gain their softness, oilyness, and tenuity from Sulphur; Salt we have from the use of salt Meats, which we do eat, and Serum does as evidently demonstrate itself as any of the former; Vital Spirit is the most subtle and efficaceous part of the Blood conflated out of the sulphureous and saline parts thereof dilated by fermentation of the Heart and there united together; the colour which it is seen to bear it takes from its digestions and dilatations which are made in the Heart, for out of the permixture of the Salt, acid Particles with the sulphureous a read colour is raised, as is evidently made good in Chemistry by distillation of Sal Niter, which contains many sulphureous Particles in it. Thus we see Pale Conserves and Syrups, by having a few drops of Oil of Vitriol added to them, thus runs them into a reddish colour, and if any thing of Sulphur be thereto added, it gives them a more deep ruddy stain. Thus if you mix any acid spirit with Blood, you'll found the Blood hereby becomes more or lesle coagulate; and this is thus made good, for if we take Oil of Vitriol, or Sulphur per Campanum, Aqua Fortis. Regis, or the like, besides the Blood's being herewith coagulated, you'll found it changed into a Chestnut colour; if we also take sweet Spirit of Salt, Juice of Lemons, distilled Vinegar, and the like, whose acid Spirits are more temperate, these will give the Blood the thickness and consistence of a Syrup, its colour remaining altogether unalterable and no ways injured. And hence is it that the use of Acids does keep Man from the Plague, not because according to the opinion of ill Authors, they are Incisive and attenuant, but because they do keep up the natural consistence of the Blood, and hinder the same, by how much it is lesle affected with an acid volatile Salt, or in an air in which we breath; and this was one cause which made Silvius, in the great Sickness-time at Amsterdam, before he ever visited his people which were troubled with the Infection, to eat white Bread dipped in Marygold Vinegar, with which Alexipharmick he so well preserved himself that no Infection ever reached him. Acids also according to diversity of things wherewith they are mixed, are seen to yield variety of colours. (And herein I must make a little stay, the knowledge whereof being of great concern in our human Pile, as to its Health and its Diseases:) Thus pour an acid Spirit upon Vulgar Sulphur dissolved in Lixivium, and you'll found its Read colour turned White. Antimony calcined with Niter or Chalk, and boiled in Water, its limpid colature being separated from its acid effusion will look yellow. Infusion of Galls mixed to a solution of Vitriol, makes a black Ink, and adding hereto a little acid Spirit of Vitriol, all its blackness will soon leave it, and it turns as clear as Water. Tincture of Violets by adding a few drops of Oil of Vitriol or Spirit of Sulphur, turns into an excellent Purple colour. A Knife after cutting of a Citron in the middle, unless presently wiped and purged from the acid Juice of the Citron, will make it turn black. These versions of Liquors are also very proper to be understood, by which we may make some probable conjectures compared herewith, with the Juices and Liquors in our Bodies. Admirable also is it to see the variety of Coagulums made by diversity of Acids severally placed in several Liquors; As by adding Lemons, Verjuice, Vinegar, Vitriol, Sulphur, Niter, Sloes, Barberies, and the like, in several Vessels wherein Milk has been put, and see their wondered diversity and Coagulums; all which are of near concern in us and with us, being compared to the variety of Acid, Acerb, Austere, Acred, Subacid, and the like Juices, mixing themselves both with the Chyle, Blood, Lympha, Nervous Juice, Animal Spirits, and the like, in our Bodies; and whoever examines Nature, in bestowing her variety of Nourishments convenient for our diversity of Nutriment of parts, shall found that they are not all fed alike; for some do receive greater and more subtle digestion, others lesle and more incrassate concoctions. And thus we see some parts are made assimilated out of sulphureous and saline parts equally mixed; And this is made good in the fleshy parts; other parts are rendered more Oleaginous and sulphureous as is seen in the fatty parts of our Bodies; others more salt and tartareous proved in the Nervous parts and Bones.  
Animal Spirits are allowed thin, subtle and volatile visible exhalations made in the Brain, out of a few sulphureous and saline parts, and many volatile parts of the Blood serving partly for the Natural and partly for the Animal actions; and the Matter out of which they are generated, is the Arterial Blood, whose consistence is from a salt sulphureous Juice and Serum, not of every one alike, for the Saline parts by a peculiar quality of the Brain, are in a great measure both dissolved and separated from the Sulphureous; their Serosity being sweat out, and so hence becoming volatile, and so thin and subtle, as to pass the most minute and invisible Pores of the Nerves themselves, and are designed for two substantial uses, as the performance of all Animal actions and motions these commonly known by all; The other is, that natural use which is assigned them, whereby they are allowed to help forward nutrition of the Spermatick parts. And this is thus made good, for as we see the Blood continually does flow from the Heart and by its Arteries, so the Animal Spirits do continually pass from the Brain by the Nerves, and that naturally, without any determination of thoughts or wills of ours; Nay when our wills are locked up by sleep, as is evident in sleepy diseases, wherein these are not idle.  
Lympha is a fermentatious Liquor separated out of the serous parts of the Blood in the conglobated Glandules, not simply perfused with much fuse and volatile Salt, and impregnated with somewhat sulphureous Particles, sent partly to the Chyliferous Vessels, and partly to the Veins, making the one thinner by its mixture, and giving it a larger dilatation perfected in the Heart; and preparing the same for the Venous Blood lesle attenuated for their dilatation in the Heart. And because I design to describe this and its uses more fully in the Conglobate Glandules, when I shall offer at the Lymphatic Juice, I shall leave it to that place. Salival Phlegm or Spittle, is allowed a light fermentaceous Liquor both Serous and Lymphid, separated out of the arterious Blood, in the Parotides, or those of the Auricular Glandules, or those of the Fauces, Mouth and Throat, and sent thence into the Mouth by their proper and common Ductus. What it is, is hence made good, for it is no Simple Body, but a Compound Sublucid Liquor, lesle fluid than Water, and more viscid; It readily mixing itself with any or all our Nutriments, and requires no great courtship to bring it into an acquaintance with whatsoever we take into our Stomaches: It's use is seen of great concern in us and with us, for it readily makes an easy Deglutition, extracts all sapours and taste from dry Meats, quenceth Thirst, keeps all passages moist, promotes Fermentation when it enters the Stomach, and gives it a further Ferment in its progress; and when it marcheth in its true order, as I have shown in its proper place, it ariseth from the serous part of the Blood, which makes the Lympha's more glutinous passage through the Arteries, and partly out of the Animal Spirits sent by the Nerves to the aforementioned conglomorated Glandules. Now a Vicious Saliva may hence be made good as well by proper as common sensible qualities, and this proved by its taste which sometimes is seen salt, sometimes acid, sometimes sweet, and sometimes bitter; the salt part being given to the Salt Serum in the Blood, the acid to the plenty of acid humours in the Body, both as touching the Blood, as also the defect of the Animal Spirits; the sweet arising like Saccharum Saturni in the like Serum, it being no easy task exactly to explain all the innumerable qualities of the Humours in our Bodies, not well understanding the common Diet made use of, by which these Sapours may so readily take their variable alterations; The bitter ariseth either from Choler sucked upwards, leaving some of its relics in the Mouth, or having some of the same mixed with the Serum, and so sent into the Glandules: The glutinous part hereof ariseth from the phlegmatic part of the Blood, or from its more fluid or aqueous defect.  
Phlegm is reckoned the crude part of the Blood newly made out of the Chyle, not much circulated or dilated in the Heart; and the truth is, if we will give this humour its true merit, it aught not to be reckoned amongst excrementitious humours; it by all indeed is allowed Insipid, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, may be granted a crude humour, by reason of its undue digestion in the Ventricle, which is both tedious and no ways answering the others in its Concoction. The Blood also is preternaturally concervated in the Conglobated Glandules, by reason of its impediment of refluxion, and its first obstruction in the capillary Vessels, frequently occasioned by Phlegm in the Arterial Channels, or in the Venose interposition, for the Blood being coagulate, is seldom seen contingent; Now Blood and Phlegm are seen to be coagulate in the Conglobated Glandules as well as in the other parts, which makes them both unapt for motion being inherent in the Vessels or their intermediate Channels, and here stopped in their progress, and dispersed into the neighbouring substance of the Glandules, raising the same into greater bulk, and distending them into Strumous Diseases; and wherever any humour is closely pinned up in the substance of the Glandules, making the same more solid and compact, this breeds a hardness therein; and this may serve as one reason of its Coagulation concreted there, and its being a proper Nurse and Matron of Strumous Effects. Choler is a fermentaceous Juice or Liquor pressed out of Venous Blood and Splenetic Juice, by a specifique digestion in the Liver it's bred out of the sulphureous and oleaginous Particles of the Venous Blood; for the Sulphureous Juice, although of its own nature it is Subdulcid, yet being for a while Excocted with a subsaline Ferment, it becomes bitter, and is seen to change its colour; and this part of Bile thus excocted in the Liver, any thin part of it remaining unmixed with the Blood, and so carried to the Vena Cava, does bear in it a fermentative quality which it gives to the Blood, the other parts thereof it sends by the Bilious Poor to the Guts; some part thereof sent into the Vesicula Fellis, where it is made both more acred and bitter, and therein requires a more strong fermentative quality: The natural colour of Choler is yellow, its taste bitter and subacred, and its substance fluid, but all these are seen to take their changes and chances in us according to the temper and constitution of the Body, the chief use hereof being ascribed to Fermentation, of which we have already writ.  
Pancreatic Juice, so called when it attains the Pancreas and passeth through its Ductus, is Sublimpid, and as it were, a Salival Juice somewhat austere, bearing in it also some relish of a Subacid nature; It's seen as well moderate in quantity, as it appears useful and necessary in respect of the specifique or rather Subacid quality it carries in it; for the setting forward and promoting of the fluxion of Bile, mixing itself therewith by its new effervescensy of the digested Aliments, lapsed from the Stomach into the Guts, and therein making an useful separation from that which is Excrementitious, and this effervescensy is made from the Volatile Salt of Bile and Sulphureous Oil, getting acquaintance with the acidity of this Pancreatic Juice. And hence hath our Health its great dependence, we having a sound Pancreas, the which being diseased, is the only mother of many Diseases which former Ages attributed to the viciousness of the Spleen, Liver, Mesentery, and the like parts; and whoever desires more hereof, let him peruse Regnerus de Graaf, who hath a whole Book of the same subject already communicated to the World.  
Serum, by all Anatomists, is allowed the waterish parts of our Nutriments excocted with the sulphureous and saline Juice of the same in the Ventricle and other Bowels, plentifully bestowed on the Blood, giving it its tenuity and flexibility, the which mediating herewith makes it run through its narrow passages, washing away its Impurities and Crudities, and discharging itself by Spattles, Sweats, and Urine. Urine is a great action of the Kidneys, separating and discharging a redundant serous humidity from the Blood, sending the same onwards in its journey by the Emulgent Arteries, and so thence into the Renal Glandules, Urinary Fibrilla's, and Papillary Caruncles, a great part of the Serum whereof is distilled and separated into the Pelvis, and thence dispatched from the Kidneys by the Ureters into the Bladder, and what remaining of the Blood is left behind and mixed with that part of the Serum (the whole Serum not being separated from the Blood) is thence sent out by the Emulgent Veins to the Cava. And this is thus made good, For as the best and most useful part (but fluid and endued with a milky colour) and called Chyle, sent by the milky Vessels to the Heart, is secerned by the Nutriments taken into the Stomach and there fermented, and the thick and more feculent parts thereof discharged per Anum, or the greater Guts; So out of the Chyle converted into Blood, is separated a superfluous part of the Serum in the Kidneys, the which may variously be obstructed in its long journey, as by ill affections of the Caruncles, or Viscid Phlegm, or Glutinous Matter, the Caruncles herewith being prejudiced, and suffer ofttimes Coagulations, a common calamity usual with them.  
Sweat is seen ever more salt in taste, and hence this may be allowed the cause thereof, whereas that part of the Nutriment which was fresh and sweet being converted into Blood and Flesh, leaving this, and Sweated granted nothing else than the part separated and secerned from the former. This is seen to arise more in the upper parts of our Bodies than in the lower parts of the same, they being more plentifully stocked with Spirits. And hence may we allow the difference between heat and cold, the Pores being both opened by the one, and shut by the other, the one being but as Flame incensed into Air, the other nothing more than Air condensed.  
We next come to the Juices of the Glandules, and whereas they are various, so their uses are also accounted divers; and here therefore are we to inquire of what usefulness they may be accounted after their secretion from the Blood, and of what service they may be to the Oeconomy of the Body; and he who examines them with a careful Eye will found it no easy business to make out, especially if we look into their motions; for when the Liquor of the Conglobated Glandules is sent into the Thoracick Ducts, and mixed there with the Chyle, and to the chief parts of Nutriment, it marcheth along with the same into the Jugular Vein, or left Subclavian, whence necessarily with the descendent Blood it marcheth thus confuse through the right ear of the Heart into its right Ventricle; and hence by no means allowed either unuseful or excrementitious, because the excrementitious humours thus excreted from the Blood, having not further concern therewith, are dispatched from the Body; the which is clearly manifest by the Urine in the Kidneys secreted from the Sanguinary mass, and sent thence by the Ureters into the Bladder, whence by the laws of Nature it is thence dismissed from having any further concern with the Body. Thus the Juice of the Conglomerated Glandules effused through peculiar Ductus, into divers Cavities of the Body, where they are allowed necessary for nourishing some parts thereof, is no ways to be thought excrementitious. Thus the Spittle in the Maxillary Glands' secreted from the Blood and sent forth into the Mouth and thence dispatched into the Stomach, is no ways to be allowed excrementitious but very useful; as is that of the Pancreas, and the like, already made good: Now there is a great distinction between the Liquors of the Conglobate and the Conglomerate Glandules, as I have shown in their proper place; for Experience shows us, that out of the Conglobated Glandules, Lymphatic Vessels do arise, and Lympha itself is prepared therein; and this partly bred from the acid part of the Blood secreted from the other part thereof in the sound Glandules, and partly from the Animal Spirits sent through the Nerves thither, and therein permixt; and as these Conglobate Glandules in the Body are either entire or ill affected, so this ill affection may either arise from the fault of Spirits, or the acidity of the Blood; or its secretion from the Serum, wherein and whereby is made a permixture hereof with the Volatile or Animal Spirits: How many ways therefore this Lympha may be vitiated, no Man yet hath undertaken to show, it being a matter not only of great difficulty, but very near in kin to impossibility; for this preparation of Glandulous Lympha, may be vitiated by being either more sparing or more plentiful in quantity or quality, being more or lesle acid, salt or glutinous, and the like: And although I may not have followed the exact constitution of the Conglobated Glandules, yet I have demonstrated some of its most common Maladies, made good by Tumour, Induration and Inflammation, all which are shown in living Bodies, for dead Bodies loose both their heat and bulk. And hence it may be granted by how many ways these Glandules are injured, the Lympha therein recedes from its pristine state and natural quality, and becomes both salt and acid; and out of this Lympha thus distributed and sent through the Vessels in the habit of the Body, these being lacerated by Effusion into the neighbouring parts, do there produce Pains and Tumours, the last being the usual product of Strumous effects. And as a Lympha in all the Conglobated Glandules is generated, so also in the Conglomerated Glandules is another peculiar Liquor begot, carried through every of their Cavities. Thus in the Mouth two Ductus do apparently show themselves, called Salivales, throwing their plentiful Liquor into the Mouth, whose uses I have already described. Out of the Bile, Pancreatic Juice, and Salivary Phlegm, ariseth that Triumviral humour which hasteneth the Liquor to the Heart, and gives it its natural consistence and coagulation to the Blood, and according as the Blood itself is vitiated, this is copartner with it, joins in its vitiation, and where these or any of them are exalted, they are seen to created intestine wars in us.  
Now if the Glandules thus discoursed of, might be allowed Spinning or Unraveling, as it is the opinion of some few of our late and best Anatomists, this may very well make a Platform for Conjecture, that any or all of either of these Acids, Subacids, Salines, Subsalines, Austeres, Acreds', and the like Liquors or Juices, may run by or between these lose fibrous Contextures, as through so many Trunks or Channels; wherein Nature may evince and declare her times and tides of ebbs and flows of Sicknesses and Diseases, and the better circulations of Liquors and separation of Juices, as well traced by the Lymphducts into these two sorts of Glandules, as that of the Blood by the Heart and its Arteries, into the Veins. And from hence for aught I know, may more proper Conjectures arise how in Plenilunaries, the Brain should be overstockt with Rheumatismes, Catarrhs, and Cephalick Defluctions, how Apoplexies, Epilepsies, and Convulsive Motions shall more readily declare themselves than, and make their confident Attempts upon the Sons and Daughters of Man; how the Tides become the presages of Sickness as well as of Health, of Recovery or Death. If herein I may but raise a spark fetched by the collision of conjectural Arguments, which may be invigorated and impregnated by a better and more refined Alchemist, as to their separatory Offices, or may have hereby made any likely Essay towards the more clearing out the new stream and current of the several passages in our Bodies: I shall think myself extreme fortunate in picking forth a stone which may be of any use towards this great Building. But I fear I have been too tedious in my entrance; If I found any new thing worth the Readers entertainment, that may abide the common Test and Trial for advance, I shall as readily promote it for public good, and think my time well spent,  
VALE. From my House at Charing-Cross, Dec. 13. 1683/4.   

To the AUTHOR Mr. JOHN BROWNE.  
WHilst your Great Galen scans each Human part,  
(Galen, the Learnedest of the Noblest Art)  
It's fine Contexture, Motion, Use, Surveys,  
With clearer Demonstration he displays  
The Godhead; than the wrangling Schools can boast,  
Whose Reason in the maze of Terms is lost:  
Such is thy Art, Famed Browne, whose Skilful Pen  
Can Lyam the Great Creator's power in Men:  
The Purple Liquor in the smallest Vein,  
Which runs, like Arethusa to the Main  
In secret Channels, cant escape thine Eye,  
Which does new Tracts i'th' lesser World descry:  
Even Death gins to fear thy searching Art,  
Jest thou shouldst found a Balm against his Dart.  
The Healing Virtue of the Royal Hand,  
(Next to our King, the Glory of our Land)  
Which Heaven on our Monarches does bestow,  
To make the Vain, Conceited Rabble know  
That Power and Government, from Heaven flow;  
And that there's some Divinity in Gods below,  
Is now discovered by thy piercing Brain,  
As far as Man can Miracles explain.  
Tho. Walker S. C.   

ADENOGRAPHIA, Or, An Exact Anatomical Treatise OF THE GLANDULES; Illustrated with Variety of New Observations.  
WHEREIN Are Discoursed their different Uses and Offices, with their proper Names and Natures according to their Situations and Insertions.  
Written by JOHN BROWNE, One of His Majesty's Surgeons in Ordinary, and Chirurgeon of His Majesty's Hospital.  
Rerum ipsarum cognitio vera è rebus ipsis est.  Jul. Scaliger. 
LONDON: Printed by Tho. Newcomb for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.   

The First Book.  

CHAP. I. Of the Glandules in general, and their uses allowed by the Ancients.  
SInce Dissection of man had its first steps, as to its birth and origination from our forefathers, it never arrived at that perfection which it is now seen to wear. Prudent Nature giving former ages her light touches barely, leaving them in their dead colour. But by breathing while of time she hath been both more kind and liberal; and some ages have more generously received a finer draught thereof than others, fetched by the sweat and study of its Industrious Sons, and not purchased but by their utmost Ingenuity. And as former ages found it no easy task to break way for succeeding generations, for their better arriving at this Art; so in our times we have seen both the spark and the flame much invigorated, appearing more bright and clear, and freed from many thick obscurities which it enjoyed in its early days. 
The study of Anatomy.  This study of Anatomy is now visible enough to ocular inspection, whereby we may view the fabric of Bodies both of Birds, and Bruits, and Men. But of these we shall found a great difference between their being alive and dead. The one giving the position, frame, sight, figure, and connexion of all the parts thereof; whilst the living man's Observation must adjust the account of their motions, communications, circulations, congruity or disagreement; and declare how his humours do separate, divide, attenuate, and digest his nutriment; as likewise demonstrate the several excretions of the various Organs thereof, as to their proper functions, both as to the advancing the Spirits, as likewise touching their separation. Where we may also premise, as touching things only accommodate to this present life, That in man there are some parts of greater use than others, and designed for more noble ends; others thereof being framed for more inferior services; and so according to their greater or lesser degrees of usefulness, their Knowledge aught to be more or lesle eligible. This study carrying recompense in its front, is thus made good, in considering both its excellency and usefulness; in relation it is concerned with the most noble of all creatures, Man; as to his station in this World, namely, a state of regulated society and government; as also for the better knowing of ourselves, being not only useful to us for the present life in viâ, but also proportioned to that state which is in Patriâ. And although in the knowledge of this Art, there are many Phaenomena of Nature which have taken up the hours, thoughts and study of many learned men, who have more than with an ordinary heat exercised the same; and as well charged their passions, as forced many disputes about it: And although its Knowledge is pleasant, curious and delightful, yet it does not yield that fertile crop of satisfaction which may reward the studious mind. Our Forefathers, and Industrious Indagators, aught to have our thankful acknowledgements, for our first rules which we gained from them in this Art of Anatomy. And since our present discourse ties us wholly up to the Anatomy of the Glandules, or glandulous parts of the Body, which came into the World with the first man, and have from his infancy, been found as so many Scavingers, to suck up all excrementitious humours, which might otherwse disorder the human Pile, and thereby disturb the oeconomy of its parts. 
The nature of Glandules in general.  I shall presume first to demonstrate their nature in general; they being by the most learned ever allowed Spongy Bodies, having in them a rareness, a fatty substance, not framed like other flesh's, being more friable, attaining many vessels designed in them, appearing to touch like Wool, but upon strict compression, yielding an Oleagenous humour thence exstilling. They do seldom leave the body either in sickness or in health, but do keep it company the whole age of man. When they are affected, they are generally distempered with this strumous or scrofulous malady, a disease being most familiar with them, whose strumous tumors do gain their increment from a large repletion of Humidity, collected from all the parts of the Body, passing thence hither by the Arteries, and whatsoever humour is thence dispatched and sent hither, it not sooner makes its appearance here, but is readily sucked up by these glandulous Bodies. And this fluxion being much and morbifique (the Glandules in the other parts of the Body diffusing the same hereinto) doth very often occasion a Fever, and also both enlarges and inflames them: being much like a Channel of a River, which being overcharged with Water, more than it conveniently can deliver out, it necessarily breaks over the banks, to make its self room, and way for its discharge.  
The Glandules are more large, and do appear in greater quantity in the concave parts of the Body, than in the exterior parts of the same: And here (as Nature's general Maxim is) we shall found that the moist parts of the Body do declare their chief abode. 
The chief place of their abode.  And where these Glandules also are, and in what places thereof they are resident, the hairy parts do also discover. For kind Nature framed both of them for one and the same use, which is, to suck up the excrements they receive, and to discharge the same; for we shall found the hairs of the Body as readily taking up the moisture which is sent into the Glandules, and discharging it which arrives at the exterior parts thereof, as the glandules do take the same into them, when it once do arrive at them. And as a certain conclusion, we may affirm, that we shall seldom or never meet with either glandules or hair, in any dry part of the Body, they being here out of their proper element as well as place. And as a further confirmation hereof, whenever you see the Parotides, or glandules, placed behind the Ears, you will meet with hairs as their outward guard. Under the Armpits where are planted the Axillary glandules, you will meet the same; in the groins, where the Inguinel glandules are planted, you will found them covered with hairs; about the privities, where are many glandules, you will found them well stored with society of hairs, the glandulous parts being by Nature appointed as her Scavengers, 
These parts appointed as Scavengers.  and these hairs as her Besoms, by which she sweeps and wipes up all the excrements which she sends to these emunctuous parts, by sweats and the like; all these wholly belonging to the exterior and superficial parts of the Body, this discourse in general only touching thereupon, and keeping within the outward guard thereof. Again, there are variety of glandules ordered and planted in divers parts of the Body, appointed for several uses; as those which are placed in the groins, 
Their several offices.  armpits, behind the ears, neck, face, eyes, and testicles, and the like; some of these being designed for commutation of the Blood, others given to the Breasts for generation of milk; some bequeathed to the Testicles for generation of sperm, and others appointed for defence of the vessels, and keeping them warm, as those in the neck, and for the division of the jugular veins and arteries, and for filling up several empty spaces in the Body, as the face, neck, and muscles of the throat; some designed for sucking up all superfluous humidities; as those of the Parotis, Axillaries, Inguens, the which are properly called Emunctories, milking and straining as it were the humidities which shall hap to fall therein, for Nature hath placed the Parotides, as its Sponges, for sucking up all superfluous moisture which shall be sent from the Brain, and hath given the axillary glandules for the same service of the Heart; the Inguens performing the like office to the Liver, and she having appointed a Scavenger to every noble part, they serve to clear in their proper places, these parts from all impurities and superfluous humidities, which may arise from the Lymphducts, for these being stagnated, according to Dr. Willis's opinion, there is very ofttimes seen to follow Convulsive motions in the head; and in his Book De Cerebro, he further writes, where any nervous humour meets with obstruction in its passage, not only Spasmodical Symptoms have thence succeeded, but strumous affects have also apparently showed themselves. But to return to the glandules: I hope there is no man thinks me so ignorant, (that is either honest to himself, or a friend to the Industrious) as to give this our former discourse as a general assertion to all the interior glandules of the Body, every Anatomist knowing they are designed for better uses; and because I would not be mistaken, I shall presume to touch upon them in a general order, being resolved to expatiate more largely thereon, when I shall come to treat thereof in a more particular manner.  
I begin with the glandules of the Neck, 
Of the Glandules of the Neck.  where we shall found them very frequently seated; others there are as neighbours to these, and these are the Tonsillaes, by some called the Almonds, they in some measure answering the shape of Almonds; but these are there placed for their proper uses. The Head being seated above all the other parts of the body, hollowed and rounded, and gathering a large quantity of humidity from the other parts of the body, this transmitting the same, and sending its fumes arising thence upwards in form of a Lymbic, the which are sent back again, by and through several parts designed for this purpose, the body being all this while in a good temper, and habit, and voided of all sickness, after it hath remitted this retraction, this fluxion marches to the glandules and glandulous parts no ways molesting them, unless by coming slowly and moderately; the which were this humour either much, and that sharp and inflamed, it would speedily run the glandules into Inflammation and Tumour, and so distend the Neck, and by its pursuit, passing or arriving at each ear, would speedily breed disorders therein; if therefore the Fluxion thus happening, be either Pituitous, and much, this will make an inflammation like it, and when this humour is grown familiar and common in the glandules, it doth readily form these Strumas, or Scrofulous swell, the worst disease belonging to them. But where a plentiful stock of these acrid and serous humours do appear, they do always produce tumors, and the Inguinal glandules being herewith disturbed by the overplus thereof, it enters them, swelling and running them into inflammation, and so forcing them towards suppuration, as do those of the armpits and neck. The Intestines have also their due health given them by meats and drinks sent thither from the stomach, after digested, and do receive a moisture under the Cuticula, by which it is also thence sucked up by the glandules there planted. The Head itself is not without its glandules, 
The Brain by some improperly called a glandule.  and the Brain by some (although improperly) is allowed a glandule, and by former ages was accounted nothing else but a friable glandule; and for its sake were the rest made which it keeps about it: And according to its large situation, framing greater or smaller diseases than any of the other glandules whatsoever of the body, they allowing that all fluxions do arise hence, as from their chief fountain; the which it doth diffuse and transmit through several channels, which by nature are designed for the same purpose. Some of which are adjoined to the Eyes, others thereof to the Ears, and Nostrils, and some sent down by the Palate and Throat, and so forwards into the Gulet; others by the veins passing into the Spinal marrow, and into the blood itself: All which performing their parts alike, and in good order, they do cleanse and discharge all excrements from the brain, and do transmit every descending fume and vapour, which being stopped in their current, do most readily created a disease, and bring the same into the body, into which having once got footing, and these fluxions being as it were pinned up, wherever they pass not in their right order, they do give trouble to the parts wherein they enter, and pain; and pain being the common mother of inflammation, this does speedily produce a Fever to it, commanding an attraction on the parts, and sending these acrid influxions back again to the Brain, and there causing exulcerations, and having arrived there, and this fluxion being plentiful, does not stop here till its mayor parts be exhausted, and sending this collected fluxion towards the extreme parts, and they as readily receiving the same, bringing with them an unacquainted distemperiety, do both increase this attraction, and so frame diseases; both which do spoil Nature in her due course, and put her out of order, bringing much trouble upon her by breaking her intentions, and violently assaulting her quiet, by the issue of painful affliction and disease. Thus the Brain being distempered, and made infirm, by being robbed of its former soundness, doth receive many unexpected perturbations: the mind hereby becoming disordered, and the body of the Brain itself convulst, and the whole man put into a strange frame, hence producing either suffocation, or a sudden change in him by Apoplexy, Lethargy, Epilepsy, and the like. And since it is time to leave the grand Centre, and to come to its fair and strong walls, which keeps and environs it in safety, that none of its channels or passages may by any overflow cause a deluge, or disquiet any of its Rivulets in their true course, Nature hath safely prepared many fair channels for the discharge of the same; amongst the which, we do first arrive at the Eye, the delicate Instrument which gives us the difference between light and darkness: But since sin hath chequered our best appearances, and put a dark shadow upon our whole composition, there is found another fluxion which attends this best friend of ours, our sight, and this by the Greeks is called Opthalmia; which shows its signs as evidently as the Sun, by its tumefy quality; and if this borrows an acquaintance with the Nares, it as readily stamps in them an Ozaena, or an Ulcer which comes not without pain, neither will it leave it without trouble; if it arrives at the Palate, and from thence creeps into the stomach (the natural house of Digestion) it does most frequently occasion Dropsies, and Scurvies, and other diseases, bred from its unhappy society. Besides, if much fluxion doth pass by the Palate into the Throat, as it's seen very ofttimes happening in Consumptive persons, their Lungs are seen overcharged therewith, and by getting time and abode therein, they are exulcerated thereby, rotting and spoiling those bellowss which gave the poor man liberty to breath by. Neither is this humour so kind as to work the end of humanity by one particular method, but according to its variety of places on which it enters, it acts in diversity of shapes, according to the parts on which it takes cognizance. Thus if it greets the Spinal marrow, by sending a defluxion of humours from the head thither, hereby its impetuosity entering the Os sacrum, or getting about it, and its adjacent parts, it commonly brings that pain which we commonly call the Sciatica; whereby it makes all its circumjacent parts take notice of its appearance therein; and by its close twitches, bordering upon the nervous and tendinous parts thereof, makes the poor patient perfectly weary of its tyranny, and by its continuance therein, unless thence dispatched by Physic and other proper means, it doth by degrees shrivel him that endures it, into a Consumption, by spending his vital Spirits, and making him truckle to its direful and painful cruciations. Sometimes we see fluxions playing their parts on man, as true Gamesters, working by advantage, and winning by degrees, giving time for the exercise of their disguised and designed end, whilst at other times, like people in a passion, do shower down as a torrent, their ready wishes to their present humour. Hence fetching upon poor mortals, as their speedy Votaries, either Delirium, Madness, Convulsions, Epilepsies, Apoplexies, and the like other dangerous Cephalick Diseases; the which once taking fire, do inflame the whole Body, and make it ready to receive any distemper whatsoever, and when any part thereof doth feel of its cruel usage, like Indian Poison, it takes not this alone, but calls all its neighbouring parts in to share therewith. And nature being thus roiled, and the glandules thus diseased, what art and skill must be used for the bringing these into their right order again, especially in womankind, who sharing in this distemper, any discreet man may judge; since we shall found their glandulous parts sometimes affording Milk, 
The difference between men and women, as touching their temper and constitution.  and denying the same at others. Man indeed may be wrought upon in a stronger method, Courage being his Buckler; he being form of a robust mass, his passages being more narrow than those of Women, his growth and bulk giving him much more strength and advantage, both as to all the parts of his body, and to his glandules amongst the rest, he being born a full and thick creature, both for sight, service and touch, who by his hard labour, trouble and sweats, can more readily discharge these superfluous excrements sent into his glandules and glandulous parts; whilst Woman by nature being made of a more delicate mass, and better temper, and so gaining a more excellent composition; Beauty and a fair make being her best dowry given by her Mother Nature, these being her best supporters, and being made of a finer mould than man, and of a more delightful stamp, of a more rare body, and so more fluid, and subject to the reception of humidities, living a sedentary life, and designed as an idle creature by the Almighty, and so estranged to labours and hard exercises, in her constitution as well as in her temper, being both more lose and more rare than him: yet we found although she is thus finely framed, and thus curiously fashioned, she also is made a partaker of this distemper, and a great sharer in her youth with mankind: Sin making both kinds as well sufferers as doers thereof. For being in their humours sometimes very sharp, and these falling in earnest upon or into their glandules, near their throats, we shall found them much addicted to salivation or spitting, accompanied with Scorbutic pains, and other Rheumatisms falling from their heads, with defluxions falling in and about their teeth and other parts; and divers other symptoms going along therewith, which their calm nature is scarce able to resist, or capable to suffer. Let this serve as a general touch upon some parts of the body as to its glandules, we arrive now at a more particular treaty of the same, beginning our discourse thereof with those belonging to the Head, and its parts adjoined thereto.   

CHAP. II. Of the Brain, and its glandulous parts.  
WE began this discourse with those glandulous parts which are said to belong to the Brain: 
The Brain accounted a glandule by the Ancients.  And here we shall first see Hippoc. lib. de Glandulis numbering the Brain itself amongst the glandules; where he writes, that the Brain is the largest of all the glandules, it being white, soft, moist, and as it were subpingued; but they err much who consent to this opinion of his, whereas any judicious man may see that both in its structure and substance it declares the contrary; besides the dignity and use thereof aught to gain a better opinion thereof, and the principalness of its operation showing better things thereof, declaring it a perfect bowel, as well as the Heart and Liver; and hath in it, and doth enjoy its proper faculties as well as any of the other two. And in treating the Brain according to the Rules of Anatomy, we shall found the Plexus Choroides, 
The Plexus Choroides spun out of minute glandules.  which is most noble, and bred from the fine and thin membrane of the Pia mater, spun and wove out of the most minute glandules and ramifications of vessels complicated together, which ramifications are supplied by the surcules of the Carotydal Arteries: This Plexus arising from the lower posteriour parts of those ventricles, which the branch of the Carotid Arteries do eitherways enter, the which do constitute the Rete mirabile for the Glandula Pituitaria; by this Plexus is carried the arterial blood for making of the arterial spirits, from whence by the small glandules, and scarce visible in some, the more serous part thereof being unuseful for the preparation of any animal spirits, is separated, emulged, and collected in the ventricles, not as an unprofitable excrement, as conjectured by some of the Ancients, but as a necessary humour prepared there for some useful liquor, 
A threefold use of this liquor.  of which there is found a threefold use; as by its coldness first, cooling and better tempering the blood passing this Plexus, and so better preparing it for a more useful confection of animal Spirits. Next, that this flowing to the glandules of the Tonsils and mouth, it there doth keep the Larynx, Mouth and Oesophagus generally moist. And a third may be this, That mixing itself with the Liquor which passeth through the Salival Ductus, it makes up the Saliva; and hence further moving itself with the meat chewed in the mouth, fit to be sent into the stomach, it helps forward its digestion, by its peculiarly fermentative quality, in the same way and method as the Lympha, flowing out of the liver and glandules, by the Lymphatic Vessels to the Chylifique Ductus, doth prepare the Chyle by a specifique manner, to which it mixeth itself. We next come to discourse of the Glandula Pituitaria, 
Of the Glandula Pituitaria.  and this by all Anatomists is allowed a perfect glandule, both from its use and composition; for it sucketh up the pituitous humours collected in the third or middle ventricle, it is called by the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, à coni figura; and by some its termed Cerebri penis: in man it's very small, but much larger in Bruits, and whatsoever pituitous matter it sucketh up, it sends down to the Fauces and Palate, by propinque cavities or orifices; or, as our Physicians and Anatomists do writ, by the venous Vessels, or Lymphducts; and not only to the Fauces and Palate, but into all other veins, and mixeth itself with the venous blood, as hath already been proved, by other glandules of the body. And whether this be the proper use of this glandule, let us further examine: 
It's substance.  It's substance being harder than those of other glandules, and covered with a thin membrane, brought to it from the Pia mater, proceeding from the Infundibulum: And both Man and Beast are not without it; but in a dead Corpse it's seen flagging; and in dead bodies not readily opened, it is scarce discernible, as I have ofttimes found in such dead bodies whose brains I have examined very accurately. Silvius de le Boe gives nerves to this glandule, 
Nerves given to this glandule.  and Wharton allows it two nerves, one on either side, arising from the upper part of the Spinal marrow, being very small, and he that to view will demonstrate these nerves, I am sure will found no easy task to make good. But to inquire somewhat further as to its use; 
It's use.  it's allowed to take, and continually to receive that phlegm by the Infundibulum, which comes from the third ventricle of the brain, the which aught by some way or other to be dismissed and discharged thence, but there are no ways yet found out for its discharge, or parts appointed for the reception thereof; besides, this glandule by some is said to be exactly covered with the Dura Mater, and firmly fixed to the Sella equina, the which membrane is never open; how therefore can this hap, when it comes by the Infundibulum to this glandule, that it can make not further progress; and should this flow further, whether should it tend, for there is no part near it to receive it with safety; neither can it without prejudice borrow any further acquaintance with any part. Experience itself doth convince, that a Serum and excrementitious humours have been found in the brain, I mean in its ventricles; and since it is so, it will be worth time to found out by what excretory passage these do discharge themselves: And for proof hereof it's allowed as a general opinion amongst the best of Anatomists, that this serous humour sent from the glandules of the Plexus Choroides, is thence exstilled into the ventricles, and this made apparent by Hydropical persons, who have these ventricles generally filled with liquor; the cause of which can only be attributed to the more aqueous part of the blood, the which doth depose the greater Colluvies of the Serum, between the Circulation, the which is still retained in the glandules, or reduced to the vein. Whereby we may satisfy ourselves, that in those who have a more aqueous part in their Cerebrum, or Cerebellum, and so lesle apt for production of Spirits, this filling the vessels, if herein a greater quantity of Serum be found, than can either be sucked up or contained in them, all the overplus doth fall into the subjacent cavity, and this declares whence and how this Colluvies is carried between the ventricles thereof; and nature here shows her care as well as her curiosity, by providing several pipes and channels for the dismissing and discharging them, as we have already made good; planting in the front of it the Processus Mamillares, and what she sends by them is dispatched by the Nares, or Nostrils; at each side thereof she hath in readiness the Parotides, and these she makes use of by the Salival Ductus. But as a confirmation of this Glandula Pituitaria, whose Ductus is inserted to its Infandibulum, Willis does offer, that it doth suck up the serous humours, and do dispatch them outwards, which he thus does signify, because, as he says, not only those falling from the brains, but those also secreted or separated from the blood sent into the brain, it admits between the pores; being thus made good, by injecting Ink into one trunk of an artery, you will found the Rete mirabile, and very often the inward texture of this glandule covered with a black colour; whence he asserts, that this glandule may and can suck up into it the serous humours, the which it not only receives from the brain, but also from the serous blood in its ascent thither, 
A double use shown thereof.  here being a double use made thereof; the first taking into it the serous humours from the brain, which is but the lest; the other which comes from the blood, being of greater existence in its passage thither. And although we found in man no Rete mirabile, yet we cannot deny Lymphducts in the brain, or the like vessels, which are apparently visible; and this humour thus lodged in them, is sucked up by the glandules: In this glandule, Silvius writes he hath found many small fibres spun out of a very fine texture; 
Stones found in this glandule proved.  and he affirms, he once found therein a small round stone, much in bigness to a fourth part of a Pea. Vanhorn, the most accurate Anatomist, writes, he found a stone therein in the company of many of his Scholars, which took up the better part of this glandule, the which he kept as a rarity in his Closet. Various are the uses of this glandule, according to the diversity of men's opinions, 
Various uses designed this glandule by Authors.  some of which I have already shown you; some being also very strong in opinion, that this was made for the confirming and strengthening the use of Plexus Choroides; others, with Galen, ascribing its use to that of a Valve, shutting up and keeping in the animal Spirits; others are as ready to allow this the place of the Soul, holding all principal faculties to arise thence, and from thence to emit and dispatch its commands to the nerves, for their working its effects throughout the whole body; some as highly declaring this use thereof, whilst others as manifestly do vindicate other uses designed for it: And amongst these, Cartesius saith, that the Soul is joined to the whole Body, but its chief exercitations by which it performs all its functions, he affirms do primarily and principally devil here more than in any other part thereof. Regius Med. lib. 1. cap. 12. writes this for the Common Sensory, and doth also declare that the Soul hath no other subsistence in any other part of the Body but in this. But our Worthy Dr. Wharton doth much doubt of this high esteem which is given to this glandule, and thinks that its proper use may be to suck up the excrementitious humidities which may arise from the upper part of the Spinal marrow. And thus according to the various Opinions of men, diversity of uses are put upon this glandule: I hope that as they have their Opinions free, I may bring mine with as much safety, 
Obs.  where I shall scarce join in the Hypothesis with those who call this the place of the Soul, and that from thence all animal faculties do flow as from their Origination, when as we see all Animals, let them want imagination, memory, and other animal powers and faculties, yet this glandule they have in them; and till I be better confirmed as to the other uses given hereof, I shall presume to believe that its use as yet is locked up from human knowledge, and nothing hitherto but a pure conjectural Opinion hereof has given it breath amongst men, which is testimony enough to confirm the assertion, since as hitherto no man hath as yet positively affirmed its particular use.   

CHAP. III. Of the Glandulous Caruncle of the Eye.  

Why this was framed.  THat tears might not always flow from the Eye, the wise Creator hath given to either Eye a glandulous Caruncle, one that is both soft, and furnished with many small sanguinary Vessels, with some almost invisible nerves; with two others, conveying the Lympha (they being more perspicuous in Beasts than in Men) arising from the interior part of the glandulous flesh; this covering the cavity (and by some is called Glandula Lachrimalis) prohibiting the continual efflux of the internal liquor, the which by us is called Tears, upon their coming forth. This Caruncle being by cold air overmuch contracted, or so occasioned by any sharp corrosive humour, or ulcerated, the cavity not being exactly and close shut up, doth not hinder the eruption of Tears thence distilling, or their continual and involuntary efflux. 
Obs.  Floretus lib. 2. Obs. 10. writes of a Girl of nine years old, which had tears dropped generally from one of her Eyes, which were cold, and no ways corroding the same: this Child being of a pituitous constitution, was also accompanied with a continual Catarrh. 
Obs.  A second observation of his is also very remarkable, where he writes, that it's usual for tears to gush from the Eyes, but for drops of blood to come thence is a matter of greater moment; where he also tells us of a thin and lean Woman, from whose Eyes did generally distil bloody drops, yea, Blood itself; her Urine being much in colour to that tincture which is made of Saffron, save only somewhat blacker, much resembling that of those who are troubled with the Jaundice. She being asked, How long she had been in that condition? She answered, That for about three weeks she had this bloody flux of Tears distilling from her Eyes, and her Body was from that time coloured with this yellowish tincture, her Eyes not being very painful to her in this condition, unless in the mornings, by reason of this continual flux, she not opening the same without some difficulty, she finding some itching also going along with the same, she being costive in her Body for about fourteen days together, by the use of Catharticks, and other remedies proper for her disease being prescribed by him, and other Topics outwardly applied, she recovered of all her diseases.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Palpebrae, or Eyelids, and both the Canthi, or corners of the Eyes.  
AMongst the external senses, that most excellent faculty which produceth light to the globular orbs of our Eye is first to be had in esteem, these being as the windows of the mind, and messengers thereof transmitting a great and visible part thereinto, and by the Ancients called the face of Love. In these strong Orbits are the Eyes contained as in an enclosure, or in a globular soft pillow, kept up by the safety of the eyelids, as its cover, keeping both dust and vapours, and every thing that might otherwise be injurious to them, and defending them from too much light, and keeping them more pure and bright. Julius Casserius hath this Observation taken from the Palpebrae, that they who have their upper Palpebrae elated, 
Obs.  are commonly proud and fierce, whereas such as have the same depressed, as keeping the Eye about half shut, to be of an humble and mild constitution and nature. These Palpebrae being open, they do frame two angles, called by the Latines Canthi; the outward being smaller, near which Orbit of the Eye is planted a large glandule, 
Here is planted Glandula innominata.  which some do call Glandula innominata placed in the upper Region of this angle, thicker upwards, and thinner downwards, divided into some lobes, and sending forth many small Lymphatic vessels, which thence passing between the interior coat of the Palpebrae, they do break through the same with small Formula's, somewhat distant from the Cilia: Nicolaus Steno being the first which shown the same to the World in the dissection of Sheep's and Calf's heads, and the like. The inward Canthus is greater and larger, in which the aforesaid glandule (which indeed is the true glandule, and by some said to be more thick,) closing the Lachrymal Foramen or cavity, either of these glandules do serve for the pouring out the Lymphatic liquor separated from the Blood through the most thin Lymphatic pipes to to the Eyes, 
It's use▪  both for their continual humectation, abstertion of the horny coat, and more easy motion of the Palpebrae. At this very day many have ascribed the production of Tears to arise from the Lymphatic vessels belonging to the Eyes, but they do neither demonstrate the way of lachrymation, nor the vessels themselves that should transmit these tears to the Eyes, till Steno had given a view thereof; and in his Book de Glandul. Oculorum, he doth not badly appoint the serous humour, separated from the arterious blood, to be the chief agent of these Tears; 
The chief agent of Tears.  but as to the manner and place of Separation, none before him hath given a peculiar judgement. Where also he thinks the Blood carried through the arteries into the glandules of the Eye, its superfluous part thereof being sucked up by the veins, the veins being truly anywise contracted or constringed (not ways permitting this) and therefore by reason of a more tedious delay of this plenty of Blood in the glandules, the Serum more plentifully being thence separated doth issue forth: Now the veins may be constringed by the glandules being tumefied, produced by a more plentiful influx of animal Spirits, the which being inserted in the glandules by small nerves, according to the pleasure or will of the Patient, more or lesle, as in pain, anger, joy or sadness, may discharge the same out of the glandules, and so move them either more or lesle, according to the greater or lesser constriction of them. This new Hypothesis doth seem to carry in it a kind of specious acceptance, but hath no great matter of truth in it, not being able to maintain the fountain of Tears; for if we compare the great plenty thereof suddenly flowing out, with the small sanguiferous vessels of these glandules, we must allow it a little strange that they thence should have their Origination, whereas the Arteries are both small, and for the most part invisible, which are carried to the glandules of the Eye. Again, if it might be allowed, that in the time of sadness the Blood should more plentifully arrive at the Eyes, and that the glandules themselves should herewith become more tumefied, and hence also both press and narrow the veins, Reason itself must needs contradict this assertion, for in sadness the pulse of the Heart and Arteries is both small and contractive, the outward parts growing cold, the Heart calling from thence the Blood into its own Centre, and therefore doth not so freely sand it to the exterior parts; and so also into the Arteries of the Head, neither is there any reason to be given, why in sadness a greater plenty of Tears or of serosity should be thus carried to the glandules, than to other parts. 
Obs.  Lusitanus Centur. 7. Curate. 63. writes of a young Child, who to all appearance being in very good health, and yet in the interior part of her Eye, called the greater angle, the head of a Worm began to show itself, not seldom occupying and troubling the Eye itself; which sight much troubling her friends and spectators, this Worm being drawn out thence, did equal the length of a span, being of a whitish colour, and having a moderate thickness; the Child received no great hurt thereby all the while it was lodged in her, nor left any evident sign of its abode, when it was drawn out. A case certainly admirable, and therefore worthy our Observation.   

CHAP. V Of Tears, and whence they do proceed, as also of the Glandula Lachrymalis.  
HAving in my former Discourse mentioned the passages by which Tears do make their deflux, these themselves as yet by the best of Philosophers being but obscurely described, hoping it may seem no great digression, amongst the rest to bring in my mite as to the History thereof, to show how these serous drops do descend and fall from the Eyes, and what they are, and whence shown to proceed: We shall therefore first introduce the Opinions of divers worthy Writers, 
Divers opinions concerning Tears.  who have writ of the same. Empedocles believes they are made and framed out of attenuated and eliquated blood. Joannes Baptista Scortias' will have them to arise and be generated in the angle of the Eye from the Animal Spirits, the which being compressed by any sense of sadness, doth speedily distil into water; and gives this as his reason for his assertion, that as urine and sweat are the excrements of the venous and arterious Blood, so Tears are the same which come from the nervous juice that proceed from the Animal Spirits. But this opinion of his cannot stand on firm ground, for we shall see many in their greatest mirth have Tears dropping from their Eyes, without any thoughts of sadness at all; neither hath sadness itself that vigour in it to 'cause a tumefaction in the glandules, more than mirth, or pain, or sorrow; for as to the Animal Spirits, which Steno saith, according to the command of the mind, do either work more or lesser prevalently in us, and more or lesle sparingly in the aforesaid passions, and so according to their greater or lesser quantity; this shall be more clearly demonstrated by our succeeding discourse. But to proceed, Georgius Nyssenus doth suppose that Tears do arise from many vapours carried to the Head by the perturbation of the Bowels, and by the coldness of the Brain being condensed into water, the which is thrown out thence as an unuseful excrement. Aristotle in his Problem▪ writes that Tears are sweat, or a certain vapour; and Cartesius saith, that there are not parts in the whole Body which do afford vapours like the Eyes. Now as Dissenters to these Opinions, both Aquapendens and Casserius do enter the Stage, as two strong opposers, and do as readily affirm that Tears are a thin excrement of the Eyes, bred out of the relics of the proper digestion, and collected in the fat and glandules. Others there are that think Tears nothing else but Serum, which is separated from the Blood sent up to the Head; the which by a certain motion of the Spirits (the pores being thus disposed) do cause this outward fluxion, but this goes as the former. And although Steno hath been very fruitful in his conjectures about Tears, and hath with most excellent arguments seemed to support the same, yet whosoever shall closely examine him about them, shall found that he hath not given the true cause of Tears, neither can involuntary Tears arise hence. Thus with him many others have not arrived at this true fountain of Lympha, although having filled many sheets with their conjectures thereof, and likewise willing they should pass as current. That we may seem to come and enter with a better and more true view thereof, 
The difference between the Lachrymal and Lymphatic humour.  let us with Diemerbroeck, first examine the difference between this lachrymal liquor, and that lymphatic humour, which is effused from the glandules to the moistening and levigation of the Eyes, passing through the most thin Lymphatic Vessels; their differences being thus shown, the Lympid being much thinner than the Lymphid, the one flowing from the Lymphatic Vessels of the Eyes, the other from the Ventricles of the Brain; a second reason is, this is lesle sharp and saline, whereas Tears are to taste both sharp, saline, and erosive. Another is this, being but small in quantity, not offending the Eyes by its plenty, as do Tears, which do ofttimes disorder them by their being showered. Again, this is rather grateful to the Eyes than prejudicial, no ways corroding or fretting them, perfectly crossing both humour and temper of Tears, which are sometimes seen so corrosive, that they have consumed the Lachrymal glandulous Caruncles, as we have already shown. These being premised, we arrive at the Tears themselves, and their discourse, beginning with their definition: 
What Tears are, and how made.  And these by most Authors are allowed as the thin and serous particles made and framed out of a pituitous humour collected in the Brain, and thence flowing out of the Eyes; 
Five causes thereof.  and there are also allowed five causes which do make for the expulsion of these serous particles by the lachrymal cavities: One being the plenty of these pituitous serous humours collected in the Brain; a second is their sudden colliquation, or strong agitation; a third is the contraction of the Brain, and its membranes; a fourth, no exact contention of the lachrymal glandule being made by the glandulous caruncle; a fifth may be the obstruction of the spongy Bone in the Nares. For the most part two or three of these causes do concur, as shall be made good by the following discourse, when we come to examine how in divers causes Tears are seen to flow from the Eyes.  

Tears in sadness shown.  Thus in sadness the membranes of the Brain, with the Brain itself are contracted; and hence the serous humours of the arterious Blood, out of the substance of the Brain itself, and Glandula Pituitaria, with the small interjected glandules of the Plexus Choroidis are copiously expressed into the Ventricles, and plentifully sent into the spongy parts of the inward Nares, by and through the narrow papillary processes of the spongy Bones, the which when they cannot readily entertain, coming faster upon them than was expected by a copious and viscid flux; the thinner and more serous particles thereof do break forth by the small lateral Foramina, or cavities, into the greater angles of the Eyes, and so washing them therewith, make them discharge some part thereof, and thus do form Tears; the thicker and more viscid parts thereof being much apt for making obstruction in the spongy Bones of the upper Nares, and these by degrees thence dispatched and discharged by the Nares and Palate, and so sent out by the mouth; and by how much the more this obstruction of the Nares is lessened, by so much the more is the production of Tears lessened therewith; for this being sublated, these thinner and more serous humours descending in their passages as through the Nares and Palate, there's nothing that can hinder their proceeding in Nature's appointment, and so no Tears can hence be expected, Nature going on gladly in her designs, and unless a new obstruction be made by this viscid matter, and so puts a stoppage to this her methodical proceeding, we shall found no new stock of Tears begot, nor no room left for any further commerce therewith. The same reason may be given for other passions; 
Tears in joy, and how.  Thus in laughter we have seen a plentiful stock of Tears have issued out, and yet not by the same reason as the former, for by this changing of the position of the muscles of the Body, and the contraction of the membranes of the Brain therewith adjoined, a great plenty of these serous humours are expressed from the Brain, and its glandules into its ventricles, and from hence into the papillary processes, the which do readily flow to the Nostrils and Palate, and these by extraordinary laughter causing a spumous or frothy Mucus from the Nares and mouth, they at the same time sometimes coughing, do hereby occasion and make an obstruction in the passages, in which stoppage the thinner parts of this humour do separate themselves from the more thick and mucous substance, and so do force their passage through the lachrymal cavities, and thence do gush out by the Eyes in the form of Tears, and because this concussion which thus happens in laughter doth not long continued, hence is it that those Tears which do thus also hap, do not show themselves in that plenty as they do in sadness. The same cause may be given why young men, and such as are given to amorous Courtship, whose minds are not easily conversant with melancholy, being more readily resolved against every appearance of the same, by enjoying the best things they can produce or procure; they being not so easily disturbed by sadness, or their brains contracted, and so not so readily bearing a part in Tears; whereas we see old men, infants and children suddenly showing their Tears: in these their glandulous caruncles being much drier, more inequal, and more contracted, and they being in these both more soft and lesle firm, and the lachrymal cavity so weakly closed up, that by never so small an impulse of this serous humour, it makes a very ready way for a new shower of Tears. There are many other causes of Tears, 
Many causes of Tears.  declared by several Authors, and amongst the rest, as a common one, is that of Onions, these being seen both a ready and easy procurer of the same, and this they do by their attenuating and incising acrimony which they have in them, partly attenuating the humour in the Head, and so making it more fluxile, and partly by their tedious trouble and vellication sent from their acrimony to the Eyes and Nostrils, contracting hereby both the brain itself, as also its membranes, sending forth and discharging the pituitous humours lodged therein, and dispatching the thinner and finer part thereof by the Lachrymal cavities, and by their acrimony forcing the same out by the Eyes from their absence. Whereas Smoke, Dust, Wind, and the like, do fetch Tears from the Eyes another way, for these do act by a painful vellication induced to the Adnata, contracting herein the Lachrymal glandulous caruncle, and so covering the cavity, the Brain with its membranes being hereby contracted by the painful sense thereof, and sending forth as well as expressing the serous and pituitous humours by this contraction, driving the same by the papillary processes towards the Os Cribreforme and Nares, and whilst the thicker parts thereof are sent through the Nares, the thinner parts thereof do flow forth by the lachrymal cavities. 
Obs. Of Tears flowing from overmuch mirth.  And that Tears do sometime flow from overmuch joy is made good by Willis, when he writes, that in gladness having admiration joined thereto, the sensitive mind expanding itself very much hereat, doth most amply diffuse its Systarii, or emissaries, as it were fearing dissolution, doth presently contract itself; wherefore in such affect the Blood abundantly flowing into the Brain, swells up all its Vessels, and by its surchage doth distend them, and after this its tumefaction, the vessels hereby being contracted, a flux succeeds, and so does dispatch a great plenty of humour into the glandules, which is thus dismissed by Tears.   

CHAP. VI Of the Parotidal Glandules.  

Where the Parotides are planted.  AT the outside of the Ears are planted thick and large glandules, called Parotides, not placed just behind the Ears, but rather under them, at the root thereof on either side of the Head; amongst which are apparent two very large ones, the smaller and foremost of which is said to be a conglobated one, the other being spun out of many fragments of glandules, is both by Silvius and Steno called a conglomerated glandule: they both are very apparent in Sheep and Calves. They are allowed to keep up the vessels sent to them, 
Their use.  and because they do also take into them the serous humours sent to them, separated from the arterious Blood, and through which some Lymphatic and Salival Vessels do pass, they do sometime gather together much pituitous ballast into the Emunctories of the Brain; besides these, there are found many other glandules planted in the whole spaces beneath the lower mandible, in which Scrofulous, and many the like tumors do frequently make their abode, and these are not called Parotides, but by Wharton more properly named Jugular glandules, 
These called by Wharton Jugular glandules.  whose number is great, and whose magnitude is but small. Horses are said to have these glandules much larger than any other creatures; and Dr. Wharton writes, that he hath dissected a Horse's glandule which hath weighed nine ounces, and yet was neither preternatural or tumemefied beyond its natural state and constitution. 
Anatomists assign these three uses.  Anatomists do generally assign three uses to these glandules; as first to keep up the division of the Vessels; secondly, to milk and suck up the excrements of the Brain; and the third is to keep all the circumjacent parts in a good moisture. The first of these, according to Wharton, is said to be but of small moment, no large vessel either entering them or passing through them, they being but capillary Vessels which gives them their acquaintance and company; as in answering the second he thus writes, as to their sucking up the moist excrements from the Brain, this would be of great use and weight, provided any ways or passages could be shown or declared how these excrements should be brought thence hither, and so made ready for their discharge. For in Catarrhs and Rheumatisms we do apparently see these thin moist humou●s, plentifully flowing through the Nares and Palate, distilling thither and thence very frequently by the Cribreform cavities, but none of these are seen to enter and pass the Parotides; when as therefore the excrements of the Brain do not at all reach or arrive at these glandules, I cannot see how they should be any ways allowed to pass thence, a more patent way being ordered for their passage, as the Nares and Palate. And as to their third use ascribed them, these do not more keep the circumjacent parts moist in these parts, than in the other parts of the Body; and till some passage be found out, which should demonstrate their discharge of excrement from the Brain into these glandules, so as to afford this quantity and plenty of humidity thus discoursed of, I shall give as little credit to this use given them, as to either of the former.  
Fallopius and Wharton do give them these two uses, 
Two uses assigned by Fallopius and Wharton.  as that they do some of them receive the superfluities sent from a hard branch of a nerve of the fifth pair, and do reduce the same into the veins; and secondly, that they do refresh the Ears, and its circumjacent parts. Forestus lib. 12. de Aurum morbis doth tell us several Histories of these glandules, as we may read in Obs. 16, 17, 18. libr. ejusd. One is of a Woman, 
Obs.  who in the sixth day of her sickness sending for him, being very feverish, and perplexed with a great pain of her Head, and her Heart vexed, where she also had not only the Parotidal glandules, but also all her Neck and Throat swelled; he seeing this inflammation thus increasing with redness, a Chirurgeon, who being formerly called to her, and he being than present also, anointed these inflamed parts with Vnguentum Nutritum, and that very inadvisedly truly, his duty rather being to discuss than repel the morbifique matter, which gave first being to this large tumour and inflammation; but Forestus coming to her and applying Cupping-glasses, with Scarification to her Scapula's, and using such remedies ●s were most proper in her case▪ as are described by him in his Observat. 16. she recovered of her sickness, and beyond all hopes, was reduced to her former health. 
Obs.  A second of his is of a Woman troubled with a read face, being made of a sanguiolent temper and habit, about thirty years of age, who in the glandules about her right Ear, had a large and read tumour; he being sent for to this Woman, and considering, she being feverish, and much troubled with this pain, which continually dwelled in the affected part, and knowing that it took its origination from Blood thus plentifully entering these parts, by convenient purging her Body, venesection and the like Remedies used, and other external Topics administered, her Fever ceased, her pain mitigated, and she perfectly recovered. A third he hath, Obs 18. Istius Libri, 
Obs.  which is of a poor Woman, who having a lose and aedematous tumour, seizing the glandules about her right Ear, made of thick and viscid matter, without much pain or Fever, upon his coming to her, not seeing any great plethory of Blood in her, he in this case made use of no venaesection; but for the lessening of this pituitous matter, ordered such things as should give a better digestion thereto, by prescribing her purges and pills, and attenuating decoctions, and the like; and by the use of proper medicines to the affected parts, he both suppurated the tumour, and by Caustick opened the same, cleansing the Ulcer, afterwards filled it up with new flesh, and produced a cicatrice to the recovery of the Woman, etc.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Jugular Glandules. (Wharton.)  
THese had their nam●s given them from Wharton, 
Their names given from th●ir places.  where having their habitation and abode near the Jugular vessels, he gave them the name of Jugular glandules, as you may see Cap. 19 Adenogr. where he writes, That in a Body dissected by him there were found fourteen in either side thereof, and one above the rest somewhat longer, somewhat disjoined from them, (lodging on either side at the root of the Styloidal process, between the muscles of the Neck and the Jugular Vessels), some of these are larger than others, and do vary in their magnitude even from the smallness of a Coriander seed to the largeness of a Pea, as he there tells you. Some of these are planted in the foreparts, others in the back parts, some in the upper parts, others in the lower parts thereof; the upper parts thereof do reach even to the Styloidal process, and to the lower and back part of the Mandibles; the lower thereof do descend near the sides of the Thyroidis, between the Spine and Thoracick vessels, and Thymus into the Thorax; and in such who have arrived at ripe age, this is taken by some for the Thymus. In Sheep and Calves, and the like creatures, these glandules are seen to be very numerous, running from the Throat to the Diaphragma, and so do descend even to second series of the vertebres of the Neck and Thorax. 
Their colour.  They do bear the same colour of those of the Neck, save only that they are somewhat redder which are planted downwards, those more pale which are placed above. 
Their substance and figure.  Their substance and figure do no ways answer those glandules which are placed about the Neck, Thighs, or under the Armpits; they seem to belong to the reductive glandules, and are made for the same use, 
Their uses.  as for the reducing the superfluous humidity of the nerves, which they receive into the veins and lymphatic vessels next to them; and this is commonly seen in these maxillary glandules, and in many others planted hereabout, framed for the exonerating and discharging of the superfluities of the nerves every way, and therefore whether they do depose the same either into the veins, or into any other parts by them, their use is of the same na-nature in respect of the nerves: And that which is worthy note, 
Strumas and swell do most frequently hap here.  is that Strumas and Scrofulous tumors do most generally hap in these glandules and the neighbouring glandules, because these with them being any ways obstructed, they do not perform their usual office, and so give a ready way for the preparation and make of these said tumors, as I shall more largely demonstrate in my second Book, when I shall show the difference between Strumas and Scrophulas, as to their Species and Originations.   

CHAP. VIII. Of the Tongue, and its Tonsils.  
THe Tongue in Latin called a Lingua à Lingendo, being the Instrument both of Speech and Taste, and the help of sending down both meat and drink into the Stomach, is placed in the mouth under the Palate; and this in its upper part hath in it somewhat of a glandulous flesh lodged under its Cutis; inwards and downwards it's seen perfectly musculous, and does every way show the use of its muscles. 
Arantius will have the Tongue a glandule, although improperly.  Arantius is one who will have this to be a glandulous part, and if we may credit him, he doth assign its composition to be framed out of three various substances; for immediately under its membrane, there's somewhat of a pulpy substance about its root especially, the other substance of the Tongue is framed of most thin and implext fibres, amongst which is planted fat, peculiarly proper for keeping them moist, and making them more fit for use, and this may be one great cause why he was so ready to give it the name of a glandule, and this his assertion he is ready to confirm with these three arguments: As the Tongue hath in its substance all kind of fibres, and these so intertext, that they cannot be divided one from another, as may in other muscles. Secondly, There's no ligamental fibres planted in the Tongue for its strength; as is in other muscles. And his Third is, No muscle tasteth, but the pulp of the Tongue is the instrument of Taste, as Piccolom; and therefore Arantius affirms that the Tongue is no muscle, but a glandule. 
The Tongue proved to be a muscle.  But we on the contrary shall found that the Tongue's fleshy part is musculous, when as in all the differences of animal motion, to the most subtle vowels, syllables, and pronouncing of Letters; all which do most suddenly express the conceptions of the mind, never tired in their motion, being either contracted, dilated, doubled, or laterally moved, according to the minds pleasure performing all its actions; and without this were a muscle, and had others joined in consent therewith, these laudable motions were not thus to be performed by it. But our discourse at present not being concerned with muscles, I shall show Dr. Wharton's Answers to Arantius, 
Wharton's Answer to Arantius.  where he first convinces, That the fibres of the Tongue do evince it to be musculous; and that its substance, for the most part thereof is musculous, which appears from its various motions which it performs, and the variety of its fibres so diversely intertext, do only suffice for the diversity of its motions. Secondly, it's no ways necessary that every Muscle must needs have a Tendon, but that which hath a fleshy beginning may have the like end. Thirdly, That Nerves do pass through its whole substance, and this is perceived in a Hemeplegia, in which is seen very often one part may be sound, and the other perplexed with a Palsy. And than lastly, the musculous part of the Tongue doth not taste, but the membrane which does cover its glandulous pulp, especially near its root; and thus by the intervention of this membrane it takes notice of all sapours. Thus much of Dr. Wharton.  

Of the Larynx.  The Larynx is form of divers parts that it may freely enjoy its office modulation of the voice, and this requiring a continual stream of moisture to afford it common liquoring, 

Several glandules given to it.  
Two very large ones at the root of the Tongue.   it hath several glandules placed as Sponges for its collective uses, amongst which are two very large ones, conspicuous at the uppermost seat of the Larynx, or rather at the root of the Tongue, one on either side; and these by the Greeks are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. lodging in the narrow passages of the Fauces. By the Barbarians they are commonly called Amygdalae, yet no ways carrying in them the likeness or figure of an Almond; in Latin they are called Tonsillae, and at this day do bear the English name of Tonsils amongst us: They are covered with the same coat as is the mouth, and are endued with small Veins and Arteries, arising from the Carotid Arteries and Jugular veins; and, as Wharton saith, although in sound Bodies they are lesle protuberant, yet in a morbid body, where these are much inflamed or tumefied, they do carry a good resemblance of an Almond; and hence it is presumed they had this name given them. They are lose and spongy in their nature, and are of a similar friable substance, much resembling Honey and Oil concreted together by cold, save only they are more firmly adherent as it were by a membranous connexion; soft to touch, but being boiled, hard: for upon their boiling, they do loose their porosity, and so become indurate: they have various Ductus', 
They have various Ductus.  and these proper to themselves; they have one Sinus, both large and oval, on either side opened into the mouth, whose skirt doth obtain two large ones, and much lesser cavities; in the same manner are also many protuberancies, like little Papillae or Teats, dispersed through the glandulous root of the Tongue, every of which have their proper perforations allowed them; and out of these various Foramina is a Mucus sent forth, disposed thus by the root of the Tongue, where these glandules are most thick (the mouth being opened) doth sand the same by their common cavities into the Throat; and this cavity in an Ox will admit the entrance of a little finger into it. Fallopius hath observed, that sometimes the opening of this great Sinus doth in some measure represent a small Ulcer, and is often times treated and taken by the inexpert Chirurgeon as the same; this ofttimes happening in the mouth by a plenty of tumors falling into this glandule, and so causing it to give its thus patent appearance, as shall be made good by some Observations thereof at the end of this Chapter: 
Two more under these, next to the lower part of the Larynx.  Under these Tonsils are planted two others, next to the lower Region of the Larynx, one on either side; at the sides of some of the first Annulars, or Rings of the Windpipe, these because they are guifted with many small Veins and Arteries, do carry a more bloody and solid substance in them than other glandules, and do resist the Knife in dissection more than others. There's much controversy about the uses of these glandules, 
A Controversy about their uses.  some supposing they are framed for moistening the Larynx outwardly with a viscous and pinguid humidity, and so making the Cartelages more apt for motion; but because there is not much need of them for this use, I do suppose they may more properly give assistance to the Salival vessels; others, with Riolan do affirm, that they are framed for collecting the humidities which are sent thither from the Brain; and with him do allow that these were here planted for preventing the fall of the same upon the Lungs; and that this may appear somewhat probable, he enlarges upon the blowing of the Nostrils, and in sucking in of the Palate, by which we found a kind of mucous slimy matter or spittle coming thence, which must necessarily proceed from the Brain; so also he supposeth that that which enters the Tonsils, may also distil and fall from thence, for in such creatures who do want these glandules, as Peacocks and the like, who also want Teeth, nor do not chew their humidities, in such it doth immediately fall into the cavity of the mouth, not into the Thorax. Again, if the excrements of the Brain must first necessarily fall into the mouth before they enter the Lungs, and than into them likewise; these Tonsils will make nothing for their sufflamination. 
Four uses allowed by Wharton.  A second use which some do attribute to these glandules is, that they do convert the humidities sent to them from the Brain into spittle: Against which assertion we offer this objection, 
What the humour is which is sent into the mouth by them.  The humour which is thus sent into the mouth by the glandules is not spittle, but rather some mucous and pituitous matter, not much unlike that which is dispatched by the Nostrils, and what difference this carries from spittle, every man may easily judge: but of this more fully, and more properly when we come to the Salival glandules of Steno and Wharton. A third use given to these, is to keep the Tongue moist, and all its circumjacent parts; this use may be allowed them, the humour coming from them naturally being mucilaginous, and therefore most proper for keeping the parts most lubricous; and moreover, the small Lymphatic vessels or Salival vessels, as also the small cavites of the membrane of the mouth may very well allow the same, especially when the Mouth and Tongue are moved, the which every one may experience in himself when he pleaseth. And hence when the nutriments are chewed in the mouth, partly spontaneously, partly by the masticated nutriment, this liquor thus expressed out of the glandules doth much more plentifully flow into the mouth, both for the framing a better mixture, useful for the fermentative preparation of nutriment, as also for a more ready and more easy deglutition of the same: In rest therefore when the Mouth is not moved, and when the effusion of this liquor doth also cease, as is generally seen in those which are asleep, the Mouth and Fauces do soon become dry, being robbed and deprived of this liquor, especially if they do sleep with an open mouth. A fourth use is, That they do help Tasting, the Which cannot be done without moisture; of which Opinion our worthy Wharton is, who allows these the primary Organ thereof, the moister parts most relating to spitting; both which do much contribute towards the extraction of the tincture of meats, as also towards a plentiful mastication; and so may more properly be allowed to be framed for the purpose of Tasting or Gust's sake. For dry things, without having some tincture in them, are altogether unuseful as to taste; when therefore the mucilaginous humour is lesle fit for the extraction of Tincture, and also lesle proper in mastication for mixing with the meats, how far this may make towards tasting, any one may judge; but how far it may conduce towards a gust, when it is as its proper Organ, is already described by him. The true uses hereof, allowed by Wharton, are these five, 
Five uses allowed by Wharton.  which I shall only name: As First, he declares these glandules the primary Organ of Taste; where he also writes, That in all parts of the Mouth in which Taste is perceived, this glandule by its intervening membrane doth act the same; Nature never interposing between the gift which is to feel, and the Organ itself which feels it; when as therefore the part is seen every way exercised in Taste, this approaches near the gustile object, and this is necessary that it should be the instrument of Taste, and if it be the instrument, it doth thence convince its gift, which is by him called the first use thereof. The Second use allows them as an excretory Instrument, its office being to separate some mucous and pituitous matter, falling from the lower part of the Brain, by the nerves especially; those of the third pair distilling and flowing thence, partly from the sanguinary mass effused by the Arteries, and so refunded into the Fauces and Mouth, as is already described by him; but this is readily refuted by Diemerbroeck, when he writes, That whereas Wharton doth say that these glandules (without all reason) are endued with a notable sense, and that they are the true and primary Organs of Taste, and supposeth that the pituitous matter flowing from the Brain to them by the Nerves, (as if thick and viscid matter could pass through these minute and visible pores of the nerves so plentifully) is a thing which requires not great difficulty to refute, he allowing them to be a great productive towards this faculty of Tasting. A Third use of these glandules he allows is, to moisten the Fauces, Larynx and Tongue, for their better and more easy respiration, that the voice hereby may be more sound, and that deglutition may thereby also with more ease be performed. His fourth is, That in plentiful Catarrhs of the Brain, the Nostrils at this time being obstructed, part of the matter being imbibed into their spongy substance, may hence be dispatched and discharged by the mouth. And his last is, That by its fermentative faculty, the liquor which thence comes into the Mouth, and so entering the Stomach, doth therein promote digestion; by whose acidity also it doth contract the same, the which doth chief tend towards the promoting a fermentation, and is the chief cause thereof.  

History 1.  Langius Epistol. 7. Tom. 2. tells us there of a Noble man, who being afflicted with a continual Cough, arising by a Stone concreted in his Tonsils; Physicians using all drying Remedies, in hope of stopping his Rheum, which they suspected was the occasion of his Cough; by the use of which the Muscles of his Larynx were much tumefied; by Langius his advice, Emollients and suppurating Medicines being prescribed, the Tumour began to grow soft; and a strong Cough arising hence by this distillation, did herein frame a kind of Limestone, much like to the Chalk-stone or Tophies which are usually seen in the Joints of those which are troubled with the Gout, arising chief from glassy phlegm.  
Joannes Jessenius also writes of one, 
History 2.  who having a Tumour in his Tonsils, so as that he could scarce breathe, or swallow any nutriment, who having made use of many drying Gargarisms made of Read Roses, Balaustians, with Roch Allome, and the like; and not well mundefying the whole, by which the thinner part was dried up, whilst the more Terrene part thereof was left remaining behind (the which do frequently hap in Aedematous tumors) this grew into a Chalky and Stony substance, the which advancing in hardness, and increasing in bulk, the Muscles of the Larynx being herewith extended, his breathing grew more difficult, and a distillation thence arising, by his strong cougheing, the patiented forced out the Ston- which was lodged therein, and his Spirits very speedily recruited, and he himself suddenly restored to his former health.  

History 3.  Forestus lib. 14. the Aegritud. Lingu. Obs. 26. hath this History of a Woman about 23 years of age, who for a long time having much pain about her Mouth, near her Chin and lower Mandible, under her Tongue, in the Musculous parts thereof, and about the root of the same; Peter Frederick, the Chirurgeon, who visited this patiented daily for some time, and perceiving a hardness still continuing, did hope that he might bring the same to suppuration, the which he endeavoured by a cut Fig, applying it to the place; the tumour beyond expectation growing more soft by the use hereof, at length did break, whence issued a little Stone, somewhat hard, and forced itself thence without any incision, the bigness of a Hazelnut; this being gone, all pain suddenly ceased, no suppuration, or Sanies or matter followed it; and that which herein was worthy of Observation was, That the lips of the wound healed up without any help of Medicine. Soon after which, he writes he saw just such another coming out from these parts, somewhat larger than the former. And  
Diemerbroeck tells us a History of a Woman of Breukelens, 
History 4.  who in the year 1659. in the month of April, upon eating of Damask Prunes, which had been boiled, and upon her over-ready swallowing one of them, the Stone thereof past into the mouth of the great Sinus of this glandule, whence the glandule immediately tumefied, in that measure that it shut up both the passages of her eating and drinking. So that in four days after the sick Woman could neither eat nor drink, he being sent for to consult her distemper, her Tongue being kept down, her glandule was seen very much tumefied in- the right side, but little inflamed, and this apertion already discoursed of, more than ordinarily opening, not seeing the Pruine-stone; she after taking the Decoction of Barley, with Syrup of Marsh-mallows mixed together, he ordered her to suck it into her Mouth, and putting his Thumb to the outside of the tumefied part of the glandule, and strongly compressing the same, commands the Woman with her utmost strength to swallow down the same which she had put into her Mouth; the first liquor, upon her thus endeavouring, threw itself forth by her Nostrils; but upon the second trial, when his Thumb had made a considerable compression outwards, and keeping the Tongue down and inwards, this stone flew out of the glandule into her Mouth, presently after which she swallowed both meat and drink very well, as she formerly did. And the same Woman, he also writes, in the year 1664. had the like mischance happened to her again upon eating of stewed Prunes, in the month of May, whose glandule catcht into it another Pruine-stone in like manner as the former, which was cured the second time, but with more trouble. Another like case happened in the year 1661. in the month of December, upon a certain Citizen, 
History 5.  who upon eating of Cheese, and having a piece of hard crusty Cheese fallen into this cavity, hindering his whole swallowing; this Cure did not succeed, he tells us, with the same ease as the former, but took many days trial before this Cure could be effected.   

CHAP. IX. Of Wharton's Salival or Maxillary Glandules, together with Steno's new Salival Glandules.  
THe Muscles being removed, besides the two longish and round glandules, bordering at the beginning of the Aesophagus, are planted many other fleshy Glandules, and conglomerated out of many others, as Glandules, Lymphatic Vessels, Arteries, small Veins, and Fibres of the Nerves under the Tongue, about its Bridle, bringing a continual Mador or Dew by the smallest Lymphatic Vessels to the Tongue. Moreover, out of either side from this great and large glandule, which carries in it the substance of the Thymus, or very much resembling the Pancraeas of Man, 
The sublingual Salival Ductus.  coagmentated out of many small frustles of Membranes and Vessels joined together, doth proceed a certain Ductus or Pipe, planted upon the middle Tendon, between the flesh's of the Digastrick Muscle, the which from its use hath the name of the Salival Ductus given it. And although this was unknown to the Ancients, and kept in the Clouds in former times, yet this by Glisson and Wharton is now brought into an apparent light: yet this was not altogether kept from all the Ancients, for we may read that Avicen lib. 3. Fen. 6. Cap. 1. calling these the two Salival effusories, keeping the Tongue moist. Galen also lib. 11. de usu partium cap. 10. hath these words of them, The Tongue being dry, cannot effect its motions but very slowly, Nature therefore against this hath wonderfully provided, that it might not readily be surprised with this affect; and in order thereunto, hath at each side of the Larynx seated carnous glandules, serving as Sponges to collect moisture for the Tongue's service. Both these Ductus', as they do carry the form, so also they do bear the substance of Veins, but are somewhat thinner, having no great cavity, larger in Man than in many Beasts, and yet in them seem larger in some than in others. On either side doth arise one out of the aforesaid glandule, 
Whence they do arise.  having many small Originations passing into one Ductus or Channel, ascending obliquely upwards from this glandule, and carried even to the middle of the mandible, planted between two small glandules, the which having passed, it marcheth directly on towards a Nerve of the seventh pair, the which having arrived at and somewhat beyond it, it ends near the Frenum of the Tongue, about the distance of a transverse finger from the Teeth, and is opened into a peculiar glandule, the which by some is called Ranina and Hypoglottis, invested with a thin and porous membrane, planted under the Tongue on either side, near the Ranine veins; between the flesh which ties the Tongue to its neighbouring parts, and the glandules substrated at the Basis thereof, being there planted as two soft Sponges, for imbibing the Salival liquor which thus comes from these Channel pipes, and so receiving the same into them. Besides the aforesaid Ductus, 
Too others lately found out.  there are two other placed, one on either side, found out in the year 1661. and shown that Year in the month of January, by Jo. Vanhorn in the public Theatre at Leyden, and these he called Steno's Ductus', he being the first which demonstrated the same; these arising from the great glandule at the root of the Ear on either side: These Steno calls the conglomorated Parotidal Glandules, the which being dissected, many small branches thence arising, are seen to spend themselves into these Ductus'; they run outwards to the centre of the Muscle called Buccinanator, and do end in the cavity of the Mouth. Besides these, 
Other Salival vessels.  there are some other small Salival Vessels conspicuous in the Mouth, especially in the Palate and Cheeks, of which we have already discoursed in our former Chapters. 
Des Cartes his ●…inio●…●out the Origi 〈…〉 of Sp●….  Des Cartes seems to be unacquainted with these Salival passages, when he writes that this spittle doth arise from the Stomach; and as a guard to defend his assertion, he brings this reason, That some parts of the arterious Blood do fall into the Stomach and Guts, the which do there perform the office of Strong water, in promoting the digestion of nutriments; and from these being hot, he says vapours may easily ascend by the Aesophagus into the Mouth, and by this method allowed there to form this Saliva or Spittle. Now whereas it manifestly appears that this Salival Juice or Liquor does proceed from the Head and its glandules, and whatsoever does ascend from the Stomach doth readily occasion vomiting, the which doth not readily hap in this Salival juice: When as also in pituitous persons, and old men, whose Arterial and Venal Blood is both cold and small in quantity, as to the supply of all parts, and also falling hence to the Stomach, from whence a small quantity of vapours may be allowed to ascend from thence to the Head by the Aesophagus; this Saliva cannot be small, but most plentiful; and this doth sufficiently deny Des Cartes' argument and preposition.  
It therefore remains, 
The true Origination of Saliva.  that this spittle doth not pass and ascend by the Aesophagus, but that it doth fall from the upper parts downwards into the mouth; and since this flux is seen so plentiful, our next enquiry should be by what vessels it should make its passage, and to what glandules it is thus sent and dispatched, and how out of the same discharged into the Mouth. Wharton writeth, that the same doth distil out of the Nerves, but these having no such, sufficient passage in them for the ready dispatch of the same, how can these properly be allowed its proper Instrument? In this therefore his opinion carries not much vigour; some others there are who do suppose that the same is drawn from the Chyliferous vessels; but these not reaching so far, I cannot see how they can defend their assertions. 
Deusingiu● his opinion hereof.  Deusingius doth suppose that this is poured out from the Lymphatic Vessels into the glandules, and from thence to be sent into the mouth; which opinion, although it may carry a fair resemblance of truth in it, yet certainly both the Lympha and Saliva, although they do not much differ in substance, as to their thickness, yet they have the same Origination, and do both arise from the Blood itself; and since this is not done by the venous Blood, as drawn from the glandules and other parts, yet this separated liquor may well be granted to arise from the Arterial Blood, because the Arteries do infuse the Nutritive Blood to all the parts of the Body, and amongst the rest to these glandulous parts also; whose more serous and subsaline salival parts being most fit for giving nutriment to the glandules, with the admixture of Animal Spirits flowing through the small Nerves, is separated from the other particles, and sucked up by the glandules, and in them by a specifique manner is there somewhat digested, and brought into another manner of preparation, and whatsoever is there redundant from their nutrition, is endued with a light kind of acid quality, and this is that which falls thence into the Mouth by these Salival Ductus', as in other divarications of the Arteries, so also in these glandules the Arteries are seen to obtain but small pores or passages, by which they do depose this liquor into these glandules, and this large and great Salivations do prove, be they either Spontaneous, or made so by Art, in which such a large plenty of spittle is discharged, that nothing but the Arteries could yield them such a supply; and it's also very credible, that these do take into them the superfluities of some Nerves, as I formerly have shown, and do transmit the same into the next Vessel, as it is the usual custom, amongst several of the glandules: And when by chance a greater flux than ordinary is made by the Nerves to the face, than can be prolated by the habit of the part, and this remitted by the Lymphducts to this glandule, the Face hereby is apparently seen to swell, and blown up, as it were tumefied by an aedematous tumour, as we found it frequently happens in such who having had pain in their Teeth, at whose farewell we have commonly seen the Face to swell very much. And since we have apparently shown how this Saliva doth pass from the glandules into the Mouth, our next enquiry will be, to found how it's separated from the Arterious Blo●d, and also declare what this Salival Liquor is. Spittle therefore is a light fermentacious serous and lymphid liquor, 
What Spittle is.  separated out of the Arterious Blood in the Parotides, and in various glandules and glandulous flesh's of the Mouth and Fauces, effused by the Salival Vessels and other Salival passages into the Mouth: 
The qualities of Spittle.  As to the qualities of this Saliva we found little hitherto hath been written as touching them, nevertheless if we well examine them, they will sufficiently show that this is not a simple body, but a compound and lubricous, a liquor lesle fluid, but somewhat viscid; and yields no spumosity out of itself, but gains the same by the motion of the Air and of the Tongue; of itself it hath neither Sapour or Odour in sound persons, the which in sick people it readily entertains from their discrasy of humours, and mixtures of other humours therewith: It's no easy matter to describe its exact and singular composition, the which notwithstanding is very admirable; for it joins itself with all sorts of nutriments, and there is nothing which enters the Mouth, which it takes not notice of.  
It's uses are various and admirable, 
As to its u●●…, being much and good.  as 1. Me●ts being chewed in the Mouth and this mixed therewith, it gives them a more easy deglutition, without which they being dry, would not without much trouble pass the same, as is seen in Fevers, and the like. Secondly, This takes out the soporiferous quality from dried meats, that is, the sapid Salt, which is not to be done without moisture. Thirdly, It extinguisheth thirst by giving its moisture, whence it is that great spitters are seldom dry. Fourthly, It moistens the inward parts of the the Mouth, Fauces, Aesophagus, and the like; and than also it promotes fermentation of the nutriment sent from the Mouth into the Stomach, and is its primary ferment, being as a light acidity tempered with a Volatile Spirit in plentiful Water. Some Physicians do make this difference between Sputum and Saliva, 
The difference between Spittle and Saliva  the first they understand to be a thin humour redundant in the Mouth with trouble, such as is usually sent thither by Catarrhs, or generated by any corruption of the Saliva, or thrown forth by coughing out of the Lungs: By Saliva, they do suppose the natural liquor not superfluous in sound Bodies, nor excerned, but mixed for the moistening of nutriments of the mouth, necessary for the preparation and fermentation of Digestions, as shall more fully be discovered, when we shall treat of the Liver.  
Sometimes it happens that these Salival Vessels are cut, as have been seen in wounds of the Cheeks, by which there is perceived a plentiful stock of lymphatic Salival liquor to issue out thence, and by this its continual flux, it makes the wounded part not easily curable; 
Observat.  as happened to a Nobleman, whose Cheek being wounded by a piece of Glass Bottle, the wound being almost cured by the Chirurgeon, save only in its middle, whence issued a perfect and continual gleet, which continued for about fourteen days (the which passed by this Salival Ductus, unknown to the Chirurgeon) he not with his utmost skill being able to put a stop thereto; by consulting better advice, and by application of an actual Cautery thereto, it speedily stopped, and the patiented suddenly recovered. Aquapendens relates just such another story.   

CHAP. X. Of the Thorax, and the glandulous parts thereunto belonging.  
THe Trunk of the Body is that we call the middle Venture, and this is that cavity which is upwards circumscribed with Clavicles, downwards with a Diaphragma, on either side with the Ribs, forwards with the Sternon, and backwards with the Bones of the Back; in this, and under whose command are planted the Breasts, the Pleura, Mediastinum, Heart, Lungs, Thymus, Larynx, Aesophagus, to which also is annexed the Neck as its appendix. We begin our discourse of the glandules here with the Breasts.  

Of the Breasts.  The Breasts both in Men and Women are two in number, planted over the Pectoral Muscle, and covering it; in Man they are smaller than in Women, they being their proper instruments for lactation; and these do increase with their years, and in some Countries they are seen to grow to a prodigious largeness, as in divers parts of the Indieses, and the like. In some Women these have been so large that they have been seen to suck their own Breasts; in others also the Child hath lodged sucking, as if he had laid between two Pillows; they generally do obtain an Hemisphere figure, and a soft and whitish substance, being framed of many glandulous Bodies, whose largeness are also various, having several channels and pipes sent to them. Riolan and Wharton, 
Riolan's and Wharton's opinions refuted.  against Autopsia or Ocular demonstration, do writ that the Breast is nothing else but one whole glandule, no ways divisible into distinct globulars; and yet they do declare that in morbous Bodies they have seen these distinct conglobated glandules: The which if in sickness, I am sure must also appear in such as are in health. One great glandule is placed in the middle of the Breast, the rest being but small, besides which, infinite plexures of the Milky Vessels are interjected amongst these glandules, the which mediating, not only the Milky Juice is carried to all of them, but the smaller glandules do also effuse this Milk into the largest amongst them. Again, in these glandules are many large and copious pores, in which, as in so many small Cells, is the Milk reserved, till the time of its being sucked up, unless it doth flow out thence of its own accord, by its over plentifulness or thinness. The Nipple is planted upon this great glandule, the which is a fungous' small Body, invested with a thin Cutis, and perforated with many pretty Orifices, the Lacteal Ductus doth terminate in these glandules, and the Milk, as through a pipe, is let out thence, at the infants sucking the same. This glandule is of exquisite sense, and carries and gives pleasure in the sucking or contracting thereof, by which both the bulk of the Breast is lessened, as also its weight. 
The glandules of the Breasts allowed five Vessels.  The glandules of the Breasts have five vessels allowed them, as Nerves arising from the Intercostals, plentifully arriving at the Nipples, giving them the sense which we see they do obtain. Secondly, Arteries for their nutriment. Thirdly, Veins appointed for bringing Blood towards the same, the which in Nurses sometimes having too much thereof, this is carried from the Breasts to the Subclavian Veins, even as the Chyle is carried by the Thoracick Ductus; and being numerous and great, for they do not only carry the remaining Blood, collected from the Nutritive, but in such also as give Milk, they do discharge part of the redundant Milky Liquor to the Subclavians, the which is performed by these Veins. The Fourth are the Milky Vessels, and the Fifth the Lymphducts bestowed upon them. Those Milky Vessels are perceived by the Arteries and Veins being variously interjected in the glandules of the Breasts enated from the lower part, and meeting together in the Centre thereof, whose communion and continuity with the Chyliferous Ductus lodging in the Trunk of the Body, hath not till of late been found out by the best Anatomists, they not being conspicuous; the Chylous juice not remaining in them, nor more detained in them than the Urine is in the Ureters, but by the compression of the respiratory Muscles, and those parts through which they do enter, it's easily propelled, and through those that it passeth. Neither is it much to be wondered at, that these should not plainly show themselves to the light, when as the Thoracick Chilifique Ductus itself being large enough, running according to the length of the Spine, hath never till of late been found out by the most accurate Anatomists; nor by them could be demonstrated, the which in our days appears as clear as the light itself; the use and reason of the carriage of these to the Breast may very well grant the same, although denied and obscured from ocular inspection. Antonius Everard Tract. de Ortu Animal. observing a manifest deduction of the Milky Vessels in a sucking Whelp, thus saith, That some of these Ductus' do arise from the descendant trunk running about the Abdominal Muscles under the fat, and that the glandulous substance of the Breasts did carry the matter of Milk in them, the which having manifest pipes framed for them, doth convey this Milk into a common channel, and this is thence sucked out by the Nipple. And Pecquet, anno 1654. before Riverius, found and showed in a sucking Whelp, near her third upper Rib a Milky channel reaching to the Breasts, from whence a great plenty of Milk succeeded; which experiment he hath very often shown in young sucking Puppies; and as this of Antonius is found in Whelps to arise from the descendant Lacteal Trunk, so in Women they are seen to arise from the ascendant Thoracick Trunk, planted at the Breasts in the Breast. The which happened in a Scrivener's Wife, who, 
History.  after her having lain in about a month or five weeks, and having received a fall, complained of the little Milk she had in her Breasts, and that if her Child should suck with any strength, she felt a great pain descending from her Breasts even to her Back, and about the middle region between her Scapula's; but somewhat lower she seemed to swell, and began to perceive some pain about her loins, the which upon the Infants not sucking, she perceived nothing thereof: And without doubt this happened by reason of some impediment which hindered the transition of the Milky Vessels to the Breasts; and hence this Suction being made in the upper part thereof, a plentiful Chyle not succeeding from the Thoracick Ductus, this pain was excited by the same Suction collected from the Breasts even to the Thoracick Ductus, she never having any great quantity of Milk coming thence, so that the Child was forced to be put out to nurse. Let this serve as one History, amongst many which might be introduced as to the confirming the same. And this may suffice to confute all such who do suppose that the Chyle is not carried to the Breasts by the Milky vessels, but by those Arteries which with the Blood is conveyed thither, and from these again separated from the Blood, and so turned into Milk. 
The use of the Breasts.  The primary use of the Breasts is to breed and to form Milk, and to prepare the same as proper nutriment for the Infant. Milk itself being a sweet and white Juice prepared in the Breast for their proper nourishment. I shall not here enlarge as to its frame and make, being by some allowed to be made of Blood, and others of Chyle; many other Authors having spent much time in giving the Rudiments of its composition; my task more closely relating to the glandules. All our best Anatomists allowing its generation to proceed from Chyle, and this the substance of the Chyle doth very well set forth, there being no great matter of difference between them, either in their substance, sapour, or colour. And how this Chyle is converted into Milk, hath as yet but by a very few been demonstrated; all the glandules of the Body being designed for one and the same use, that they may take into them some Lymphatic humour out of the Blood (as Saliva in the Mouth) and perfuse the same with somewhat of a subacid quality; and this is given both to the Blood, to the Chyle, and to other humours, for their better and more ready separation. And because some may question the truth hereof, 
Milk generated from Chyle.  by ask if this be true, that Milk is generated from Chyle, and not from Blood, how happens it that in a large flux of Blood, the Milk doth lessen in its quantity, or grow defective? To which I give this as a ready answer, Milk is not always deficient on this occasion, if the Woman eats well; and when this is deficient, this happens because Nature is more intent in taking care of, and providing for a greater necessity, as to the restauration of the Spirits of the whole Body, by calling and summoning in all the Chyle to the Heart, and converting the same to Blood; and doth sand none of it, or if any, but a very small quantity thereof to the Breasts. And such who do defend the Milks origination to proceed from Chyle, do strengthen their assertion with these reasons: That they do suppose that the Chyle is either directly carried to the Breasts from the Milky Vessels, 
The defence of the assertion thereof.  or first received into the Veins, and circulated with the Blood by the Ventricles of the Heart, and so thence effused by the Thoracick Arteries into the Breasts, and there the sanguinary part secerned from the Chylous, and this reduced by the Mamillary Vessels into the Body. And that this is Milk itself, and kept and reserved in the porosities of the Breasts for the Infant's use. The first use hereof is defended by all Patrons of Anatomy, but the crowning this demonstration, and confirming the assertion, would better appear when they would please to show the peculiar Vessel, by which the Chyle should be thus transmitted to the Breasts.  
Christus à Vega Comment. ad Aphor. 39 lib. 5. Hipp. writes of a young Woman of Bruges, 
History.  whose Menstrues being obstructed she had Milk in her Breasts; the Physician to whom she was committed (did clear her from the blame which was put upon her by her Master, and) did excuse her modesty, by affirming that a Woman might have Milk by the retention or her Menstrues, without conception, she having outlived above nine months in this condition, she hereby both showed and declared her honesty and chastity, and so kept up her reputation; and in a few days after her Menstrual flux broke upon her, and she continued well.  

History.  Brasavolus Com. ad Aphor. 26. lib. 3. Hip. writes, That he hath seen strumous tumors in the Breasts of Women; and he further declares, That he hath not only seen the same in Women, but also in the Breasts of Men; and in the year 1537. in the Month of April he had for a patiented a certain Woman, which had Scrofulous tumors, which accompanied almost every part of the Body, even to her Groins.   

CHAP. XI. Of the Thymus.  
THis also is a glandulous Body, 
Is is distinguished with a threefold glandule.  soft, spongey and white; this part in Infants is distinguished with a threefold glandule, and seems to carry somewhat of affinity with the substance of the Pancraeas in such as are of riper years, but much thinner. It's annexed in the upper part of the Thorax to the division of the Subclavian Veins and Arteries, greater in Women and moist Bodies, than in Men and dry Bodies, it's of a delicate taste, and softer than the Pancraeas. Wharton writes in his Adenagraph. Obs. that he saw in an Abortive about six months old, the Thymus annexed to the Pericardium, in its lower part, and being thence bifutrated under the Clavicles descending out of the Thorax to the sides of the Trachea. In Calves it's seen adherent in the lower part to the Pericardium, and increasing into a greater bulk, passing up to the Thorax, divided, and descending on either side of the Trachea, running to the Maxillary glandules, and sometimes to the Parotides.  

Nerves given to this.  Wharton doth attribute Nerves arising from the sixth pair to the Thymus, the which he supposeth do throw forth the nutritive liquor, inquinated either by some impurity or acrimony, 
He herein refuted.  for its depuration sake into this glandule. But this sentence of his is strange, for the Milky Vessels which are in these glandules can scarce be any otherwise found out than by the inspection of a Calf newly born, or nourished with Milk, as these that are interjected in the same manner in the glandules of Milky Breasts, which he takes for Nerves, and describes for the same. And he observes not what juice the Thymus doth carry in it for the nourishing of the Foetus, as whether it be Chylous or Milky, as Harvey ha●h it. The which Juice doth not pass thither by the Nerves, but by the Milky Vessels, and here made more perfect, and so transmitted thence to the Cava, and from thence to the Heart; and this Juice, because in young people, by reason of the over-dryness of their Milky Vessels that way tending, sends none, or if any, very little thereof to the Thymus; this part in such being either much lessened or contracted, as is seen in the Breasts of Women, when they are dried up from their Milk. Wharton also writes, 
Lymphducts passing through this p●rt.  That he hath seen Lymphducts frequently passing through this part, and thence discharging themselves into the Subclavian Veins; neither can it be dissenting to reason, when as in the preparation of the Lacteal matter, this Lympha is required for the promoting and forming the fervent fermentation in the Heart. 
This allowed a conglomorated glandule.  Regnerus de Graaf calls this a conglomorated glandule, and in his many vituline dissections (in which he hath found this glandule always large, yet that which he ever observed thereof, that it is not lesle lessened in Calves than in other Animals after their Nativity) and that he hath found a notable Ductus in it, repleted with Lymphid humour, which he hath accurately traced; but being never so curious in his laying it bore, this liquor did generally flow out of it, and the Ductus wholly vanished, before he could attain its exit, and forced to try some other means to found out the same.  

Of the Heart.  The Heart▪ although its called the Sun of the World, and the principal commande oh 〈◊〉 ●he vital actions, yet Vesalius 〈◊〉, ●hat he hath seen the left Sinus thereof to have in it near two ounces of glandulous flesh. Tulpius writes he hath found a pituitous Polypus in the left Ventricle of the same; the which I also found in the dissection of a young Gentlewoman, when I lived at Norwich some few years since. It was the Opinion of the Egyptians to measure the life of Man according to the weight of his Heart; and this is both made good by Terence, and confirmed by Dioscorides. 
History.  Vesalius lib. 1. cap. 5. the hum. corp. Fabric. writes of a young Nobleman, in whose left Ventricle of his Heart was found two pound of glandulous flesh, somewhat blackish; much like that of the Womb, extended in that greatness, that it manifestly declared the contraction of the Artery, and with this thus he lived many months: About his closing up his last sands, both his Animal faculty, with the principal functions of his mind continued very well even to his last minute, and that which forced this change upon him, was a Gangrene which seized his left side in his Leg, the which bringing a further stoppage upon this Arteries pulsation, did soon put out his Candle. And Dr. Walter Needham declared in one of his late Lectures of Anatomy at the Chirurgeons Hall, that he saw a strumous swelling hanging at the cone of the Heart, that weighed two ounces.   

CHAP. XII. Of the Aesophagus, or Gulet, and its Glandules belonging to it.  
BY the Latins this is called Gula, being as the only round pipe and channel, by which both the meat and drink which man takes into him for his nutriment and sustenance doth pass, and sent from the Mouth into the Stomach. This also is furnished with glandules both soft and spongy, appointed here for keeping it moist, and as some are appointed for the keeping the inward parts thereof lubricous and humid, which we have already demonstrated; so for the keeping the outward parts thereof in the same temper, Nature hath planted two lower glandules in the back part of the Aesophagus, near the fifth Vertebre of the Thorax; 
Where these glandules are planted.  (in that place where the Aesophagus gives way to the great Trunk of the Aorta, carrying it somewhat to the right) and very ofttimes they are so much hid between the Aesophagus and the Vertebres, that without much care and inspection they are not to be found out; they carrying in them somewhat of a Kidney in resemblance, cut in the middle, being inwardly convex, and outwardly concave; they do borrow their vessels from their neighbours, as Arteries from their next Arteries, and their small Veins which they have, do come from their next Veins, as well as their Lymphaticks, conveying the Lympha thence into the Lymphatic Thoracick Ductus. Wharton writeth that they have Nerves also arising from the sixth conjugation, but whereas they do neither feel, nor are moved, these Nerves thus said by him to be allowed them may be well enough questioned by other Anatomists, they more readily being taken for Lymphatic Vessels, which he writes for Nerves. Some Anatomists do writ, that these do not only moisten the outward part of the Aesophagus, 
Their uses.  but do believe that they do bedew the inward parts thereof for a more easy deglutition. But this is none of their proper use, for there's no such need of their outward irrigation, neither is there any transit made from the glandules towards the inward cavity of the Aesophagus. 
Their proper uses.  But their proper uses allowed by most are, that they are here planted for the collection of the Lymphatic liquor, and to gather and suck it up from the neighbouring parts, and so to effuse the same by the Lymphducts with the Chyle, as I have already demonstrated. These glandules sometimes are seen to swell so much by reason of affluxion of humours, that they do straighten and make narrow the Aesophagus; and thus keeping back the meat and drink from going in their right passage into the Stomach as its proper nutriment, by this famine and thirst they do rob and deprive mankind of those principles which should keep him from the grave. 
History.  Forestus lib. 1. Observe. Chirurg. fol. 95. Scholar 276. writes that he saw a Beggar, whose whole Breast, Neck and Shoulders were altogether strumous, such an object he was, that the like thereof he never saw in his whole life. Another of Forestus is of a Struma in a Man's Neck, 
History.  which equalled the bigness of an Egg, who fight with another, was wounded in this part; his Father Jordan Forestus viewing this Patient, saw living Lice lodged in the wounded part: This man who for many years had this Struma in his Neck, no Chirurgeon daring to undertake his Cure, upon this accident having occasion to make use of a Chirurgeon, both his Wound and Strumous Tumour were by chance cured at once, and he discharged from his lousy companions.   

CHAP. XIII. Of the Omentum or Kell.  
WE now arrive at the glandules and glandulous parts which belong to the third Venture, and having there laid bore the Muscles and the Peritoneum, the first we meet with in this Region is the Kell called Omentum quasi Operimentum covering the Intestines, it being a thin and double membrane, much resembling the duplicature of a purse, arising from the Peritoneum, outwardly covering both the Ventricle and Guts; in its forepart it's tied to the bottom of the Stomach, and to the Spleen, in its back part to the Colon; perfused with much fat, and plenty of Veins, and is therewith intertext like a Net. This Omentum, as Veslingius writes, is accompanied with variety of glandules, and these not alike not placed alike in all persons, 
This is accompanied with variety of glandules.  some having more thereof than others; planted here for collecting and gathering up, like Sponges, the superfluous moist humours which shall arrive here. Riolan writes he could never found any glandules in this part; they generally do appear but small, and that in the lower part thereof next to the Pylorus, and to the Spleen. Wharton also writes that they do much resemble the glandules of the Mesentery, 
They are said to resemble the Mesenterical glandules by Wharton.  and are designed much after the same manner, and for the like use; and in his 12 Cap. Adenograph. he writes that he found two glandules in the Omentum, 
Two large ones found by him herein.  one being large, not much distant from its commissure with the Pylorus; this glandule receiving into it the Milky Vessels of the first kind, arising from the bottom of the Ventricle, running in the Omentum according to its length; and they are distributed into the substance of this glandule, as other Lacteal Vessels of the first kind, and others arising thence are carried downwards to the right end of the Pancraeas, and at the first view would be thought to enter it; but passing by the same, they march on to the common receptable, and do discharge themselves into it. The other somewhat lesle, is planted near the Spleen, and this hath been seen doubled and trebled, and sometimes manifold; he there tells you he hath seen it in a Horse, as twelve large glandules, whose Spleen did weigh ten pounds. But this may be attributed either to preternatural effects, or their number viewed to multiply and increase in morbous Bodies, as in Strumous or Scrofulous diseased Bodies, they not so evidently appearing or showing themselves in Bodies that are sound; as shall be made good by divers observations of Hildanus and others at the end of this Chapter; and where any of these do thus succeed, they must fall upon the adventitious glandules. For in the Omentum, 
Various preternatural effects shown in these glandules.  as also in its glandules, various preternatural effects do evidently show themselves, their diseases arising from one and the same Origination, and do for the most part bear the same cause, whose dependency comes and proceeds from Obstruction. Hence is it that this is sometimes seen to arrive at such a monstrous bulk, as Authors have writ it hath been seen to receive, and to receive those unusual shapes and forms, which diseases are readily seen to put upon it. As a truth of its running into a very great bulk, 
History.  Fabritius Hildanus doth tell us of a very remarkable History thereof, happening in a Woman, who being opened after her departure, her bowels were seen very healthful, excepting her Kell, the which grew and increased into such a vast glandulous bulk, that whilst the Woman was alive, it made such a greatness about her Belly, as usually is seen in Hydropical persons; this bulk was every way membranous, but inwardly glandulous, adipose and Scirrhous, in its middle was found a fetid cavity which was filled with sordid Sanies, weighing fifty six pounds, and was taken thence without injuring the other bowels, and was seen wholly tied to her Stomach.  
Another of his observations of the Omentum is of a young Gentleman, 
History.  about nineteen years of age, proposed by Horstius in his Observations lib. 7. cap. 4. the which sometimes by the commotion of the Body, moved out of one side into another: But in this person this large Tumour was fixed, and was observed to tend towards the Navel, in an orbicular form, the breadth of the palm of the hand conglobated with many glandules. Bartholine writes that he hath seen a Kell altogether fleshy. Wharton writeth that he saw a Kell wholly fleshy, or rather glandulous, brought to him by Dr. Wybard, 
History.  taken out from a Virgin of nineteen years of age, who for near three months before her death was troubled with a Diarrhaea, as also a frequent vomiting of porraceous matter, whose pulse was languid, her urine small and intense, her Belly about the Navel being hard and tumefied, being afterwards perplexed with shortness of Breath, and dryness of Tongue, and a Fever thereunto adjoined; three days before her Death she was much bound in her Body, and her Urine wholly suppressed: The dead Body being opened, the Liver was seen of an ill colour, and the Bladder of Gall furnished with black liquor, her Kell, as I said before, was thick and almost coraceous, so as it did as it were contract all the Bowels in its Latitude, the intestines as it were glued so to it that they were not easily separable from it. The History declares the obstructions of the Bowels of this Maid, the Omentum itself grown hard, and as it were infarched with these glandulous flesh's instead of fat, and for certain her being surprised with this Fever before her Death, was the nearest cause both of her extenuation, as also of her Death. In Scurvies the Kell is seen frequently to appear friable, as appears by this following History, writ by Wharton of one Mr. Beale, 
History.  who being very melancholic, and afflicted with the Scurvy, and drinking plentifully of Tunbridge Waters, upon his return to his House, he soon changed his Life for Death; the Body being opened, Dr. Bathurst and Dr. Ridgley being present, the Omentum was seen both black, lacerated, friable and almost putrid, and destitute of fat, adhering in many places under the Navel to the Peritonaeum, with black and turgid Veins, the only true signs of Obstructions. Sometimes the Kell is seen to be removed out of its place, as by falling into the Scrotum, as also in the Epiplocele, or by an umbelical rapture, as in Omphalocele, of which Columbus doth make mention. 
History.  And Vesalius lib. 5. cap. 4. the corp. hum. fabr. thus writes, he hath seen more than once the Omentum fallen into the coat of the Seminal Vessels, and in wondered manner to swell therein beyond its natural constitution: as when the whole part of the Omentum somewhat falling upon the Intestines, hath scarce weighed a pound, or half a pound, yet herein he saith he saw the Kell so preternaturally swelled, that it weighed four or five pounds, and by its weight did draw down the Stomach from its natural place, and by this weakness various Hiccoughs thence arising, he collected thence that this weight was the occasion of the man's death who was thus troubled.   

CHAP. XIV. Of the Mesentery, and of its glandulous Affects.  
THe Mesentery, which by the Greeks from its site is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 
It hath many small and soft glandules.  which is placed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or in medio intestinorum, hath many small and soft glandules lodged in its membranes, whose number are various, not only in divers species of Animals, but also in various individuals of that species. 
Where few in number▪ great in magnitude.  Thus in Man where they are found fewest in number they get it up in their magnitude, all which are appointed by nature for the better attenuation, and greater perfection of the Chyle, as is sufficiently manifest; for by and through these do both many Milky Vessels and Chyle pass, affused into them for the greater perfection of the glandulous humour, imbrued with some subacid and light faculty, and sent out of these into the great middle glandule, by Fallopius and Asellius called the Pancreas, and by most Anatomists at this day called Pancreas Mesenterii, although improperly; the true Pancreas being more truly planted under the Stomach, and thus by right and short Ductus' carried on to the Receptacle of the Chyle, into which they do lighten the Milky Juice. 
Ma●y diseases arising hence.  And this both Reason and Experience doth evidently make good; for should these glandules be any ways obstructed, or the liquor bred in them necessary to be mixed with the Milky Juice, it would soon turn acid, and so the Milky Chyle abiding herein would as easily curdle, and coagulate like Cheese, and by its plentiful influx they would readily tumefie, and shut up as it were the Chyle, and hinder the same from any further passage: Whence we have seen such as have thus been troubled and diseased to have a Caeliacal flux second the same (and this occasioned by the hindrance of the Chyles distribution) as also a pain of their Bellies going along therewith. And by reason of nutriment thus being denied its proper passage, an Atrophy hath necessarily followed, the which at length spends those that are thus afflicted, even to death itself. And this shall be made good by many Examples, which shall conclude this Chapter. By all which it will appear clear enough when you have read them, that both a Celiacal flux, as also an Atrophy may both hence arise from obstructions form in these glandules, and that those general uses bestowed on them by Anatomists, as their serving to prop up and keep warm the Veins and Arteries dilated through the Mesentery are altogether invalid. But herein we may affirm, 
It's use.  that in these as well as in other glandules, there is bred and begot somewhat of a subacid fermentative liquor or juice, mixed with the Milky Chyle, and this they do keep and reserve for the Milky Vessels; and these suffering any injury hereby, or gaining any ill constitution hence, such as is frequently caught by a vicious ferment which is admixed to the Chyle in the Duodenum, ofttimes this proves a great cause of a large Colluvies of bad humours, of small consuming Fevers, of various contumacious and tedious affects, kept and upheld between the membranes of the Mesentery. 
Various opinions about the Mesentery.  Various are the Opinions amongst Authors about the Mesentery; some thinking it is the sink of the body, to which the whole Colluvies thereof do make its conflux. Hence Fernelius writes it the cause of Choler, Melancholy, Diarrhaea, Dysentery, Cachexy, Atrophy, of Fevers, and of Melancholic Diseases, of Colic pains, and of various tumors and Abscesses, these parts being very subject and obnoxious to mischiefs, and bearing the very frequent blemishes and sufferings of our intemperance.  

How these may be obstructed five ways showed by Wharton.  Wharton shows five ways how these Vessels may be obstructed, which are thus: First, in their entrance of the Milky Juice into the Orifice of the Milky Vessels. Secondly, in their passage by and through the glandules of the Mesentery. Thirdly, in the transite of the Blood out of the Arteries into the Veins, and from them into the substance of the glandules. Fourthly, in the aqueous and lymphatic Vessels; and Fifthly, in the Nerves. First, if obstruction happens in the narrow passage of the Milky humour, the Chyle is not attracted out of the Intestines, whence follows a dejection of Appetite, and the Chyle itself frequently, as happens in a Lienteriâ, is evacuated per anum, and the Milky Vessels being destitute of the warmth and moisture of the Chyle they usually had received, in time they grow parched, and so runs the whole Body into Consumption. Secondly, if obstruction of the Chyle happens, after its entrance into these Vessels by the glandules of the Mesentery, it causeth first a lessening of the nutriment, and so consequently produces an Atrophy. Thirdly, if the passage of the Blood be obstructed by these glandules, and so also with it the Chyle loose its passage, these do both lessen the nutriment with their obstructions. Fourthly, if it happens that the Lymphatic Vessels be obstructed, which are very frail, and so easily rend, and so letting out their liquor into the cavity of the Abdomen, hence suddenly an Ascites does certainly follow. And Fifthly, if any obstruction should hap in the Nerves which are sent to the Intestines, there would soon succeed a resolution thereof; as is frequently perceived in a Palsy; and here for certain there must necessarily follow a diminution and extenuation of nutriment, if not an Atrophy of the Spermatick parts, the vital constitution being entire and strong enough. Compression of these Vessels sometimes do also make them narrow, as sometimes does hap in inflations both of the Stomach and Colon, in Colic pains, and also in some swell of the Mesentery; and here we may see tumors of two kinds, Windy and Humoral, as Wharton hath it. The Mesentery because it wants cavity is seldom distended by Wind. tumors, 
Three causes of Tumour in any part of the Body.  hap in what part of the Body they will, they do demonstrate three especial causes of their product, as afflux of the matter flowing to the place, its transition impedited, and their felling; for where there is no afflux of matter there can scarce any cause of Tumour be expected; thus in dead Bodies we meet with no tumors, because in these all afflux of humours do than cease. tumors with inflammation do argue some putridness of matter going along in the swelled part, and many of these inflammations are allowed to arise in Dysenteries ill cured: tumors without inflammation, putridness and Fevers are various, and these do take a long time for their growth, and these do frame Chronic distempers, of this sort are reckoned Abscesses, Atheroms, Steatoms, Meliceris, Strumae, Schirrhus, and the like. Riolan doth place the root and foundation of Strumas to be lodged here, and doth declare that no Strumas do break forth and show themselves outwards, till the Mesentery be first filled with its Scrophulated glandules; after whose opinion Guido seems to be a follower, affirming that Strumas have no further affinity with the glandules of the Mesentery, only allowed for a further preparation of the Chyle; neither can Struma's be said to have any cause or origination in the Mesentery, when as every days use thereof doth teach that most strumous people being sound in the Body, have suffered many troubles arising from this Mesenterick disease: of which opinion Wiseman also is, when he writes, That whensoever the outward glandules do appear tumefied, we may safely conclude the Mesenteries to be so also, they usually being the first parts which are attacked with this malady; Which opinion of his Anatomy doth very much confute, for I have dissected several strumous Bodies, whose Mesenteries have not been tumefied with glandules, and yet I have opened others which have been plentifully filled with the same, but this will not keep up his general opinion of the Mesenteries being the first part attacked with this distemper; All which is contrary to the Curative method, 
This asser-contrary to Anatomy.  the which for the most part is performed by Topics, the which can no ways be allowed available here, if the fountain of this evil should be in the Mesentery, and this is manifest in the dissection of dead Bodies who have died Scrophulated, in whom some of these have been found to have had their Mesentery not ways touched with the same; and therefore Riolan's opinion must necessarily meet with reproof as well as the other. In Wharton de Adenograph. you will meet with a History of a Woman there cited by Paraeus, 
History 1.  whose Mesentery was swelled with an immense tumour, which weighed near ten pound and a half, outwardly Scirrhous, in which was very many abscesses, included in their several bags, as you may read more at large fol. 49. ejus. Libr. Diemerbroeck doth produce three Histories very much relating to this present discourse, the which I do intent here to introduce, and than to bring an Observation of my own amongst some others. The first is of a Scotch Soldier, 
History 2.  who coming from the Indieses, by making use of diet of ill juice, and hereby pining away under a bad disease, with a Caeliacal flux, and gripes in his Belly, after having for three or four months taken Medicines to cure this disease, although in vain, he at length died Consumptive, and was spent (as our English Proverb hath it) to Skin and Bones, his Body being opened, his Spleen was found to be large, hard and black, his Pancreas hard also, and much swelled, and of an ash colour, and very many glandules were found in his Mesentery, scarce seen in sound people, these were very turgid and hard, some of them exceeded the bigness of a Bean, and most the largeness of a Hazelnut, and some few of them appeared as big as a Nutmeg. These being dissected, nothing but a certain kind of whitish Cream was found therein, hardened into a Caseous or Cheesy substance.  
The second was of a Girl about eleven years of age, 
History 3.  who being perplexed with such another kind of flux, accompanied with gripes, and an extreme emaciation of Body, afterwards died; she being opened, by the desire of her Relations, in the company of many Physicians, in her Body was found many and almost innumerable hard and tumefied glandules in the Mesentery thereof, some of which exceeded the largeness of a small Nut; others of these which were smaller, upon opening them, we found a most white Milky Chyle issue thence, concreted into the form and hardness of Cheese, yet in her the Spleen nor Pancreas did not exceed its usual bigness.  
The Third was of one about seven or eight years of age, 
History 4.  who being troubled with a great Atrophia, acaccompanied with pains of her Belly, for many months together, which at length overcame her life: She being opened, the Liver, Spleen, Heart, Lungs, Kidneys, Stomach, and Guts were seen all sound, her Pancreas only being faulty, swelled, and of an ill colour; but the true cause of her death was found to be the Mesentery, wherein was seen many glandules tumefy it, made of a singular hardness, and some of these being much larger and harder than others, all of them of a white colour, in which also was contained a Creamy substance, concreted into a Cheesy hardness, hindering the transition of the Milky Chyle, which was thought the only reason of the Atrophy, as also of her dissolution.  
This fourth was an Observation of a Gentleman which came from Oxford, 
History 5.  and was my own patiented, who having used several methods and medicines there without success, came to his Majesty to be touched for the Evil, but at that time was so far spent with weakness that he was forced to be carried to the King; some while after he was advised to come to London, to see what better hopes he might gain there, and was committed to Mr. Pearse's, his Majesty's Chirurgeon, and my care, in whose sickness Dr. Lower was also consulted; upon examining of whose Leg, which was both a great occasion of his lameness, Hectic Fever, and Atrophy, we found a very large Tumour had seized the upper part of his foot, and caused a rottenness or Caries in his Bones; London air not agreeing with him, he after three or four days rest there, was ordered to Kingsenton; where the best of advice and means were not wanting to him, but he still consuming daily under our hands, who from the first had been under our care not above twelve or fourteen days, at length closed up his day with the night of Death: I being desired by some of his friends to open his dead Corpse, amongst the things of note, as much as we could (for the dead Body had a very bad smell presently seized it) we found his swelled Leg, upon opening it, to have a perfect Caries past through it, so that I could very easily pass my Probe through the same; his Intestines were extremely tumefied and discoloured, and his Mesentery filled up with an infinite company of large Glandules, his Spleen was disordered, and his Liver was very large, exceeding its usual bigness in a great measure, his Heart and Lungs being both very sound and entire.   

CHAP. XV. Of the Pancreas.  
THe Body being opened, and the Intestines and the Stomach being removed, the Pancreas doth next appear, of which, because many things of great note are writ thereof, I shall presume to devil somewhile upon this Chapter, and take a survey of its bounds and limits, both as to its substance, sight, colour, figure, quantity, vessels, and the variety of uses designed it. It's a word composed (although not well to be allowed here) of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which signifies a fleshy bowel. 
It's substance wholly glandulous.  The substance of the Pancreas is wholly glandulous in itself, for it is form out of many minute globular glandules, every of which have their firmation and hardness given them, that they may endure separation one from another, and from their lose connexion they do form a soft body; so that by some the Pancreas is said to be a soft and lose glandule; again, every of the glandules constituting the Pancreas hath a particular membrane given to them; yet all seem as it were coupled together by this strong coat, it arising from the Peritoneum, by whose benefit they are kept in their places. 
It's Site.  In Man it is planted under the back part, and in the bottom of the Stomach, about the first Vertebre of the Loins, where, to the Peritoneum it is firmly annexed, it is extended from the cavity of the Liver to the region of the Spleen, and gets a transverse site there. If we take a view of its colour, 
Colour.  it carries in it the pale colour of many or most of the glandules, for the Blood that passeth into it, is of a very bright and light colour. It's figure is longish, 
Figure.  largest and thickest about the Duodenum, thinner and narrower towards the Spleen, obtaining a various constitution in diversity of Animals. In sound Bodies this carries but a moderate bigness, 
Quantity.  its length generally being about eight or ten transverse fingers, and this it seldom exceeds in men of a good and healthful constitution. It's breadth is generally seen two transverse fingers, and its thickness in dead Bodies, as hath commonly been observed, hath not exceeded the thickness of one transverse finger. It's weight is various, according to the diversity of man's constitution: And Dr. Wharton saith it generally is seen to weigh about 4 or 5 ounces, and in Horses it weighs about 11 ounces. It hath 4 sorts of Vessels allowed it. 
Vessels.  viz. Arteries, which it takes from the Caeliacal Artery; Veins, which it takes from the Splenetic branch, Nerves which it hath from the sixth pair, and a Ductus, which it hath given it peculiarly proper to itself, unknown to the Ancients, arising from its own Parenchyma. This Ductus being membranous, and although thin, yet it is made very firm, whose greatness does very near equal that of a Goose quill towards the Gut called the Duodenum. In its progress it seems divided, and than attenuated into both greater and smaller lateral branches, and running hence to all the glandules of the Pancreas, as to the variety of uses given this Ductus, and the liquor which is kept in it, Regnerus de Graaf hath at large in his Book De Succo Pancreatico declared, to which I shall recommend the Ingenuous Reader. As to its use also, 
It's use.  this hath as many given it, as Physicians can well put upon it. Thus some will have it as a Pillow to the Stomach; and this opinion Vesalius doth defend, as you may see in his Book de Omento cap. 4. but this opinion of his doth not carry much validity in it, because in Birds and Fishes, and many other Animals, this is seen to bear no use at all. Others defend that it lets out the Chyle from the Intestines; and this Baccius and Folius do vindicate, where they do stiffly maintain the Chyles passing out of the Intestines to the Liver and Spleen by the Pancreatic Ductus; and this also is contrary both to the light of Sense and Reason, for none of this Juice is sent out of the Gut into the Pancreas, but sent thence into the Guts. A Third sort do writ that this part doth purge the Chyle, of which number is Veslingius. But he is readily confuted both by Asellius and Riolan, and others, and Experience doth join with them in their opposition; for this humour contained in the Pancreas is never seen bitter in taste, and therefore can no ways be allowed acquaintance with Choler. Others there are who accounted it the bilious Vesicle of the Spleen, amongst which the Worthy Bartholine appears, as to its conjunction therewith, as is seen Anatom. cap. 13. where he writes, That Choler is expurged by this Ductus, and so will needs have it the Biliary Vessel of the Spleen, being made for its use. But this gets a speedy refutation also, this Ductus not reaching the Spleen, neither hath the Spleen any commerce therewith, by having any of its Vessels sent either into its Ductus, or substance. Others also do writ, That the thicker and more feculent parts of the Blood are by the ordinary Law of Nature purged out into this. Of which opinion is Lindanus, who affirms, That this doth purge the excrements of the Blood, and this seems to carry but little truth in it. When as the Pancreatic juice, as often as it hath been truly collected, hath appeared like the Lympha of Wine; and therefore what can be conjectured of this excrementitious humour which he puts upon it? Others also think that this part was form for the reception of excrements which do fall from the Nerves: And this our worthy Countryman Wharton doth affirm in his Adenograph. cap. 13. where he writes, That this glandule doth administer as all the other glandules to the Nerves, being as an excretory glandule, and doth receive the superfluities from the Nerves, the which doth dispatch thence by this proper Vessel into the Intestines. But because Nerves are made and framed for the dispensing of the Animal Spirits, I cannot perceive how this most excellent man would have an excrementitious humour pass through them, and why they should be more deposed into the Pancreas, than into the Spleen, or any other part of the Body, I cannot well understand; for the Pancreas is a long way from the Brain, and too long, I am afraid, to receive its excrement, and therefore by his leave, his opinion must meet with the same contradiction as the former. Others also do suppose that in the Pancreas both every useful and necessary humour is secerned and separated herein. And here Silvius de le Boe gives the seventh opinion thereof, who writes that nothing is carried from the Intestines through this Ductus into the Pancreas, nor that any unprofitable excrement is in the Pancreas secreted by the same to the Gut; but a laudable humour prepared out of the Blood and Spirits in it is thence carried to the Guts, and this he thinks mixeth itself there with the other aliments. And because perhaps he thought that nothing could be sent to the Guts, unless first having passed by the Stomach, and so sucked up by the Ductus Biliarius or Pancreaticus, and did lesle consider that not only in Intermitting Fevers the sick people are perplexed with various troubles about their Lumbar Region, but in other diseases relating thereto, as Hypochondriack affections produced from the Scurvy, or a Cholera, accompanied with gripe and the like, succeeding them, by raising corrugations and acid humours in them. This Pancreatic juice being in its own nature subacid, tempered with the Animal Spirits; and he judging Choler, which is bitter, and so a perfect enemy to acidity, leaves the pursuit of its generation to others, he himself acknowledging it being passed his knowledge to define. As to the collection of this juice, Regn●rus de Graaf hath most admirably in his Book De Succo Pancreatico satisfied in cap. 3. ejus. libr. We now come to show that this Pancreatic Juice is no excrement, as is made good by the division of the aforesaid glandules of the whole Body; & that we may declare its true & proper generation, we must propose allits glandules, by distinguishing them into conglobated and conglomerated glandules, and Silvius de le Boe doth make these two distinctions between them: 
The difference between conglobated and conglomorated glandules shown.  And these he calls conglobated, being framed as it were out of one continued substance, having an equal superficies, of which kind are the glandules of the Mesentery Inguens, and many other parts of the Body. Those called conglomerated glandules, which are formed out of many small glandules put or joined together, of which sort may be reckoned the Pancreas; and many other in the Fauces, Nares, Eyes, and the Thymus itself. The distinction between each of which Glandules is not fictitious, but real, as experience doth evidently evince: 
Made good by demonstration.  For take of the Membrane or Coat which covers either of them, and sand into the Ductus Pancreaticus, or Salivalis, any liquor by a Syringe being thereto fixed, or to the Arteries belonging to either of them, we shall see the conglomerated glandules easily to separate, and part from one another; especially if there be care taken in the division of the membranes, as they spread into bulk. The which, use the greatest care you can, you never shall expect to do the same with the conglobated glandules. 
By their substance.  Another thing which shows their difference, is their substance; for by Nature's Decree and Law, we found a Cavity in the middle of the conglobated glandules, where I am sure none is to be expected in the conglomerated glandules. To the confirmation of which, worthy Steno doth readily assent; where writing of the conglobated glandules, these are his words: Outwardly they are globous, not hallowed inward with any Pelvis, yet if you trace their separation aright, you will meet some lips, and cloven every way between their protuberancies. Again, besides their differences as to their substance, 
And in their Vessels also.  their peculiar vessels do also declare the same. For the conglobated glandules are properly framed for the Lymphatic Vessels, which marcheth upwards towards the common Thoracick Ductus, whereas the conglomerated Glandules do depose their liquor into peculiar cavities, as the Salivals into the Mouth, the Pancreatic into the small Guts, etc. Various are the passages of Glandules, and divers are their substance; since therefore we have traced thus far into their differences between these two sorts of Glandules, we must not leave of here, but aught to search whether the liquor or humour which is found in them be one and the same in quality. And here we shall found much difference as to their quality, 
In respect of their quality.  for we shall found one humour in the conglobated, and another in the conglomerated glandules; for that which is separated in the conglobated glandules is always of one and and the same nature; which is not only proved and made good by their substance being always alike, but by their passages by which they do exonerate and discharge the same. Again, upon a strict enquiry we shall found that the liquor which ordinarily does proceed from the conglobated glandules hath more of softness, and lesle of acidity in it than that which comes from the conglomerated glandules of the Pancreas, and yet that this hath more of acidity and saltness in it than those of the conglomerated Salivals. For upon tasting either of these liquors we wall found a notable difference; for the Saliva is temperate and insipid, the Pancreatic juice is acid & Saline, or thereabouts. And since we found their juices to be various, 
As also in their uses.  let us inquire into their use, and this is thus made good; all the liquor of the conglobated glandules is sent into the Thoracick Ductus, and mixed there with the Chyle; as the chief part of nutriment, going along with it throughout its whole journey: and runs along the Jugular and Subclavian Vein, whence necessarily descending with the Blood being as yet confuse, it passeth along with it through the right Ventricle of the Heart, from or by the right Ear of the same: And this, I hope, must no ways be allowed excrementitious or unuseful, excrementitious humours being altogether separated from the Blood, so that by Nature's Laws they are to have not further converse therewith, but utterly dismissed thence; the which is easily perceived in the Vein, secreted from the Sanguinary mass in the Kidneys, and sent thence by the Ureters into the Bladder, the which after a small while lodging therein do make its last exit. Thus the juice of the conglomerated glandules being effused through particular Ductus' into various cavities of the Body, where it meets with other humours nourishing the same; this also is not to be allowed excrementitious, for this works as the former, in their various places and uses. Thus the Saliva in the Maxillary Glandules, as well upper as lower, secreted from the Blood, is carried by the same Salival Ductus into the cavity of the Mouth, where having met with the nutriments taken therein, and mixing itself with the same, doth march thence with it into the Stomach, and there creates a ferment; and such therefore who do think this unuseful or excrementitious, are as much to blame as those who accounted the former as needless. 
What the Pancreatic Juice serves for.  Thus also the Pancreatic Juice lodged in the glandules of the Pancreas, do work as the former Ductus, where we shall as readily found this Juice, secreted in man four transverse fingers under the Pylorus, continually spending itself into the Duodenum, and there mixed with the fermented nutriments which thence descended from the Stomach, and driven thither downwards by the peristaltic motion of the Guts: In which propulsion its greater part, together with the more pure and liquid part of the Chyle is thence discharged into the Milky Vessels, and hence into its proper Cystern, whence by the Thoracick Ductus it is sent to the Subclavian Vein, and so marches along till it arrives at the right Ear of the Heart, and gets thence into the right Ventricle of the same. And if these be excrementitious humours, those which do supply the whole Oeconomy of the Body may as well be allowed the same. These uses of these glandules I do believe were altogether unknown to the Ancients, who thought that they were framed as Sponges, to suck up all excrementitious and superfluous humours; but our learned men of late, having with more care, study and labour looked into this structure, do easily show how lame they were in the uses designed thereto; and how former ages have lived in their errors, as touching the noble uses of this Pancreas, every reading man may judge, by the arguments already discoursed of the same. I shall close up this Chapter with some Historical discourses hereof, where we shall found Riolan and Plempius granting the Pancreas the seat of intermitting Fevers, and of Hypochondraick melancholy, and the only cause of many Chronical Distempers.  
Riolan. Anthropog. lib. 2. cap. 16. writes there, 
History.  That he hath seen the Pancreas to have equalled the Liver in its bigness; and this he makes good by the example of a Worthy Gentleman, Augustine Thuane, who being of a melancholic disposition, troubled about four days with Colic pains, with weight and heaviness of his Stomach, his Hypochrondries no ways swelling, but being seized by a Gangreen from the right foot upwards, died within six hours, with direful cruciations: The Body being opened, his Liver was seen Spherical, his Pancreas equalling the weight of his Liver, wholly Scirrhous, accompanied with many Globes like a Pigeon's Egg, and the Spleen was so small that it scarce weighed an ounce.  

History.  Highmore corp. human. Anatom. lib. 1. part 11. writes that he once observed in a Noble Woman, who for some years was perplexed with Convulsions, Epilepsy, and Hysterick passion, these having made her yield to Death; her dead Body being opened, the Pancreas was wholly found illaffected and ulcerated.  

History.  Aubertus Progymn. Exercit. 44. ad lib. abdit. Ferneliis, writes this story of a rich Merchant, who in his virile age did enjoy all his faculties very briskly, as eating and drinking, and the like; but when he endeavoured to sleep, he had both a cold sweat seized his whole Body, and fell into a swoon, the Physicians that saw him in these fits did conjecture his disease might arise from his Stomach being ill affected, and therefore did prescribe him Hiera Galeni, but without any success, he being much worse after the taking the same than before; after this they prescribed Cordials for him, but these had little success in him; and all the remedies which they subscribed no ways lessening his pain, he in this miserable condition put an end to his trouble, by leaving the World: His Body being opened, in his Pancreas was seen a perfect abscess, accompanied with much putrified matter, which infected his whole Body; and this was the only occasion of his speedy departure.   

CHAP. XVI. Of the Liver.  
THe Liver is a vast Bowel, planted in the right Hypochondry, under the Diaphragma, in its convex or gibbous part it's round and light, in the lower part thereof concave; it hath a soft and reddish substance, 
It's substance made of glandulous kernels.  much resembling concreted Blood. Malpighius who by his Microscopes hath most accurately shown the substance thereof. Lib. de Hepate cap. 4. observes first, That its substance in man is framed of many lobes, and that these are form of glandulous Kernels, the which do afford this heap of Ramifications, and covered with a proper Membrane. Secondly, That the whole substance of the Liver, consisting of divers glandulous kernels and ramifications of Vessels, that they may perform their offices together, Nature thought it necessary to place these glandules between them for the more ready execution of their offices. Than, 
That the Vessels are not joined by any Anastomosis, but these glandules.  that the abovesaid Vessels are not joined by any Anatomists, but these glandulous kernels chief framing the substance of the Liver are planted as a mean between them; from which observations he concludes, that the Liver is a conglomerated glandule separating the Bilis; and this he seems to confirm by the abovesaid reason. And because this office is particularly due to conglomerated glandules (as is seen in the Parotides, Pancreas, and the like) he saith this Vessel is the Biliary poor in the Liver, where, with the felleous vesicle, it joins. These new observations of Malpigius have discussed many things of the Liver left in the dark by the Ancients, and have given the same a better face of light. And that the unfortunate state of this Bowel being by them called the principal Bowel, and put by Galen as the great Throne of sanguification, and had in the highest esteem with them of any other part of the Body, that in our times it should loose a great part o● that excellency which they bestowed upon it, and stripping it from all its bravery with which they clothed it, like a Silkworm spinning its last thread, it only now gets the name of a conglomerated glandule, and appears as a new vessel raised from the Grave, gaining in it the new life of its knowledge and use. Asellius writes he hath observed a branch of Milky Vessels in the Liver; but without doubt he was in the dark, he taking the Lymphatic Vessels to be that branch; there being neither Lacteal or Chyleliferous Vessels any ways sent to the Liver, but many lymphatics have been seen to arise thence. Thus Charleton lib. de Oeconom. animal▪ writeth, that never any part of the Chyle doth enter the Liver. 
The Original of Lymphducts.  And indeed by all Anatomists the Lympha is allowed to arise out of the conglobated glandules planted in the hollow part thereof, and so marching forwards. And Fredericus R●ysch, a most accurate Anatomist, hath observed that he hath seen many Lymphducts arising from the Spleen, not only out of its superficial part, but from its interior part also: And further affirms, that he hath seen them in many other parts of the Body, which have taken their Origination from conglobated glandules, in which glandules he allows there remains a specifique virtue, for separating the acid part of the Serum from the Blood, & for giving the saline separated part a light acidity. And here he writes further, That by ligature he hath found that all the Lymphducts which are in the Lungs do exonerate themselves into the Subclavian, Axillary, and Jugular Veins. Some do affirm that they have found conglobated glandules in the Joints, and without doubt doth thence deduce their Origination, and as to their insertion, they do hence exonerate themselves into the Chylifique Vessels, and divers Veins. 
It's Vessels.  The Vessels of the Liver, by this glandulous substance or lobes, are mixed after a wondered manner, as is made good by a friable Liver, as Glisson doth demonstrate.  
The Office of the Liver is to moisten the Blood with a sulphureous dew, 
It's Office.  and with the assistance of the Spleen, doth frame a ferment of the Chyle. 
The action of the Liver, Spleen and Pancreas, made and designed for one and the same end.  The action of the Liver, Spleen and Pancreas, are by most Authors allowed to be framed for one end; for they together do prepare the ferment both of Blood and Chyle; for the preparation of which there is required three several offices, and this is not to be completed by any one or two of them. This, as Flower, 
The manner of this preparation of ferment.  being put into warm water, mixeth itself with the ferment readily, and by this the more terrestrial and thick parts thereof are dissolved, and the more spirituous parts lying occult and consopite, are hereby likewise attenuated, and thus framed into a whole lump or mass; and these attenuated Spirits being thereupon poured, it becomes lighter and easier of digestion. Thus also is it necessary for the mixing the ferment to the Chyle and venous Blood, whereof the Spirituous Particles herein lodging, are attenuated, and thus the whole mass is made more apt for a Hematosis, and nutrition. The ferment of this Bread also (by which we may easily found out both the knowledge of the Blood and Chyle) is generally made of some quantity of Flower, to which warm water is added, as also some salt and acidity; and this kept in a warm place, till both the Salt and subacid Spirits are by this heat somewhat volatilised, and this gets possession into the mass, and so doth both dilate and separate the same; and thus does by degrees make the whole mass subacid and fermentative. This being done, a small quantity thereof is sufficient to leven the whole Loaf; for this small quantity entering into the Dough or Paste, doth both attenuate and divide these Particles, and dissolve the Spirits lodging therein. And be the ferment what it will, this for certain▪ must be allowed, that it is framed of subacid, subsaline and corrosive parts, a moderate heat interposing therewith, with some volatization and liquefaction; the which should they be either more thick or dense, the force hereof would not so suddenly show itself, but require much more time to act the same part: If therefore by some Sulphureous Particles these grow more Spirituous and Volatile, they do sooner and more readily run into ferment; as we see in Ale, the which in the space of half an hour or lesle, doth absolve: this work, because these spirituous acid Particles hereby getting freedom, do also attain a more penetrating quality, and so show a quick demonstrance of their intents and inclinations, making a more speedy dissolution of the thicker parts, and so force also a more speedy suscitation of the latent spirits; but a moderate heat is a main agent in this work, for this is the master both of the acidity and also of the volatization. Thus stands it with both the Blood and the Chyle; the which if they be not attenuated before an Hematosis, and prepared by an admixed ferment fit for the same, they do not sufficiently spirituize it in the Heart, that is, the Spirits so lodged therein not being dissolved from the more thick and serous matter therein remaining, the Blood hereby doth soon become thick and aqueous, and so lesle capable for nourishing the Body, making it hereby lesle able to perform its functions: And thus the whole frame of Nature is put out of order, her natural and animal faculties wanting that life and vigour, which gave them courage to prosecute the same. 
The ferment both of Blood and Chyle made by the Liver, and how this is performed.  This ferment both of Chyle and Blood is performed by the Liver, for whose accomplishing whereof, the Chyle first passing from the Stomach, is afterwards entertained by the Duodenum, where it meets with the Pancreatic Juice as its assistant; The matter of which the Liver frames this, is the venous Blood sent from the Gastrick and Meseraick veins flowing hereinto by the Porta, to which there is therein mixed a subacid or saline Succus or Juice, made in the Spleen out of the Arterial Blood and Animal Spirits, passing through the Nerves, the which is carried through the Splenitick branch into the Porta, and thence conveyed with the Blood to which it is annexed in the Liver; and thus whilst it bears a sharp and corroding quality in it, by the Specifique and Digestive virtue of the Liver, both the saline and subacid Particles lodged in the Blood are both dissolved and attenuated, and so becomes fermentated, and their thinner parts, like the most fine and thin water, passing the conglobated glandules in the caveous parts of the Liver, and so receding from the thicker part of the Blood, are hence dismissed by the numerous Lymphatic Vessels out of the Liver to various Veins, preparing the venous Blood towards the Heart; for the furtherance of which performance, the Saliva passing by the Mouth, as also the subsaline and subacid Lympha, collected out of the glandules of the Axillaries, Inguens, and other places, as also of the Pancreatic Juice out of the Guts, doth sustain the Chyliferous Vessels, together with the Chyle. 
The origination of ferment.  And if any inquire how these sharp, hot and fermented Particles do or may arise in our body, I shall give them this answer, They do arise out of Sulphur and Salt; the first being from Sulphur, but the chief acrimony doth take its substance from Salt; the which besides its Sulphurous quality it bears in it, is innate in all our nutriments, for we eat nothing which doth not carry in it a saline quality; this Sulphur dissolves this Salt, and brings it into a fusion, this being loosened and attenuated, doth by its acrimony both corrode, enter and dissolve all parts of our nutriments, and so doth fetch out the Spirit lodging in them, whose operation is Fermentation, without which no man can be kept alive; and when this is either debilitated or vitiated, his life is but very troublesome to him. And that we may trace this Fermentation more happily, we by the natural Saline instinct of nature, which is in all nutriments, do add our help thereto, by putting Salt upon the meats which we usually do eat, making them of a hard substance, hereby giving them both a greater fermentation, and a more efficacious ferment for their digestion; by so much the more we love or affect a greater saltness in them, as in Beef, Pork, or the like; because Salt in such is the only cause of their easy digestion; a manifest example whereof we have in Herrings, the which being Salt, do easily digest in the Stomach, but not being salt, and much boiled, they are not digested therein without difficulty. And thus the true action of the Liver, Spleen, and Pancreas, is said to make the ferment; whence follows, that where these bowels are well, and do enjoy their proper functions, the whole Blood is excellent good and spirituous, and the Body becomes active and brisk; but where they are disordered, innumerable diseases do arise from an ill ferment of the Blood and Chyle. And hence although the Liver doth not carry the same Honour with us as it did with the Ancients, who reckoned it as one of the principal bowels, and the office of Sanguification, yet it wants not the reputation of an useful Vessel, whose use we cannot well be without, its diseases being dangerous, and the cure thereof not easily performed without difficulty.  

History.  Cyriacus Lucius de Obs. propriis, writes that he shown in a dead Body a globous Liver, ascending with the Diaphragmae into the Breast, and to the right Breast, who also had a very large Spleen therewith. Fernelius lib. 6. cap. 4. Pathal. writes, 
Another History.  That sometimes yellow Choler being lodged a long time in the Liver preternaturally, and not timely purged out thence, hath much thickened therein, and produced very dangerous obstructions therein, the which also hath grown stony in process of time. Joachinus Camerarius de Observe. propriis doth therein writ of a Gentleman, 
History.  who being seized with a great coldness of his Thighs, and of his whole Body, with a consternation of mind, having also a Cough and Rheumatism going along with it, the which did occasion a Tumour under the Cartilago Ensiformis, or Sword-like Cartilege, which was hard, in colour equal, without pain, swelling beyond expectation; he neglecting the same, not in time using convenient remedies, he fell into a Cachexiâ, or ill habit of Body, and vomiting, taking its origination from his Cough; this Tumour very much increasing, and the Cutis of the Abdomen being hereby much extended, the Patient seemed crooked, and, as it were, drawn back into himself; and using Stomachick and hot Oils thereto, without any success of ease, and this Tumour still growing more upon him, took him from his Stomach, and caused a weakness in all his faculties; hence followed swell in his face, as also in his feet; in this condition he flies to Physicians and Chirurgeons, amongst which the learned Dr. Volckerus declared this Tumour shown itself to be an abscess, and needed opening, to the which this Patient agreeing, and the others willing to subscribe thereto, it was dilated, and not without admiration of the beholders, many Vesicles did break forth with great force, some partly rend, some being whole, and filled with a thin waterish humour; some of these were the bigness of a Hen's Egg, or a Pigeon's Egg, and some lesser, the which were sent forth by his Cough; with these Vessels did come forth a kind of thick humour, with a concrete viscidness, as also not much irresembling fat, and did very well bear the name of a Steomatical abscess; these Bladders were near three hundred, as they could be guest, which were said to hold in them about 4 pound of Water: The third day after this apertion, these Vesicles did not so frequently appear, but than issued out a foetid matter, and viscous humour, but not so plentifully as formerly; the Patient hence grew weak, and although all useful Medicines were prescribed him, yet he at last died with a Consumption. He being opened, his Liver was seen much tumefied, and livid in colour, and in the upper part, towards the Diaphragma, this abscess appeared full with Bladders filled with a putrid matter, as it were a Cartilaginous Membrane, both which corrupted the Liver, and corroded it even to the Bladder of Gall. In his Lungs also was found a large abscess, wherein was contained putrid matter, to the quantity of near six pounds. The third abscess, which was the bigness of a Goose Egg, was annexed beneath the Liver at the Colic gut, whose Membrane was thick; the Heart enjoyed its true position, the Ventricle, Spleen, Kidneys, Intestines and Bladder, being all firm.  
Trincavilla lib. 3. cap. 27. de Comp. Medic. writes, That in the dissection of Bodies, he hath frequently seen Steatoma's in the substance of the Liver.   

CHAP. XVII. Of the Spleen.  
THe Spleen hath also many small conglomated glandules, 
Many small conglobated glandules herein, from whence doth arise this plenty of Lymphatic Vessels.  from whence do arise those plenty of Lymphatic Vessels, endued with the which by Malpigius are said to many Valves; contain a certain yellowish or reddish liquor, and by perspicuous passages are seen to carry the same through the Omentum into the Receptaculum Chili, they arising out of many small conglobated glandules lodging in the Spleen, altogether denied by Wharton in his Adenographiâ. Malpigius was the first which observed these glandules in the substance of the Spleen worthy note: Of which he thus writes, cap. 5. ejus. libr. in the Spleen are found and dispersed most copious branches of glandules, much resembling Grapes; they carrying in them an oval form and shape, not much differing from the Renal glandules; they have a white colour, as he hath always observed; and although the Spleen be tumefied with black Blood, yet these still do keep their colour; their substance seems membranous, but soft, and easily friable; and this is one reason why Wharton will not allow the Spleen glandulous: Their cavities being very small are not to be seen by the sharpest eye, they are very copious and almost innumerable, overspreading the whole Spleen; they are wonderfully planted, and are pendant from the branches of its Capsulae, or from the fibres thence arising; and consequently from the ends and terminations of the Nerves and Arteries; they are only seen by the laceration of the Spleen; in Man they are scarce discernible, if notwithstanding the whole body of glandules be tumefied by any disease or distemper, they are more apparent, increasing in multitude and magnitude; as he observed in a Maid that died, whose Spleen was found sprinkled with these conspicuous conglobated Glandules; We own much to Malpighius for bringing us into this Light, be demonstrating to us that with clearness, which was kept in the dark from the Ancients, and only allowed conjectural. In the substance of the Spleen, 
The Spleens Substance.  which is subacid (the which is easily perceived in a boiled Spleen) are contained many Glandules, and the Blood which is infused into those Glandules; to which also are added animal Spirits, coming from the ends of the Nerves ending in them, but much lesle in quantity, the which together making the sulphureous Spirit of Blood, giving it some light acidity wherewith it is endued by pressure of the circumstantial parts, it drives the same from the same Glandules; and being sucked up by the root of the Splenical Branch, marches by it to the gate of the Vein, and to the Liver, and before it attains the root of the Veins, it stops awhile in the Cells, whose substance being Acid, by its delay there, doth obtain a greater Acidity, like Wine kept in a Vinegar bottle, growing by its delay therein, both more sour, and more sharp; thus Choler lodging longer than its usual time in the Bladder of Gall, gains a greater degree of acrimony in it. Many uses are designed and ascribed to the Spleen, 
Uses designed the Spleen.  amongst which, Galen and many of the Ancients did suppose, that its action was to separate the feculent or melancholic part of the Chyle; and that it did attract the same by the splenical Branch; and having once collected the same into its Dominion, did therein give it another digestion. But these both Bauhine, Riolane, and Bartholine have already refuted; for in the Spleen is no ample Cavity to entertain this excrement; or if there were, there is no apparent passage seen therein, for the discharge of the same out again. Others there are, as Vesalius, Platerus, Bauhine, Spigelius, and Piso, with many others, who will have the Spleen a Sanguificant Bowel; and with Aristotle do call it the Livers Vicar. The Liver being ill disposed, this performing its Office for it; and to back and strengthen their opinions thereof, they do further tell us, That the Spleen was made for forming Blood for the Vessels which are contained in the Abdomen, as the Liver was for the other parts of the Body: but this loses ground apace, since neither by the Spleen nor by the Liver Sanguification is made, but by the Heart only: Besides, the Spleen hath no Vessels in it, by which it could sand any Blood forth to these Abdominal Vessels; and that which destroys the whole Opinion, maintained and propagated by them, is the Bloods Circulation, which originally doth proceed from the Heart, and thence passeth through all the Arteries to all the parts of the Body. The true use of the Spleen is to make a subacid Matter out of the Arterious Blood, 
The true use of the Spleen.  from which being again excocted with sulphureous Particles in the Liver, in a specifique manner, it there frames a Bilious Ferment both of Chyle and Blood, 
How the Spleen doth make the sour Juice.  because also this Acid Liquor herein generated, is not readily explained, we shall see it thus performed. A subsaline Subacid, and sour Juice we have already shown, is made out of the Arterious Blood in the Spleen, by the large Splenetic Artery, sending the same vigorously into this Bowel; the which by a plentiful affluxion of animal Spirits by the Nerves, and also by this Bowels own mediate virtue, is instantly varied; and that sulphureous Spirit which was formerly seen in it, is now obtunded, fixed, and suffocated, and the salt and acid Spirit therein remaining, is produced into action; and the saline parts being somewhat separated do take predominancy. And hence is it, that the fervid and sweetish Blood flowing by the Arteries into the Spleen, and being a while kept therein, the sulphureous Fervour with its sweetness loose themselves, and it becomes subsaline and subacid, and so marcheth from the Spleen by the Splenical Branch to the Liver. And that this primary matter of Ferment, perfected by the Liver, doth first come from the Spleen, is thus made good by experiment: For take the Spleen of an Ox, Swine, Sheep, or any other Creature, and cut it into pieces, and put them into warm water, and put some of this warm water, wherein these have for some small time been laid, and put the same to Doughty or Paste, you will soon found it dilate the same, and frame a Ferment therein, as well as Yeast or the like, the which will better declare itself, if you will but add a little Vinegar thereto. We come now towards its conclusion, 
How Diseases of the Spleen do arise.  where we may make some inquiries how diseases do arise from the Spleen; if therefore the Spleen be weak, leaving its subacid quality, not being well liquefied, attenuated, or volatilised, but remaining thick, tartareous, and terrene, a large part of the Spleen being accumulated with a plenty of this viscous Substance, giving a great occasion to the Spleens increase into a larger bulk; this spirit lodging in it, not being timely stirred up, but boiling in its narrow confines, doth in a great measure occasion its larger distension, hereby making it very ready to receive any distemper whatsoever. Thus when a Scirrhous Spleen being any ways obstructed, or otherwise vitiated, in generating of an ill fermentative juice; this makes it subject to a thousand evils, all which do show the action of the Spleen sufficiently evident. Hildanus Obs. 44. Centur. 2. shows you there the Figure of a Spleen filled with a greasy kind of Matter, where it appears as it was dissected. Hollerius writes that upon opening a Woman who had a Stone in her Womb, she had no Spleen in her, but was destitute of the same.  
Various have been the Spleens seen in divers People, both as to their weight and bigness. 
History.  Thus Vidus Vidii lib. 10. cap. 10. the Curate. Membr. writes there of one whose Spleen was no bigger than a Pigeon's Egg, and that so hard and compact, that it almost equalled the hardness of a stone. Whereas Columbus writes, 
History.  that he hath seen Spleens weighing Twenty pounds, and George Garner de Observat. propriis doth there tell us of one of 39 years of age, who had a Spleen so large, that it filled the whole Abdomen, suppressing both the Stomach and Guts; the which being cleared from the Body, weighed 23 pounds, and being cut in the middle cross ways, did every way answer the substance of a sound Spleen, no ways changed in its colour, save only the Blood which was in it not being so black as usually it is; his Liver also was very hard, obstructed, and very large, and weighed Eleven pounds, his Stomach being so small, that it appeared but like a Bladder. Turneiserus in examine. Vrinar. there makes mention of a Noble-woman, who had a Stone in her Spleen, the largeness of a Chestnut, somewhat white, weighing Two Ounces, and a half, and a Drachm, concreeted with a crusty outside; this Woman was young and beautiful, and was taken with a pain in her Left Side every full Moon for Three days together.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Kidneys.  
THe Office of the Liver and the Spleen being discoursed, next in Order to the Rules of Anatomy, we arrive at the Kidneys, where the Serum mixeth its self to the Blood. The inward evacuatory passages of the Serum, being the Kidneys, and the Bladder, we shall only Treat of the First, being nearest of kin to our present Discourse. The Kidneys by the Greeks do take their derivation, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fluere, the Urine passing through them as through Rivulets. The substance of the Kidneys do appear to our view as they were fibrous, framed out of a Concourse and commixture of small Vessels, 
Their Substance  having some carnosity interposing; in outward Contact hard, inwardly moderately Spongeous. These things do offer themselves to ocular inspection, as touching the Kidneys. But Malpighius by the advantage of his Microscopes, hath given us better knowledge thereof; by whose benefit he hath delivered us from many things which were kept in the dark from former ages. For in his Book De Renibus, he writes, whereas in Men of growth the Superficies of the Kidneys commonly appears equal; yet in a Foetus and young Children it's found otherwise. 
Infinite minute Glandules found out here.  The membrane of the Kidneys being ablated, and injection of spirit of Wine, tinged with a black Colour, being injected into the emulgent Artery. Malpighius hath observed innumerable minute Glandules, fixed every way to these bifurcated Arteries, and that they have been coloured with the same; which Glandules, with the Sanguiferous Vessels swelling with this black Colour, being produced into the form of a specious Tree, they hung as an Apple. From these Glandules where the ends of these Arteries do terminate, he supposeth the Orifices of the Veins do arise, and that small Nerves also are there produced. Their action is to separate and discharge the serous redundant Humidity from the Blood; 
Action of the Kidneys.  the which with it is carried by the emulgent Arteries, from which Blood in its transition, a good part of the Serum is separated, and distilled into the Pelvis, by the Renal Glandules, Urinary Fibrilla's, and Papillary Caruncles, and so falls thence by the Ureter into the Bladder, the remaining part being sent by emulgent Veins to the Vena Cava.  
The Kidney is a common Receptacle, and doth receive into it both moist and dry things; and this is made good, both by History and Example. 
History.  Thus Langius 2 Epist. 40. writes of a Virgin, who by carelessness swallowed down Five Needles into her Stomach, the which after Three days were discharged from her by her Urine. 
History.  And Alexander Benedictus, Lib. 3. Anatom. cap. 9 writes, of one who having swallowed a small Key imprudently, within a small while afterwards having a Stone drawn from him, the which Stone every way joined to this Key, and the Key was its first foundation; this Key came from him with the Stone. 
History.  Nicolas Florentinus Serm. 9 Tract. 4. cap. 29. tells us there, of one who not well chewing Fungus's or Mushrooms, had some great pieces thereof came from him through his Bladder with his Urine. 
History.  Julius Alexandrinus annotat. ad cap. 14. lib. de substant. Facult. nature. writes of pieces of Smallage Roots being eaten by one, many parts of which he hath observed, have come out of the Body with the Urine. Thus Anise-seed, Fennel-seed, and other Seeds, being swallowed down, many of these have been seen to come whole out from the Body, by, and with the Urine; and it's believed, that all these things do pass the most narrow pores of the Kidneys, which the Blood cannot pass; and whether this of the pores special Figuration, and aforesaid Aptitude, be sufficient for doing these things, I can scarce believe: For these hard and great things thus passing the milky Vessels, than marching by the Vena Cava, and the right Cavity of the Heart, and than insensibly, and without injury, to pass along thence by the most narrow and winding passages of the Lungs, to the Left Cavity of the same, and from thence by the great Artery, and emulgent Arteries before they come to the Kidneys, through all which passages they must enter before they can arrive at them; and than, that these can be transcolated by their Urinary Fibrils, and Papillary Pores, as no Blood can go, doth confounded both Faith and Reason. Neither can this be made good by experience; for in all my Reading, as to this point, in which I have taken a little more than ordinary pains, could I ever found that any Physician or Anatomist, hath declared he hath seen, either Needles, or Keys, or such hard things, or Seeds of any sort, in their opening of their dead Bodies, either in the Vena Cava, Ventricles of the Heart, or in the Lungs, or the great Artery, or in the Kidneys, but in the last, Stones have frequently been seen and found there.   

CHAP. XIX. Of the Renal Glandules.  
THese Renal Glandules are by Casserius called Succenturiati, 
Their Name.  and by Bartholine Capsulae Atrabilariae. The Omentum and Pancreas being laid aside; these do readily show themselves; And Wharton calls them Glandulae ad Plexum. 
Their Site.  They are Two Glandulous Bodies, one being given to each Kidney, planted under the Diaphragma, above the Adipose Membrane, so as the right is joined to the Vena Cava, and the Left put towards the Ventricle; they are found in the place where the Plexus of the Nerves do appear, to which they are firmly affixed; they do not generally exceed the number of Two, carrying in them much of the substance of the Kidney, save only their being more lose, of a Reddish Colour, somewhat inclineable to Fat; they are seen to carry and bear several Figures in divers Persons and Animals, being seen sometimes Oval, sometimes Triangular, and sometimes Round; their Magnitude is not always alike in young People, 
Magnitude.  they equal the bigness of a small Nut, and are small, and the Right doth generally appear larger than the Left, and it's very seldom that the Left do get the same advantage; they do not increase in proportion according to the other parts of the Body, nor bear a like time therewith as to their growth, and about pubertation to further Increment, they plainly do cease their growth; in large creatures these Glandules do appear larger, than they do in those who are of a more slender and smaller growth; and age coming on, they leave of growing with it; and when many other parts of the Body do by sickness or disaster meet with change, as to their former Being, yet these parts do seldom feel any thing thereof, for they do retain their bulk, as is made good by the example of Dr. Glisson, 
History.  in his Book De Rhacitide, where writing of a Child falling from the Rickets into a Consumption, and Fever superveneing, forced her to quit her Life; she being opened, although her Thymus was near consumed, yet these Glandules were found firm. They are covered with a thin Coat, by which they are firmly annexed to the exterior Membrane of the Kidneys: They have an apparent sinuous Cavity, 
Cavity.  but this is so small, that it scarce admits a Pea into it; and this is better seen in a Foetus than afterwards, the which contains a black and feculent Matter in it, with whose colour its inward guard is tinged. In the greater end of this Glandule is seen a certain conspicuous Cavity, into which many Cavities arising from the substance of the Glandule, do terminate with open mouth, and this Cavity opening its self into the next Vein, is defended with a Valve opening towards the Vein, and shut backwards. They do for the most part take an Artery from the Emulgents, sometimes from one, or many Membranes of the Aorta, or great Artery.  

Uses.  The Use of these Glandules is yet unknown, but many conjectures are passed upon them; thus some with Veslingius do suppose, that they do assist the Tract of the Serum, and do collect the Atra bilis; the which like a Coagulum or Crud, doth promote the separation of the Serum from the Blood; others do suppose, that they do defend and keep up the divisions of the Reteform plexus of the Nerves; Some think that they do give warmth to the Stomach. Glisson doth writ, that they do separate the Juice designed for the nutrition of the Nerves, from the Blood, that hereby it may be sent to them more pure and refined: All which Opinions are merely conjectural; and whereas there are some who do think that in these, some Coagulum is made, which thence passing to the Kidneys, do there make a fit separation of the Serum from the Blood; although this Opinion may in all likelihood carry much Truth in it, yet till these passages, which make their way through these Glandules to the Kidneys be more apparent, how this separation is performed (as we have already shown of the Spleen) this must only come under the name of conjecture. And since their use is at this day kept in the dark, and that no Physicians or Anatomists have given any light as to their uses; many diseases being believed to arise hence, some ingenious Men would do the World good service, and their Profession, Reputation, to make known thereto, what observations they have made of them in dead Bodies, both as to their Diseases and Distempers.  
Eustachius lib. de Renib. does give a very remarkable story of the Kidneys of a Woman, 
History.  who after her Travel in Childbearing▪ and a plentiful excretion of Blood which came from her, she dying, and her Body being opened, her Kidneys were seen white, fragile, and putrid, under whose proper Membrane so much of Wind had been collected, that it seemed as it were divided from its subject flesh; being so distended and turgid, that it very much resembled the species of a great Tumour. And that we may see all parts are not in all men made alike, we shall found Jacobus Carpus in Isagog. Anatom. telling us there, That in the year 1541. he saw in a public Anatomy, one Artery, making or framing a passage out of the Emulgents into the Right Side out of the Kidney; the which passed in a notable distance under the Kidneys into the Uritery passage, arising from the aforesaid Kidney, and both went, or were carried by one channel to the Bladder; yet this Emulgent Artery also entered the Kidney in its due place; and in this individual, the Kidneys were whole and seemed as one, and had two Arteries, and two Emulgent Veins, and two Ureter passages, covered with one only pannicle, which also kept the usual places of the Kidneys, about the middle of the Back, that is in that place, between the Spleen and the Liver, a little beneath it. Hercules Saxoniae observat▪ 
History.  shown the whole flesh of the Right Kidney cut away from its proper Membrane, fallen into the Bladder, before Fifty and more of his Auditors: where also he tells you of the whole substance of the Kidney being resolved in Caruncles, and these being sent into the Bladder, did there produce such a suppression of Urine, that it procured the death of the patiented which was therewith troubled.   

CHAP. XX. Of the Testicles both of Men and Women.  
THis Discourse gins with the Testicles, so called from the virility which they bear witness of, whose substance by Galen is wholly said to be glandulous, 
Allowed by the Ancients to be glandulous though improperly.  whose opinion of which is owned and allowed by Riolan, Fallopius, Spigelius, and Veslingius; every one of which affirming, that they are made of a white, soft, and glandulous substance. But Regenus de Graaf. & Diemerbroeck do plainly show their errors, who allowed this substance glandulous; they neither having in them the substance, temper, or use of the Glandules, but are parts designed for noble uses, showing and declaring the strength of Man, and are of great excellency, both as to his procreation and conservation. 
How they are ordained for Generation.  For in Man are two Organs framed, which serve for Generation, some for making the Seed, and others when thus made, for sending the same into the Womb, as into its fertile Field. Our present discourse only touching upon the First, I shall pretermit the Second; And because Nature, which preserves her issue by Procreation, and Humanity gets further growth and friendship in the World by Progenity, both Sexes being therein and therewith concerned, I shall in this Chapter give you a small draught of each Sex, as to the composition and substance of their Testicles, and than declare their use. They are generally Two in number, 
Two generally in number.  and therefore by Herophilus called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gemelli; partly that the generation of Seed might more happily proceed, and partly, that one being lost, the other might perform its Office: In Man they are planted outwards at the root of his Yard, 
Not planted alike in Men and Women.  but in Women they are kept inwards, placed in the lower Cavity of the Abdomen, two transverse Fingers from the bottom of the Womb, to whose sides they are annexed by a strong ligament, by most Anatomists called Vas Deferens, because the Seed by this, may the better be transmitted from the Testicles to the Womb: these are not suspended by a Cremaster Muscle, and are lodged in the inward Cavity of the Belly, for the better performing of their Office there designed them; in their lower part they do obtain a semi-oval gibbosity; in their upper part they are plain, their largeness do somewhat vary, according to age, constitution, and bulk. 
Those in Women much differing from the same in Men.  Their substance being much different from that which is in Man; their inward substance being framed of many sibrillous Membranes loosely tied together, in whose aforesaid membranous substance are lodged many vessels filled with Liquor, Nerves, and preparing Vessels, running along much in the same manner to the Testicles as they do in Men, and covering their whole substance, in whose coats many plentiful branches do vanish in a copious divarication. But to proceed with the Testicles of Man, and herein we are to inquire into the greatness of his Testicles, where also we shall meet with variableness as to their largeness, the general bigness not exceeding that of a small Hens or a Pullet's Egg, and in old and decrepit persons they do not arise at this magnitude, but are much lesle, and do grow flaccid. The Right is by the general consent of the Anatomists, both larger and hotter than the Left; and hence is it that some do declare, that the Right doth beget Males, and that the Left doth generate Females. And now to enlarge upon their substance according to the Ancients, and here we shall see Galen lib. 3. de Aliment. Facultat. cap. 6. doth there pronounce the substance of the Testicles glandulous. Riolanus also joining in Opinion with him, lib. 11. cap. 3. where he saith, that the Testicles are glandulous and spongy bodies, framed for forming the Seed. Fallopius, 
Various Authors proving them glandulous, but these confuted.  Spigelius, and Veslinguis, as I have already shown, do all maintain the same; when they writ that the Testicles are made of a substance which is both glandulous, white and soft. And N. Higmore. lib. 1. Part 4: cap. 11. doth add this to the opinion of other Authors, that in the middle of the glandulous substance of the Testicles, there is found a certain white, and thick Body, not much irresembling the Vas Deferens, furnished with no apparent Cavity; or if with any, a very small one, ascending from the bottom of the Testicles to the upper part thereof, into the inward part of the albugineous coat into which it is strongly implanted; neither is it only affixed to this coat, but doth perforate the same, and is seen to insert its self into the head of the Parastatae, to which it so closely adheres, that it's not thence separable but by incision, tied in the lower and middle part of the Membrane by the intervention of Vessels. Wharton in his Book De Adenograph, writes, that the substance of the Testicles is both glandulous, white, soft, lose, cavernous or spongy; the which although it doth want a manifest Cavity, yet it is perviated into a nervous Channel running through its middle, its whole length. But when you have read the Opinions of all these great Men, you may easily see how they have walked in the dark, as to the substance of the Testicles: Their Opinions carrying in them, no shadow or appearance of Truth, they writing that the Testicles are glandulous Bodies, they hereby creating a strange mistake, they having in them no resemblance at all of a glandulous substance; and he that exactly examines their fabric and substance, shall easily found their errors, 
They are made of nothing else but of minute Vessels.  for they are made out of nothing else but a mass of minute Vessels framing the Seed; for they are easily seen unravelled, and that sometimes to a good length, the which no glandule can admit or allow: and for the proof hereof Regnerus de Graaf de Organis Virorum, fol. 56 ejus lib. he there brings this Observation; Take the Vessels of a large Dormouse, and you will readily see the Vessels of the Testicles appear transparently, white with Seed by the Albugineous coat; the which being laid bore from the aforesaid coat, if they be thrown into a Basin full of water, and stirred a little about therein, you will see each part separate from other, the which if they were not made of the ends of Vessels, they would not thus admit this separation and division. Such as do want these Testicles, we do generally call Eunuches. And whereas in some persons very often times one Testicle hath been seen; so also in others there have been found more than two. Of the First sort John Riolan writes of a young man about 25 years of age who had but one Testicle, 
History.  as you may read in lib. 1. cap. 31 and Petrus Borellus Cent. 11. Obs. 60. writes of a Monk having the same. And Regnerus de Graaf. in lib. de Organ. virorum, 
History.  doth tell us of a Man opened at Leyden who had but one Testicle, no Cicatrice being found either in his Inguen or in his Scrotum, he having had Four Children by his Wife, and she being seriously asked whether she knew he had more, she ingenuously told him, her Husband had never but one Testicle in his life. Contrary to these, we also read of some who have had three Testicles, and that these have so gone along in some Families. Thus some Anatomists have writ, that amongst some of the chief Families of Colen, many have been seen to have Three Testicles. And Fernelius lib. 1. Patholog. cap. 8. writes, 
History.  he knew several Families in which many had Three Testicles; and Forestus lib. 27. Obs. 15. writes in his Scholio, That he knew a Citizen of Antwerp which had Three Testicles, and was a man who was extraordinarily addicted to Venery. And Petrus Borellus doth also tell us of both Father and Son, who had each of them Three Testicles. Johannes Riolan, and also Anthropolog. lib. 11. cap. 29. writes, That he knew a Nobleman who had a plentiful stock of Children by his Lady, who had one of his Testicles, that is, his Right Testicle lodged in his Inguen or Groin, which deceived both his Physicians and Surgeons. And Silvius de la Boc. writes, That in a Nobleman he saw his Testicle lodged in his Abdomen.   

CHAP. XXI. Of the Epididymis or Parastatae.  
THE Epididymides are frequently by Anatomists, called Parastatae, and by Fallopius are described long Bodies tied to either end of the Testis; planted at its head. Vesalius doth very acurately describe their Figure, 
Various Opinions about their substance.  and so doth Regnerus de Graaf in his Book De Organ. Virorum. But as touching their substance, various are the Opinions of Authors. Thus Vesalius writes their substance, much resembling the substance of a dry Nerve. Fallopius opposeth his Opinion in Anatom. Obs. fol. 290. saying this hath not well been observed by Anatomists; for although the exterior part of the Epididymis appears nervous in man, yet its inward substance is wholly glandulous; and being cut or divided, you will found it woven out of many minute Glandules. To whose Opinion both Bartholine, Veslingius and many others do willingly assent. And Highmore seems willingly to err with them, when he says, lib. 1. Part 4. cap. 11. that the beginning of the Parastatae is made of a glandulous substance, like that of the Testicle, being allowed no Cavity, and framed of many glandules, knit together by Membranes. And although Highmore hath writ the best of the Parastatae, of any of the former; yet in this Opinion of his, he apparently errs: For whosoever doth strictly examine the Epididymis, 
It is made of several flexures.  shall found, that it is a Body made out of various flexures, and that this is evident, its first and upper Membrane being laid bore which covers its Body, and tied to the Testes, you will found many are fractions and wind, the which may with ease be separated each from other by the knife, without any hurt to the Vessels, and these have after this separation, been seen drawn out to a sufficient length; for they are generally seen revolved from one side into another, and are kept in their site by a Membrane which they take from the Albuginea. But to proceed as to the Epididymis, they have not only been seen extended, but also subdivided, the body being dissolved, and this performed without much difficulty; if the thin Membrane which kept up these anfractions be divided, where you may see the Vessels thereof, as well as you did in the former, whose flexures are so closely knit, that by former Anatomists they were taken for one Body; the which, with a little dexterity and patience, may easily be confuted, especially if the Epididymis be tumefied by the Seed, or any other ways by Liquor, sent thither by a Syringe. As to the uses of the Epididymis Spigelius does unhappily give it the semnifique faculty wholly, 
Spigelius and many other Author's uses, ascribed to the Epididymis, although not without error.  not allowing the Testicles this Virtue; no Seed being found in the Testicles, as he supposeth, but a serous Humour only; but he does not show how Nature made a greater part for the separation of the Excrement, and a lesser for this semnifique faculty and action: nor does he demonstrate by what passages these collected Excrements should be discharged from the Testicles; but in this error he is not alone by himself, for many others do keep company with him in his Opinion; he supposing that the spermatick Vessels did not enter into the Testicles, but arrived at the Parastatae, but that these do enter the Testicles themselves, and not the Parastatae only, is abundantly manifest; and that the Seed in the Parastatae is made spirituous in the Testes, 
That the Seed doth gain it further digestion in the Parastatae.  and passing out thence by many other invisible Vessels also, gains a further digestion, and in its longer journey it attains a greater perfection, the which it maintains till it arrives at the Vasa Deferentia, into which it empties its self.   

CHAP. XXII. Of the Prostates.  
WE next come to the Prostatae, the which by the Ancients were called nothing else but a spongy Body made up with many Glandules; 
This made up of Glandules▪  and hence by Vesalius this was called Corpus Glandulosum. These Prostatae are as assistants to the seminal Vessels, and are indeed as two Glandulous bodies, hard, white, and spongy forwards, and backwards depressed, round from the sides, about the bigness of a small Nut or Walnut, or a large Nutmeg, having a thick fibrous and strong membrane from the Vasa Deferentia and lower part of the Bladder. And although they may seem to contain little humour in them, seeming to have but little commerce with the Vasis Deferentibus; yet in people much addicted to Venery, they are seen to swell very much, presently after coition, with some certain submucid serous Liquor, the which by compression does issue out by two small Ductus' into the Vrethra and seminal passage. 
It's Substance.  These Prostates are said to have a double substance allowed them, as being both spongy and glandulous, every way covered with a strong Membrane, framed thus for the more aptly constringing the Body, for throwing forth, or discharging this humour separated from the blood. These Prostatae, 
It's Sense.  or glandulous Bodies have allowed them as sharp a sense as the Testicles, and do make much for the advance of pleasure in Coition. And although both Dr. Glisson and Wharton do ascribe them many Nerves, yet Diemerbro●ck allows them but very few, and these said to be very small. It's framed of an Oval Figure, and besides the Nerves, Veins, and Arteries which it enjoys, whose ramifications are plentifully spread over the exterior superficies of this glandulous Body: in its inward Cavity are seen many Ductus', all which as they are planted at the sides of the great Caruncle, do exonerate and discharge themselves into the Urethra, whose Orifices are accompanied with certain small Caruncles, so that the matter made in this glandulous body, should not issue forth continually after the act of Venery, or the Urine flow through these Ductus' into their body.  
If the Ductus of this glandulous body be distended by Wind, 
Obs.  and than tied up, you'll found its whole body much distended; and if it be kept dry after it hath been thus distended by Wind, and tied up, it will wholly appear spongeous, because the glandules, which first of all were found about its superficies, do vanish upon its thus growing dry. As to its use and Office, it's allowed to give the Seed made in the Testes a greater perfection, 
It's Use and Office  sending and dispatching the same into the seminal Vessels, and kept there as a reservatory against future coition: Others disallow this use designed it, by reason of the small and slender commerce there is between these Prostatae and the seminal Vessels. The truth is, the use of this glandulous body, hath more than a little tired the best Anatomists; for the knot is not yet perfectly untied; 
Various uses designed this by Authors.  for besides, the former uses given it, others do assert, that herein is lodged an acrimonious and serous humour separated from the body, made for giving a greater titillation, or excitation of pleasure in the act of Venery: And some also do affirm, that Seed is made and framed herein. But these are all easily refuted; for as to the First, if this was true, there must necessarily be a communication between the Vasa Deferentia, and these Prostatae, or Corpus Glandulosum, as to their passing out of one into another. As to the Second, this is quite out of doors; for if any one will taste this Liquor, he'll found no Acrimony in it: and this last has not hit the nail on the head, for castrated people have sometimes been seen to eject their Seed. Wharton's Opinion of this glandulous body doth also meet with opposition, when he writes, lib. de Gland. cap. 31. that the Seed hath three several parts for its make; the First and most noble part whereof he saith is framed in the Testicles; the Second and more serous part thereof in the seminal Vessels, and the thickest and most viscid part in these Prostatae. But this his Opinion gains no foundation: for as the Seed is made in the Testes, it gains a greater and better perfection in its passage through the Prostatae; but much more arriving at the Vasa Deferentia, wherein it's lodged till the proper time of its excretion, so that there is no need of this threefold method of making the Seed in three several parts of the Body, as he supposed.  
Having thus explained the uses both of the Testes and Prostatae, a question may hence arise by some, which aught most properly to be allowed the Seat of a Gonorrhoea. 
This proved the seat of a Gonorrhoea  And as answer to those confirmed by Regnerus de Graaf, this may well be allowed the Seat of a Gonorrhoea, as well as the Testes; which Gonorrhoea takes its name from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 semen genitale, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fluere, or if you please you may call it genitalis seminis profluvium. And that this may be allowed the proper seat hereof is thus proved; If this Body be so affected, that this kind of matter is not only herein generated, but the same continually hence excerned, and this Flux is generally allowed a Gonorrheal Flux. For Physicians and Surgeons do not make any difference between this and the Seminal Flux, save only that they do declare the one to be more virulent than the other. And that such a Flux may hap, is proved from Tears and grief, in which a continual plenty of Salival Matter, or pituitous Humour is excerned by the viciousness of the Glandules. And that also a great Colluvies of other humours by the illness of these Glandules may hence be excerned, nothing can contradict or gainsay: for the Patient having taken any Medicine, this hath either spontaneously, or by some way or other deposed the gathering together of these ill juices of the whole Body; the which also may be allowed to have the same property and place in this glandulous Body, especially it being debilitated by Venery, or any other Malignity. For our Humours do keep in our Bodies, like Theives in a Prison, where when they do intent to get free thence, they do not begin their exit with the strongest parts thereof, by undermining them, but do seize the weakest. Thus ill Humours lodged in our Bodies, do not enter the strongest parts thereof, but do force their malignity upon those parts which are the weakest, and so the more ready to give them entertainment; neither doth Reason only, but experience also prove, that this glandulous Body may be thus affected. For there are many which by experience have testified, that in dissecting of dead Bodies they have seen some affected with this Gonorrheal Flux, even to their Lives end. And for the confirming our Opinion hereof, we can make good by many examples, That those who have been great Riders, and sufficiently shaken by their Horses, that they have by the same suffered a kind of Gonorrhoea, much resembling a virulent Gonorrhoea, save only, that this doth not so readily prosternate the Faculties, nor proves so dangerous as may be made good by Bartholine lib. 1. Anatom. reformat. cap. 23. where he writes of a certain Patavian, who above 30 years laboured under such a Flux, without any detriment to his health.  

History.  And Vesalius writes, lib. 5. cap. 33. of one perplexed with an involuntary Flux of his Seed, whereupon opening him, and dividing this glandulous Body, as also the Testes, they were both found full of Seed; and for the confirming hereof, others as well as Bartholine do declare, that this glandulous Body may well be allowed the Seat of the Gonorhea.  

The Testicles also allowed the Seat of Gonorrhoea.  And that the Testicles may also be allowed the Gonorrheas' proper mansion, is beyond all controversy; And this is thus proved, for we do frequently and apparently found, that upon Quacks and Mountebanks not treating this Disease aright, as by administering untimely Restrictive Medicines in this disease; 
And this proved by unskilful giving of Restrictives▪ improperly.  they have given it an unhappy suppression, which hath evidently shown its self by the Testicles running into Tumour, which have be sometimes seen to swell to that vast bulk, that those who have therewith been troubled, have been forced to keep them up by Trusses, and other convenient bandage often used in the like cases, the which thing could never have happened, unless they were the Mansion and place of this Gonorrhoea. And hence it is that when this Seminal Matter which passed through these Foramina, or small Cavities, is by the use and application of these Restrictives, too much obstructed from any further flowing into the Epididymis, and is so accumulated in the Ductus' of the Testicles, that the Testicles with the Epididymis do run and increase into that great bulk and swelling which we just before mentioned. Women also having no Prostates, 
Women sometimes troubled with this disease.  sometimes (although more seldom than Men) are seen perplexed with a Gonorrhoea, which disease in them without all doubt, doth proceed from their Testicles, they wanting all other Organs allowed proper for forming their Seed. Forestus Obs. 9 lib. 26. writes of a young man troubled with a Gonorrhoea, 
History.  whose Spirits not being much spent, nor his Body emaciated, had this disease seized him by o'er plenty of Seed, which so proved from too great a Plethory, for the multiplicity of Sperm, doth arise from multiplicity of Blood; he being consulted, and finding the Patiented Rubicund and Plethoric, by prescribing him a thin Diet, cooling and drying Medicines, with other Remedies there set down, the Patient suddenly recovered of his destiny. 
History.  Alexander Benedictus lib. suo 24. cap. 3. de Curand. Morbor. writes of a Woman, who being much troubled with suppression of Urine, her Prostates being dried up by Varices or Glands, planted between her Testicles and seminal Vessels, without much pain and trouble, her Bladder not being unloaded, her parts being by Unctuous Medicines loosened, and her Urinary passages being well cleansed and freed, she enjoyed her former health to admiration. Schenkius in Obs. suis, tells us of Stones happening in this glandulous Body, which did adhere to the neck of the Bladder, one of which is this following. 
History.  Where he writes, we have observed in this glandulous Body a Stone fixed, whereby the Seed, unless it were small and aqueous, could not discharge its self thence, in coition; This person being by a Mountebank cut for the Stone, died in the Operation under his hand. Cornelius Manilius the Chirurgeon writes, that he hath found a Stone in this glandulous Body. And Rhasis writes, that he hath seen Stones herein also, as Marcellus Donatus writes Histor. Med. Admirabil. lib. 4. cap. 30. Aetius Tetralib. 3. Serm. 3. cap. ult. tells us of a young man, 
History.  who when he was concerned in Coition with a Woman, he could no ways sand forth his Seed, but being asleep it readily came from him, and frequently; whence may be collected, that the Seed Vessels receiving much humidity with Cold, cannot be warmed, whereas having in sleep been warm, they easily do discharge the same, Rest warming the inward parts, and cooling the outward.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of the Glandules of the Artus, or Articulations.  
WE conclude with the Axillary and Inguinal Glands', to which might be annexed, some which are lodged in the flexures of the joints, as those of the Elbow, Knee, or that great one of the Thigh, commonly called the Pope's Eye; and the only thing which offereth its self as touching these, is to declare their differences as touching their Names, Magnitude, Figure, and Uses.  

As to their Names.  Some of these have proper Names given to them, thus those in the Inguen are called Buboes; others known from their situation, and thus in the middle of the Thigh we call the Pope's Eye: And the Axillary Glands' do take their Name from their place belonging to the Armpits. These Glandules do very much vary also in their Magnitude, 
Their Magnitude.  for those in the Thigh are by Wharton allowed to be Eight, and these seen very large; the Armpits have Three usually given to them, but these are lesser than the former; those in the Flexures of the Knee and Thigh smaller than both the former, and that lesser than all the rest, which is planted near the Elbow; their Figures also are various, some being round, others Oval.  
Wharton in his Book De Glandul. Artuum. tells us of a great Affinity and Commerce between these Glandules and the Nerves, 
Wharton's Opinion of these Glandules.  so that he supposeth the Nerves do convey to, and take from these Glandules; for its proper enough to allow the Nerves bringing somewhat to them, as by sending them some of their excrementitious juice; where also he writes, that these Glandules do not discharge themselves into excretory passages, but into the neighbouring Vessels next to them, which is generally thought the only reason of their being planted at the greater division of the Vessels, for the more easy reception of the superfluities of the Nerves deposed into these Vessels, to which they are strongly annexed.  
And that they do also carry somewhat away from the Nerves, is as probable, (vid.) a certain nutritive juice, the which being milked out by a similar attraction of this glandulous substance, doth throw forth this mixture of its Lympha into the Lpmphaducts, and by their virtue doth keep the same thus received from them, and this their own substance doth sufficiently make good, which is both sweet and delicate, and does carry a very near Nature with that of the Nervous Juice.  
Diseases happening in these Glandules, are either simple tumors, commonly called Buboes, or complicated with venereal or pestilential swell. And these Causes hereof by Wharton are generally reckoned Two, the First being the Blood, obstructed in its circulation, and hence a Tumour ariseth, from the hindrance of the Bloods impetuous Flux from the Heart by the Arteries, and its recourse back again out of these by the Veins. The Second may originally arise from the Nerves, as from their superfluities which they let fly and spend into the Glandules, vitiated either by quantity or quality; now where these superfluities do only err in quantity or quality, as occasioned by viscidity, thickness, or the like, this occasions a simple swelling only▪ but when a venenate or contagious Matter arrives here, it begets a Tumour like its self, answering the same Matter of which it is made, be it either venereal or pestilential.  
Aetius tells us, 
History.  lib. 6. that strumous swell have not only appeared in the Neck and Throat, but have been seen and found in the Armpits, and Inguens, Sides, women's Breasts, and the like. And Julius Pollux Gramaticus affirms, that Scrofules do not only arise in the Mesentery, but have been found in the Armpits and groins. He tells us of a Woman in Florence who had a Scrofulous Tumour in her Thigh, which weighed above 60 pound, whose substance did so mightily increase, that therewith she was forced to keep her Bed for Five years together, the which at length, was by strict bandage and cauteries wholly eradicated.  

History.  George Wyrtz Physician, writes of a Gentleman who had a Struma in his Groin, or rather if you please, a Steatome, which exceeded the weight of Forty pounds.  

History.  Hollerius Obs. 23 lib. Propria, tells us of a noble Painter who had such a large Ganglion or Wen in his Thigh, that it exceeded the bigness of a Child's Head; having another large Tumour annexed to it: both which were wholly eradicated, and the Patient perfectly discharged from the same, and cured.  

History.  Benivenius, cap. 14. tells us of a Woman, who had a very large strumous swelling upon her Thigh, which weighed above Sixty pound, the which proved so troublesome to her, that she was forced to keep her Bed, he being entreated by her Prayers and Supplications to undertake her cure; by a strict Bandage made of Hair and Silk wrought together, he cut the same near half way through; the other part thereof he dispatched with a read hot Instrument, by which the flux of Blood was wholly suppressed: the Woman being near dead, was put into her warm Bed to refresh herself, and by having proper Cordials to support her Spirits, great care used, and proper Medicines administered, she was brought to her perfect health, by God's Blessing going along with his endeavours.   
The end of the First Book.   

CHAERADELOGIA: OR, An Exact Discourse OF STRUMAES, OR Kings-evil-swelling.  
Wherein are discovered Their Names & Natures, DIFFERENCES, CAUSES, SIGNS, PRESAGES & CURE, In that Modest and Plain Dress, That the Meanest Capacity may hereby found out the DISEASE.  
Written by JOHN BROWN, Sworn Chirurgeon in Ordinary to the King's most Excellent Majesty.  
Arte Florente Florescimus.  
LONDON: Printed by T. N. for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.   

To the Right Honourable, HENRY Earl of Arlington, Lord Chamberlain of His Majesty's most Honourable Household, Knight of the most Noble Order of the Garter, One of His Majesty's most Honourable Privy Council, and Lord Lieutenant of the County of Suffolk, etc.  
My LORD,  
SInce we generally do measure the Greatness of the Sun by the Shadow of the Earth, and his Go in the Dyal by the little Thread thereof; Those vacant Hours of Leisure which I catcht at Windsor this last Summer, were the only Wings which gave first flight to my design in giving a Shape or Form to this Strumous Discourse; a Disease as Universal as any other whatsoever in our Age. In this therefore I have presumed to present your Lordship with the Differences, Causes, Symptoms, Presages, and Cure thereof, according to the best Medical and Chirurgical Method. And since I have shown that the Court is extremely visited with this Popular Disease, and a multitude of poor People do give His Majesty trouble too often for Curing their Diseases, they will have to be the Evil, although not really so, save only in their own Conjectures; I have herein undertaken to unmask the same in that Order, and give it that Light, that the Meanest Capacity may become a good Judge thereof.  
As my Obligations therefore to your Lordship are as well known to the World as great in themselves, so I hope I may not appear troublesome in making a public Expression of my Gratitude to your Honour, and humbly crave Protection under your Wing for this my Scrophulated Treatise; whereby your Lordship will let the World see, how great a Master of Condescension you are, in giving Countenance to this Design, Life to my Adventure, and Breath to my Dedication.  
The whole Kingdom knows your Lordship's Integrity to your Prince, in the Eminent Place of Trust your Honour enjoys, your Steddiness and Constancy in that Religion we do profess; your Prowess, Justice, Piety, Temperance and Prudence, are as so many Illustrious Gems of your Great Name; all which do both sweeten your Noble Nature, appear as Laurels to your Virtue, and true Heralds of your Perspicuous Lustre.  
If your Lordship will please to favour this Address with your Honourable Acceptance, and pretermit the Lapses both of the Author and his Discourse, this will infinitely secure me from the hard censure of others, and make me ever more study how to declare myself,  
My Lord, Your Lordship's most Obedient, and most thankful Servant, JO. BROWNE▪   

To the Industrious Reader.  
Ingenuous Reader,  
SInce it is the Mode of the Age not to let any Book look into the World without a Preface, it may well seem a wonder, that amongst the multitude of Books with which the World hath been so plentifully stocked, so little hath hitherto been writ of this Strumous or Kings Evil Subject; it evermore having been a Disease of ancient standing, and so general concern with the Sons and Daughters of Men; especially since there is scarce any kind of Skill but may be learned by Art, and brought into the Rules of a Curative Method, for the Benefit and Advantage of poor diseased Mortals.  
It was a Law among the Athenians, That every new Act should be heard with silence and applause: which custom, as it gave a favourable and respective appearance to the Actors thereof, and their Endeavours; so it finished and completed the same with an inevitable danger of disgrace for the future, if any lapse should succeed. The truth is, Men of Learning, Reason and Experience, and such who have been free from Fumes, have evermore encouraged the Industrious Hand: But we live now in such an Age, that an Author must as well study the little Plausibilities of the People, who are the great and brisk Masters of Fame, as the value of the Discourse, the reality of the Matter, or the general good of the Design, (these being very kind and zealous where they affect, and as cruel and clamorous where they resolve to contradict) and where Men do once build their Wit upon contradiction, the best Subject must hazard their Test, and suffer their Censure. And this I have evermore observed, that never any yet entered the Lists with an Ignorant Bugbear, but he lost much by the Encounter.  
But to leave these: That I may somewhat relieve the Readers patience, I shall enter the Subject Matter of our Discourse, wherein although I may well enough agreed with Columella's Opinion, that Nihil perfectum aut à singulari Industriâ Consummatum, That no Man can observe all; yet I hope that Huntsman is not to be blamed that catcheth some, although he may miss others. And because I know there are some sort of Men may think that I live better upon Transcription than upon producing new Matter; yet in this I hope the Crime is not very great, so long as the Reader hath it brought home clean. Others I full well know there are, who will readily suppose that I have borrowed a part of my Treatise from others; yet since I had it from the common Stock, and have distributed the same for the advance of public good, I would willingly know where lies the Injury.  
If in this also I have seemed to step aside from the Opinion of the Ancients as touching these Strumous Effects and Diseases, I being rather inclined to raise a new Pile of Matter for their Production and Generation, yet I suppose I am not the first which have swum against the stream of their grave Suppositions, or gray-headed Thoughts, I evermore having been conversant in Chirurgery almost from my Cradle, being the sixth Generation of my own Relations, all eminent Masters of our Profession, some of the latter of which have been extraordinary well known for their Parts and Skill by many of the most worthy and knowing Masters of our Society. I came early also to the practice thereof in this great City, and have for above Twenty Four Years seen the Practic, as well as read the Theorical Part thereof; and this not at Whiles and Intervals, but I had the Eye of the Hospital as my first and early Glean: And since I could writ Man, the late Wars had my Skill shown on myself as well as many others who were committed to my Charge.  
But to come nearer our Strumous Discourse, since I have been blest by my Dread Sovereign's Command to attend as one of His Surgeons at all Healings, (although the meanest) and have seen several Thousands approach his Royal Presence for Ease and Cure, I thought it my Duty as well as my Zeal to search into the Roads and Circuits of this Evil, which is seen thus frequently to visit the Court. And the only reason which invited me to this Undertaking, was partly intended to prevent the tedious Journeys of many poor People, who unhappily have undertaken the same upon pretence of their being troubled with this Disease, and partly to secure His Majesty from being cheated of His Gold: The first of which is intended and made good in this, the latter demonstrated in the following Treatise.  
I have herein therefore (kind Reader) presented thee with a more plain discovery of this Disease, than hither hath as yet appeared in the World, and this performed with that plain and easy Dress and Method, that the meanest Capacity may be allowed a sufficient Judge in the description thereof by way of distinction to prevent confusion.  
In this Discourse therefore is laid down the Name and Nature of Strumaes or Kings-evil-swelling, with all their Differences, Causes, Signs, Presages and Cure, in a more full and ample draught than hath hitherto been ever presented to public view. And because I do not desire to keep the Ingenuous Reader too long upon the Title, if he please to take an inward survey of the several Causes of this Strumous Disease, he will found that I have introduced the Pox and Scurvy as two great Clubbers towards forming the same, (especially in our days, where the Families of Mankind are generally seen more or lesle tinged therewith) and do keep equal pace with the same by Seminal Traduction: Both of which being much altered from their first Being's, by getting an acquaintance almost with every Disease, they having a very familiar and common dependence one upon another, bred and begot from a tainted Fermentation in the Blood, and an Ebullition of vitiated Humours, by which a common exchange of Symptoms is kept up and maintained between them, according to the Inclinations of such weakly and debilitated Bodies on which they do make their entrance. But jest, kind Reader, I may be thought tedious in keeping thee too long in the Passage, I have this only to say, That I have spent this last Summer with great satisfaction in examining and tracing the Evil in all its Nooks and Corners. If thou findest any thing in it worth thy acceptance, take it freely; and what is wanting in the Author's Capacity, make good in thyself by a richer piece of Service.  
VALE. From my House at Charing-Cross London, April 3. 1683.   

The Names of the Authors concerned in this Treatise.  

AVicen.  
Aquapendens.  
Arnaldus Villanovanus.  
Jo. Andrea's à Cruse.  
Aetius.  
Paulus Aeginetta.  
Bauhinus.  
Brunus.  
Bartepalia.  
Bartholinus.  
Cornelius Celsus.  
Joann. Colle.  
Diemerbroeck.  
Fernelius.  
Fallopius.  
T. Fullerius.  
Forestus.  
Guido.  
Galen.  
Gro●cossius.  
Regnerus de Graaf.  
Glissonius.  
Hypocrates.  
Andrea's Laurentius.  
Malphigius.  
Petrus Pigraeus.  
Paraeus.  
Rondeletius.  
Schenckius.  
Sennertus.  
Silvius de Laboe.  
Steno.  
Theodoricus.  
Tagaultius.  
Tookerus.  
Valescus.  
Whartonus.  
Willisius.    

The Second Book, In which are contained Seven CHAPTERS.  

Chap. 1. Of the Struma, or Kings Evil in general.  
Chap. 2. What the Kings-Evil-Swelling is, with its proper Name and Nature.  
Chap. 3. Several Differences of the Evil, both from the Ancients and Moderns.  
Chap. 4. Several Causes of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.  
Chap. 5. Of the proper Signs of Strumaes.  
Chap. 6. Of the true Presages of Strumaes.  
Chap. 7. The Practical Curative Method of Curing Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.    

The Second Book OF THE Kings-Evil,  

CHAP. I. Of the Struma, or Kings-Evil in General.  
AS some Diseases are nearer of kin to England than to other Nations, so by the general received Opinion of Physicians, they do hence take their Causes; their relation to Distemperiety, associating with Diseases which are most general and common with them. Thus we frequently see a vicious Constitution of Place continuing for some time amongst us: or if for some small season leaving us, and than making its quick returns upon the Sons and Daughters of Men, this in a very great measure gives being and growth to a Disease.  
And hence is it that divers Countries have their own proper Diseases allowed them, 
Divers Countries allowed various Diseases.  (proved and maintained by all Ages.) Thus to Egypt is granted the Leprosy as its proper Disease; Attica kept up the Gout; Hungary has its particular Fever, Christened by its own name; Apthae, or Ulcers of the Mouth and Palate in young Children, are very frequent in Syria Some have laid the first appearance of the French Pox upon Naples, although it long ere that time dwelled in the West-indieses, and had longer being ere that in the World, as shall be sufficiently made good in this Discourse. Plica is generally granted the Polony Disease, and the Scurvy believed to Sail from the Baltic Sea. Sphacelus was first thought to arise from a cold Country near the Northern Pole, bringing with it a Mortification on the Nervous and Membranous parts. Carbunculus allowed an Evil of the Province of Narbosensis, and Bronoochele is so common a Distemper in Bergomy, that the Inhabitants thereof do not take any notice of the same, they living without pain that have it, generally granted to take its Origination from their common Liquor they Commonly make use of. And whilst we have thus far travelled, we have only taken a view of the Diseases of other Countries, let us come nearer home, and behold our own Island, and here we shall found it to bear a part with Diseases and Distemperiety as well as other Nations; and as England had once the Name of an English Sweat, 
English Diseases.  so it hath been very fertile in producing Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling, Jaundice, Rickets, Scurvy, Consumptions, and the like. And without our Bodies had, and still were subject to change, we should not found them so readily assume these sickly impressions. But Reason doth sufficiently evince the same, these arising either from the Diet therein made use of, or ill Habits therein bred, or changes of Temper made by Air, and the like. Thus we read the Scab of Ethiopia did arise from their excessive Eating, they commonly feeding upon Locusts, which bred this depraved disposition in them. The Gout in Attica also had its being from delicious Food, & their over frequent use of Venery. And, that Air may very well be allowed an expert Ingredient in forming Diseases, our own Country can readily confirm, by sending of their numerous Offsprings (of this Evil we discourse of) up hither so frequently to be healed.  

England very prolifique in producing Diseases.  For whosoever examines England in its Nature and Constitution, shall readily found that it is as prolifique in producing of Diseases, as she is fertile in procuring of Conceptions; and its forty to one, if she gives not as ready a Remark of the one, as of the other, she being not more barren in the one, than she is in the other. And hence is it that not only the strong and Vigorous Man, who enjoys the delight and blessing of Wealth, but the weak and infirm Person does propagate and beget Children, as every day makes good. And that Women also who are infirm, and of an ill habit, and Cacochymick Constitution, do most readily bear Children, this also is as plain. And whoever do consider these both as they aught, may reasonably allow, that a Child begot and bred from such a Parent, may both easily and readily derive a Disease from them, being by Nature made like soft wax, which every one knows doth with ease receive every Impression which the Seal gives to it.  
This Child therefore coming into the World distempered from its Mother's Womb, enervated, 
Diseases from the Mother's Womb.  and every day giving greater and better Signs and Symptoms of its depraved Constitution, what can deny its ready yielding to any Disease whatsoever? I would not willingly be here mistaken, (this not reaching the whole race of Womankind) that they themselves are either all infirm, or that they must necessarily serve the World with a diseased Offspring. But this I shall presume to assert, that where such a mixture of ill conditioned Parents do meet in Coitu, and therein and thereby do use their endeavours to raise a Natural Stock; where such a product is made, their Children are very seldom seen to carry better metal in them, than they have derived from their Parents; and may as well be allowed to share of their depraved Natures and Constitutions, as of their Estates and Fortunes. 
Several Reasons to make good the Assertion.  Several Reasons also might be given for the confirming the same; for how often also hath this been found to arise from the abuse of the Commodities chiefly and mostly in use in the Country where these diseased People do inhabit? Thus by eating too much Fruit, how many have we seen readily surfeited? by drinking too much Wine, too many enfeebled with the Palsy and afflicted with the Scuvy and Gout? by living very high, and at ease, not using much Exercise, have shown themselves the most ready Masters for Venery, Debauch, and Lues? All which may well enough be allowed to have sufficient Efficacy in them, to give Being and Breath to Diseases, and do most readily either ex toto, or ex parte, daily make good the truth hereof, according to the Times, Places, Natures, Tempers, and Constitutions of the Agents or Actors thereof.  
And that this Struma, or Kings-Evil, may well enough also be allowed Complication with Pox, Scurvy, Gout, Jaundice, and other Diseases, shall be sufficiently made good by convincing Arguments enough: For if the Pox should perchance keep company therewith, or sent, or derived thither, either by Contagion begot from Nurses, or an Hereditary Right of Parents, this makes it quite another Disease from what we have already been discoursing of, both in its Nature and Essence, which by no means may be allowed to have any commerce therewith: But this by time may also be granted to suffer a sufficient change in its form and nature by the same, and may be allowed to gain Affinity therewith, and take some measures of its Preternatural Indisposition, as shall be sufficiently made good in my Discourse of the Causes. The Scurvy we see also gets very near acquaintance with this also, and this is either contracted by Chance, or procured by an Hereditary Right in the tender Constitution of the young Patient; or collected and gathered out of its ill Regiment thereof, as to its Order of Diet, Air, and the like, all or any of which are powerful enough to promote the same: for this has no more relation in Children in these Diseases, than it hath in others of a longer continuance; in which, by length of time, the Blood becomes tainted, contracting a greater illness, and to this it easily yields, by reason of the Infants a version to Motion, and Exercise, the which does expose, or rather depose the Body to a Scorbutic habit; and thus, according to the thick and viscid humours which the Blood contains in it, scattering the same about some parts of the Body, does force these parts which are thus therewith perplexed, to carry the same Marks, and bear the same Symptoms as it declares and bears in its self.   

CHAP. II. What the Kings-Evil-Swelling is, with its just Name and Nature.  
WE come now to treat more particulary of a very frequent Distemper of our Age, 
The Kings-Evil a Distemper of our Age.  which looks as if it got birth from Commerce and Conversation with Mankind; it arriving at that numerous Offspring, that it meats us almost in every Street; and this for the most part doth hap in that Age which Philotheus calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Tertia Aetas, and it is therefore reckoned by Hippoc. Aphor. 36. amongst Childrens Diseases. Celsus, Aetius, Paulus Aeginetta, Antonius Mus. Brasavol. Fallopius, Guido, and several others do call these Strumous or Scrofulous Swell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 
It's proper Name.  or Adenes Induratae, they allowing them their Originations from pituitous Matter and Blood, generated in this Age of Children from their voracity, and intemperance of Diet. This is a disease also in magnitude having been seen to swell to a vast bulk, hunting out both the Animal and natural Faculties, lodged chief in the Neck and Throat, called by Galen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Adenes, or Strumae induratae, as to their substance. Physicians at this day (as to their breeding) are not agreed, some affirming that they do arise from a plenty of matter, such as is serose and glutinous, coming into the Glandules; Galen affirming, Aphor. 36. that they are made of a cold pituitous Matter, Placentinus and Theodoricus with many others as stiffly asserting that they are bred from Phlegm and Melancholy. Celsus contrary to the rest, contends for their sharing from all Humours in the Body, in working them up into tumors. Scrophulae are by most Authors derived from Scrophae, or Swine, these Creatures also being very subject, and the Subjects of this Disease; this in them arising from their Gulosity, bred and begot from thick Phlegm and Melancholy, having some fluxile matter therewith adjoined for advancing their increase. And as these by the Latins are called Strumae, so by the Arabians they are called Scrophulae. Wharton makes this distinction between them in his Book of Glandules, where he calls Scrophulae, Wens, and Strumae, the Kings-Evil: of either of which he also gives this Description, allowing Scrophulae to run into great Bulk, the which have been seen of a vast weight, and do contain in them variety of Juices, which gives them this massy substance; Strumae, not always increasing, but sometimes seen to act their changes in Human Body, being not always at one stay, they sometimes disappearing, whilst at other times they have been found to show themselves more apparently. Guido, Laurentius, and several other Authors do declare Strumae to be indurate tumors of the Glandules, or as I may say a kind of Scirrhus therein; and most Authorities that I have strictly examined about them, do declare them indurate Kernels, lodged and contained in a glandulous membrane, found evermore either in the Neck, Throat, Breast, Axillaries, Inguens and the like, making their chief abode amongst the Vessels, bordering on them, or related to them; Valescus, cap. propr. calls them Apostems bred in the soft Flesh, or hard Apostems in soft Flesh bred from Phlegm and Melancholy. Avicen calls them Glandulae Scleroticae. And amongst all these Worthies, since we have given you a survey of all the Glandules in our first Book, give me leave amongst these Worthies to assert my Opinion of this Disease, commonly called the Evil, 
The Author's opinion of the Disease, and its definition.  which is no fictitious Distemper, or imaginary Evil; but rather a proper disease; and that the Matter of our Discourse may oblige every common Eye, in its entrance, and make every believing Man join with me in the Truth thereof, whereby every one may become in some measure a true Judge of the same, such things as we have seen with our Eyes and treated with our Hands, shall justly reach their view, and if possibly gain their Approbation.  

What the Struma is.  This Strumous Disease therefore, or Kings-Evil so commonly called from his Majesty's healing of the same, is a cold and moist preternatural intemperiety, generated in the Glandules from a Subsaline and Subacid Juice, collated from the wheyish part of the blood; the which whensoever it enters them, or approach their Membranes, it doth both harden, concrete, incrassate, and convert the same into a coagulate caseous substance.  
And whereas ever Disease is contrary to the part which it besiegeth, so it doth daily more and more damnify and impair the same; and when this arrives at any consistence, or gains a Habit or Constitution therein, nature herself beginning to grow weary thereof, and so not able or willing to hold out the conflict, or maintain the battle, is forced to yield thereto, by which the Disease gets greater footing, and advances into Increment, and augment. For we commonly see that although the beginnings of Diseases are obscure, and this Disease sleeps as it were for some time, yet other whiles they give sufficient Testimony of their appearance, and make the diseased apparently convict of their near acquaintance. And as Phlegm, 
Phlegm a great Agent hereof.  which by all Physicians is allowed the colder and more moist part of the Blood, or taken commonly for the serous part thereof, so it consequently must be allowed a great Parent of this Evil Brat, through which carrying but a small quantity of Spirit with it, it proceeds more slowly in its course, than the other part thereof, and may therefore be well enough granted a great Agent of the same as we shall manifestly make good when we come to treat of its causes. 
It allowed a movable constitution.   
This Strumous Disease may also well enough be allowed a movable Constitution, it ofttimes changing itself, and keeping its variety of Turns, of being either remitted or intended without any dissolution of the whole, and may as well be granted to arise from an inequality of Nutriment, no part excessively increasing and running into greater Bulk than another without an inequality and disproportion of Nutriment. Whereas the common Tone and Harmony of parts is preserved and kept up by the common qualeties equally embracing each other; and where there is any recess from the just Mediocrity to either of these Extremes, there must necessarily follow a viciousness of Harmony, 
Looseness of parts a great favourer of Strumaes.  as is apparently made good in Strumaces, where we may perfectly behold a dyscrasy of Tone in this affect made good by looseness of parts, the which is also a great Agent in forming of tumors, and giving them their Increment: the which being once over-stretcht, does not only run the part into a weakness, not having in it strength enough to maintain its former vigour, but makes it every day more pliable than other to its commands, till it hath got that greater and loser bulk which we found may suffice for giving entertainment to these Swell it is thus seen to possess and enjoy. 
Looseness and moistness two inseparable Companions in our Bodies.   
And that which doth more clearly heighten the truth hereof, is, we shall evermore found, that where there is seen a Lubricity of parts, Humidity evermore keeps company therewith: for Lubricity and Humidity are inseparable Companions in our Human Bodies; so that wherever we meet with any Lubricious or lose parts, we shall evermore found them moist; and both these together do call into them a third Companion, which is Stupefaction, and there's nothing that I know should forbidden the same. For when the Spirits being in their Exaltation shall contract an Acrimony, as is ofttimes made good and perceived by Spirit of Wine upon Aqua Vitae, the Aquavitae being benumbed by the Spirits strength, by how much this is advanced in Stupefaction, by so much there is made a greater quantity of Lubricity, and a lesser of Acrimony: whence we may conclude, that the dulness of the Spirits lodged in the affected parts, does much favour this Looseness and Lubricity, and the Spirits thus losing their Vigour, do give us a true remark of the same, as Doctor Glisson well notes in another case, and as Galen hath it, (with which I shall conclude this Chapter) Bodies of Children are most passable, by reason of their Humidity, Laxity and Softness.   

CHAP. III. Several Differences of the Evil, both from the Ancients and Modern.  
STrumae is the common name given to this Disease; not Struma, 
Differences of Strumaes.  because we seldom or never do meet with a single one, but many do from thence arise, and that matter thereof which gives being to one in the Glandules, doth also make way for the entrance of another, the first growing harder, and so making more ready way for a second and third; and these increasing into an indurate substance, do also enlarge the loser parts, and make them more apt to receive as many as they can get in. 
The manner of their Birth.  And thus whilst the Matter is flowing which is thin, serous, and waterish, first forming a soft Tumour, this in time becomes concrete and indurate, and this also incrassates therewith. And I presume this may be allowed a reasonable account of their birth and beginning; the Matter again sometimes flowing into three or four Glandules at once, and the Physician or Chirurgeon endeavouring to discuss the same, they hereby only discharging the thinner Matter, lay platform sufficient for a Scirrhus, to build its self upon the thicker and more viscous part which is left behind.  

The patient's strength or weakness is also another consideration.  Another difference hereof may be taken from the Patient's strength or weakness, either of these having in them power sufficient to procure a greater or lesser degree of this Strumous Disease: For as the Vital and Natural Organs do keep up and maintain their Vigour and Harmony in their Constitution, so also the Spirits may be allowed to contain in them more or lesle Vigour, and so be granted more or lesle dangerous.  

Another difference from its ●…es.  Another difference may arise from the Times thereof, which by Physicians are generally allowed four, viz. Beginning, Augment, State, and Declination; which by Galen are thus described, when he calls that Beginning, when the Crudity of Matter occasions the Disease; the Augment, when the same is better digested; that the State, being drawn from its Excretion; and that allowed the Declination, reducing the remainder to its Natural State: But this comes nearer the Discourse of Fevers than Strumaes, they no ways maintaining such a regular Order or Course. Amongst these also Strumaes may be allowed much to differ both in their Magnitude, Nature, Place, Origination, Multitude and Multiplication of Vessels.  
In their Magnitude, 
In their Magnitude.  they being greater or smaller, from their Natural Condition, some being therewith so slenderly affected, that one would scarce believe them concerned or troubled therewith, they both eating, drinking and sleeping as well as any Person whatsoever, save only now and than they have some twitches and marks of its close acquaintance; and and these discovered either by their upper Lips, Neck, Throat, Breast, and the like; and although this Disease may sometimes run into great bulk, as is frequently seen, yet it is time alone that gives it this Increment: for the Motion is slow and dull, and unless it be quickened by some other humour which hath power enough in it to mend its pace, and raise it into a more speedy Motion, it marches on but slowly and leisurely.  
In their Nature also they do much differ, 
Different in their Nature.  as also in their Constitution, some of them being benign and without pain, others being more malign, and very painful; some soft, others hard; some yielding to Suppuration, others expecting Discussion.  

Different in place & mobility.  Different also in Place and Mobility, some of these being elevated, others depressed; some superficial, others profound; some being fixed and immovable, others being lose and movable; some seen planted in the forepart, others in the backpart, and others bordering at the sides of the Neck; some dwelling in the Eyes, others in the Lips; some in the Neck and Throat, others in the Breast, and some also in the Articulations or Joints: and besides all these places, although some there are who pretend greater Judgement in the knowing of Strumaes than others, yet do not, nor yet ever have shown their greater Reasons for the same than others may; yet with their favour and leave we shall found these Strumous Swell exercising several other parts of the Body, as the Fingers, Toes, Junctures, and the like, which I have often observed in Childrens Hands, sometimes in their Wrists, sometimes found the same in their Ankles, and at other times in their Feet and Toes; although these all allowed not Strumaes by some, they very well bearing their Nature, and increase like Strumaes; and that this may also be made out very well, more Glandules are dispersed through our Bodies which may give being and growth to these tumors than we yet have found out.  
They also do much differ in their Origination and Number, 
Different in their Origination and Number.  sometimes these being seen (although rarely) single, many times double, and so daily increasing their stock, some being few, others appearing more in number; some large planted in the Plexures of Joints, where Glandules are appointed for sustaining and keeping up the Vessels just under the Cutis; others being more properly called Glandulous Bodies, whose Habitations are seen in the inner parts of the Body, as the Omentum, or Kell, Breasts, Pancraeas, Mesentery and the like; some are arising in the Neck, others in the aforementioned parts. And amongst Phlegmatic Excrescencies are these following numbered, many of them being very near related to Strumaes, or Strumous Effects, of which sort are these: Glandula, Nodus, Lippitudo, Bronchochele, Artheroma, Steatoma, Meliceris, Bubo, Testudo, Botium, Cancer & Spina Ventosa, of every of which I shall presume to touch in their Order.  

What Glandula is.  Glandula, which by Guido is said to take its name from Glans, it very well resembling a Hailstone or Kernel, is soft, moving and separate from its circumjacent parts, bred generally in the Emunctories. And that which shows the difference between this and Struma is this: They being generally made both of one and the same Matter, and bordering about the same places, the Strumae generally living, if not always in the Glandules; and the Humours which feed them being different from others; And herein lies the difference between Glandula and Strumae, the Matter of the Glandule being more subtle and thin, that of the Struma thick and viscid; and hence Galen, Lib. 3. de Loc. affect. writes, that when this thin and subtle Matter does incrassate and grow viscid, it readily forms Strumae; and this is also defended by Aeginetta and Avicen. And because indurate Glandules are more separate from the Flesh, so that although without much difficulty they may be known from the same, by the touch, yet it will not easily appear, how these Strumae may be known from these Glands' acting the same parts in its Neighbouring Flesh. Avicen tells us, these are generally found in the Hands and Feet, as also in many other Nervous parts of the Body, calling them Glandulous Apostems bred from Phlegm. Valescus says they are seen larger or smaller according to their greater or lesser quantity of Matter or Humour which gives them their Increment, allowed sometimes to grow from a small Pea or Cizer, to the largeness of a Melon, as Rhasis writes he once saw. Glandula therefore is an Excrescence framed by indurate Phlegm, and Strumae differs from this because they are conjunct, and many planted together, neither are they vexatious, or accompanied with much pain, Glandulae being lesser in number, and not so easily traduced from one place to another.  

What Nodus or Ganglion is.  Nodus or Ganglion is also bred from a hard, thick, and viscid Phlegm, happening mostly in the Nervous and Tendinous parts, but chief in the Head and Joints, on the Hands and Feet. A Node therefore being allowed a knotty-coagulated Tumour, does much vary from Strumae, whose proper Abode and Habitation is in the Glandules.  

What Lippitudo is.  Scleropthalmia, or Lippitudo, being sometimes seen an Inflammation of the whole Eye, but chief in the Conjunction, with redness, hardness, pain and Rheum, arising either from Contuscon, extraordinary heat, or weakness of sight, and a plentiful defluxion of Humours happening in young Children, and others who are troubled with a weak sight, may in a great measure be allowed to bear a part with Strumous or Kings-evil-swelling, the Glandules in the Eye being Agents powerful enough to beget the same; and as a general remark hereof, I have generally observed, That when ever this Humour hath met with any Obstruction, it generally and usually creates a hardness and swelling of the upper Lip; and this I presume also is occasioned by some small passages derived from the Lachrymal Glandule sent thither. And whenever such who have thus been troubled have been touched by the King, these Swell have very readily abated, and some immediately upon the same have been seen to vanish. Besides this Scleropthalmia, there is also another kind of Lippitudo, and this by the Greeks is called Psoropthalmia, or Lippitudo Pruriginosa, arising from salt sharp Rheum falling down into the Eye, and both these sometimes are seen to meet together, the last increasing the pain of the other.  
Bronchochele, 
What Bronchochele is.  so called by the Greeks from Bronchus the Windpipe, and Chele Hernia, or Rupture. This Tumour by Celsus is allowed to arise between the Cutis and the Windpipe, whose Matter being lodged in a Cystus, or Bag, is dull Flesh, somewhat resembling Honey or Water. Or if you please, it is a large round Tumour, generated from a Phlegmatic Matter, sometimes seen to take up the greatest part of the Neck and Throat, wherein variety of Matter hath been found sometimes resembling that of Atheroma, sometimes that of Steatoma, or Meliceris, some Countries affording more plentiful examples hereof than others. Thus the Inhabitants of Piedmont are thought to take this Disease so common amongst them, from the Liquor of which they make their usual Drink, being for the most part as is reported made of melted Snow. And this by most Authors is taken for another Companion of the Evil; and if you do accurately dissect the Anterior part of the Neck from the right side to the left, you will assuredly found first the Windpipe whence this Bronchochele takes its Origination, and upon this you'll meet very large Glandules, quartering under the Larynx, which makes up these exuberant Swell, commonly called Gozza in the Country it's so frequent in. After this smaller in their sides, and these are those which makes your Scrophulae, or Strumae, whose consistence hingeth either upon some Internal Jugular Vein or Artery, and Recurrent Nerve: the which parts if you curiously examine, you cannot be mistaken in finding a Bronchochele from a Strumous Tumour, and likewise as readily prevent the dangerous extraction of one from the other. I have known many people also cured of this by His Majesty's gracious Touch only.  
Atheroma, Steatoma, Meliceris, are generally allowed Flegmatical Swell, and Excrescencies; and they do differ from other tumors by their being lodged in several Bags or Membranes, and do every of them carry in them diversity of Matter, they generally happening in the Membranous parts, and in those places which are different distance from Muscles; and every of these do take their Names from the variety of Matter which they do carry with them.  
Thus Atheroma by some Authors is called Nodus Pulticulosus, 
What Atheroma is.  the Matter which is contained in its Bag or Membrane much resembling Pulse, arising from mixed Humours, in which Phlegm is a very great Agent; for from this it takes its white colour it seems to contain in it, and doth maintain other waterish Qualities, it appearing much like Whey, and is a longish, round, sublated Tumour.  

What Steatoma is.  Steatoma also is called Nodus Adepinus, carrying in it the substance of Fat or Suet, much resembling Suet, which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which bears a great part of its Name, it being at first small, and by length of time purchasing and contracting a hardness, becoming a round Tumour, not elevated, but rather depressed; and as Aetius doth affirm, it adheres firmly to the Cutis, its substance not being fluid, but compact and coacted, and not contained in a Cystus, or Bag as the former, but lodged between two Membranes or Coats, and may in some measure be allowed to generate like Fat or Suet from intemperiety of parts, or dyscrasy of Blood.  

What Meliceris is.  Meliceris is also called Nodus Melleus, containing in its Bag Matter much resembling Honey, wanting pain, carrying a round Figure with it, by Aetius it is thus described, being an abscess enclosed in a Nervous Coat, containing in it Matter much like Honey, wanting pain, having a round Figure, easily yielding to touch, and as easily gaining its former shape and figure; all these are, and have evermore been reckoned in the number of Strumous tumors; and of this sort also I have known very many cured by His Majesties Touch alone.  
Bubo taking its proper Name from its place the Groins, 
What Bubo is.  (which by our common Englishmen is also taken for that place which is called Popes-Eye) bears in it the Strumous, as well as the Venereal and Pestilential Swell, this place being the part where the Nerves do sand forth their Excrementitious Juices, as well as the Axillaries, both being Nature's best Emunctories, by which she discharges her Illuvies from the Human Body, as also the only places to which she designs the same. And as Venereal Swell having herein appeared by the Corruption of the Blood, it being deprived and stripped of its former Vigour and Essence, and altered and changed by this malign Humour, and the Plague acting in the same manner by poisoning these Glandules with their Venom and Foetid Humour, so are both the Axillaries and Inguinal Glandules seen usually afflicted with these Strumous Swell.  

What Testudo is.  Testudo is a Tumour both large and soft, it's greater part being made of Phlegm, and its lesser of Melancholy.  

What Botium is.  Botium is always said to live in the Throat, and becomes larger than the former, and its Increment doth proceed from a Flegmatical Carnosity begot from Rheum, distilling from the Brain into the Throat, happening more frequently in some Regions than in others. Thus in Calabria, the Inhabitants thereof drinking commonly a thick, viscous, and muddy Water, are frequently seen troubled with this Distemper, being bred from a great part of Phlegm, and a lesser part of Melancholy; and this does show its self more fluxile when Phlegm exceeds in quantity, but when Melancholy gets the upper hand, this gives the Swelling the hardness we found it bears; this by many Authors being also called Parysthimia.  

What Cancer is.  Cancer, which takes its Name from a Crab, having expanded Claws and Feet, being of a Livid or Cinerish Colour, does much resemble this Tumour, whose Figure is round and of a Livid Colour, and does as closely adhere to the parts on which it enters, as a Claw of a Crab in its gripe. And although some Authors will needs have this to have affinity with the Struma, I cannot so readily comply with them, unless the Struma proves Ulcerous, and than it may as well prove Cancerous: for Phlegm, as it is a dull, heavy, flatulent Companion, and voided of pain, and does not carry much sense in it, or with it; yet when it takes Adust Choler into its cognizance, and this gains better and nearer acquaintance therein, this in time masters the other, and makes the Patient feel the Vigour of its prevalency, by its corrosive, cruel and terrible pain which it brings along with it.  
Spina Ventosa is a Tumour of the Bones; 
What Spina Ventosa is.  and although the outward Shell thereof may appear hard, yet the inward Juices are all putrid and rotten within; and this does comprehend in it all the small Bones of the Hand and Foot, Fingers and Toes, the Skull also and Mandibles, and scarce a Bone in the Body but may be liable to this effect: these I have very often thus found in Strumous Bodies in my own practice, where I have frequently observed, that although the Cortex of the Bone hath seemed sound, yet the Body thereof hath apparently shown its self spongy and rotten. And this was evident enough in a young Gentleman which came from Oxford, who was Patient to Dr. Lower, where Mr. Pearse and myself were concerned as his Surgeons, whose very small Bones of his Instep were so rotten, that I did pass my Probe quite through the whole Instep, without any opposition whatsoever, after he was dead, as several of his own Friends saw, and some other Surgeons, who assisted me at his opening.  

The Evils proper Names according to its proper places.  The Struma, or Kings-Evil therefore, when it seizeth the Eyes, its proper name is Lippitudo, bringing frequently with it a hardness, swell, and dryness on the upper Lip.  
If it ariseth behind the Ears, its proper Title is Parotis.  
If it seizeth the Neck and Throat, and so marcheth down all along the Mastoideal Muscle, this is Struma, or Scrophula.  
If it covers the Windpipe with tumors, it's called Bronchochele.  
If it enters the Glandules of the Throat, Parysthimia and Botium.  
If it seizeth the Axillaries or Inguens, Struma Axillaris, or Bubonosa.  
If it gets into the Bones, and begets a cariousness in them, Spina Ventosa.  
If it carries variety of Substances in it, according to the Humour or Matter which is therein contained, it may well enough be named, either Atheroma, Steatoma, or Meliceris.  
If Phlegm be the chief Agent, it may make Testudo, Ganglion, or Glandula.  
If it meets other Humours therewith complicated, as Melancholy, or Adust Choler, it may properly be allowed either Scirrhous or Cancerous. And thus much as touching the Differences of Strumaes.   

CHAP. IU. Several Causes of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.  

●. Antecedent causes of Strumaes.  I Begin this with the Antecedent Causes hereof; and here we shall observe, That such Diseases which may be allowed a near relation and affinity with this, may also be granted to agreed with the Essence thereof; as those which are of a cold intemperiety, or moist, or relating to both: for this temper is the proper Basis of this Disease, by which it produces such an innumerous offspring of little soft Swell, the which afterwards are seen to run into Concretion, and at length becomes incrassate and indurate; whereby we may also presume to introduce this Observation, That violent Diseases do not so easily and readily change into mild Distempers, as these do, or may do into Diseases which are more forcible. Thus if a cold and dry intemperiety should hap in a Child, it would from its own temper speedily beget a change as to a cold and moist distemperiety; and hence is it that cold Digestions are made imperfect, and hence Crudities and crude Humours do succeed, the which in this tender age of Infancy and Youth may well admit of a moist intemperiety to keep company with them, every Man knowing that the Sperm of Creatures, by how much it is more moist than the Creatures which are thereby produced, by so much also is it more slippery, the Flesh of younger Creatures being more soft and slippery than that of Old age, and the like.  
Another cause hereof also may be referred to an inequality of Nutriment; 
2. This also may be allowed to inequality and disproportion of Nutriment.  not an inequality of Nutriment ascribed to it, for when we see one part thus excessively increase, and another wants its due and decent quantity, there's a necessity of allowing a disproportion and inequality of Nutriment, having some prae-existency in the Body, where one part borrows and gets from another, whilst the other loses and lessens in its mediocrity and true proportion: for uneven Swell do declare sufficiently the Liberal Nourishment in their tumefied parts, which the extenuated parts do as readily show in their loss and want thereof. But seeing this inequality of Nutriment is a depraved action, and does appear and show its self as a cause of the Organical Vices, we hence aught not to allow these Organical Vices the first Radix of this Disease, whilst we show agility and activity of Body to heat and warm, and the coldness and density thereof declaring themselves by their tardiness and slowness. Take this therefore as a plain Demonstration thereof, when and where we see these helps which do excite, increase and cherish heat in the outward parts, does in a plentiful measure add to the Description of the Matter or Humour contained in these Swell; the which being cast together in a Lump, hath power sufficient to discard and banish this Disease, whereas a cold Distemper in its own natural Constitution being first herewith affected, may very well be granted the primary cause and essence of this Disease.  
The Spirits also being defective in the affected parts, 
3. Another cause from defect of the Spirits.  do also declare and demonstrate an evident sign of their Lubricity; and as their flaccidness doth comprehend a looseness, so they do arise both from one and the same cause; and as these two do include a certain vacuity or emptiness, its evident that from the Stupefaction of the inherent Spirits, the plenty and vigour thereof being augmented, the lank or flaccid member or part is easily hereby rendered turgid and tumefied.  
Provident Nature as a Guard to this hath not excited Vital Spirits in the Arterial Blood for their own sake only, neither are they distributed to the parts, and joined to them only for their own advantage, but rather that they might enliven and brisk up the inherent Constitution of the solid parts; and hereby actuate, invigorate, and promote their Faculties. Hence we see all Creatures, the more liberally they do feed, the fatter and more fleshy they grow, unless some impediment does intervene: but if the due quantity of Nutriment be substracted, they grow lean and extenuated; when therefore any one part hath a more liberal disproportion thereof than another, reason must allow this to increase, and grow into a Bulk, whilst the other becomes as it were starved, being robbed and stripped of its just and even measures. For when the attractive, retentive, and digestive Faculties do recede from their first Vigour, and do unduly and ineffectually execute their Offices and Functions, these may well enough be allowed also another primary cause of this Disease; and for clearing hereof, where looseness, softness, and lubricity of parts, as I have already mentioned, does appear, the expulsive Faculty herewith becomes vitiated, and the breathing is too easy and dissipative, and the Circulation of the Blood becomes slippery, the retentive Faculty also through weakness of parts loses its pristine Vigour; and where the Expenses do exceed the Incomes, there must consequently follow a decay of the public Stock, the Exportation being found to exceed the Importation.  

4 The purile age another cause hereof.  Amongst the other antecedent causes also may be reckoned the purile age; for as Hipp. hath it in Coac. praenot. from the 42 year of Man's age, even to the 60th year thereof, neither Strum, Stone, Gravel, Dorsal, or Renal Pains are generated, unless begun before, and so still continued: but of this more when we treat of Hereditary Diseases.  
These two following may appear as good causes of this Disease, 
5. Two other causes.  as when the Matter out of which these Swell are made being thick and viscid, having a contumacy therewith adjoined, and here the best of skill may be shown to eradicate these Strumaes, and extirpate both them and their Radix, by taking hence a new supply of Humour fitted for its purpose, there remaining here some Ashes (as Galen hath it speaking of Fevers, Agues, and the like) which are apt enough to blow up a new Fire, being already warm, corrupting the next Humours, and inflaming them, whence he supposeth doth succeed the Renovations or Returns of Diseases which are daily seen to bear. A second may be the Folliculus, or Bag to which every of these little tumors are so close adherent, that they are scarce thence divisible: whence it happens, that the Matter thus left in them, although partly discharged, yet the remaining part behind does give a very great occasion to the increase to a new Generation of Strumaes, bred from a depraved Humour: and were this Bladder by the Industry of Chirurgery totally extirpated, yet there may be some Ramifications left behind like Ligaments which may give being to a fresh growth and increment of the same.  

Quest.  But here may arise a Question, How it happens that sometimes these Strumaes shall be seen lodged in Bags, and otherwhiles they shall be found free thereof?  

Resp.  To which I shall give this Answer; These Folliculi, or little Bags, are nothing else than some small Membranous Veficles, in which these various Humours are lodged, and that these Membranes (as Hipp. hath it in Libr. de Carnibus) are made of the drier part of the Blood, and that part thereof which is most glutinous and congealed by cold, (he also writing that all Membranes are made from the beginning of their Origination) while therefore this glutinous Matter thereof is congealed by cold, we shall found it covered with a thin Membrane, as we see the Blood is in Dissection of Human Bodies, or in Phlebotomy, where the thinner part of the Blood flies out briskly, being hot and moist, the which when it is cold, we shall found the same as it were covered over with a thin Membranous Veil. Thus Strumae, in which the Matter is voided of viscosity and glutinosity, although it may in time somewhat thicken and congeal, yet it does not make any of this Membranous Coat: But on the contrary, when as there is found a glutinous part therein, and when the Matter therein lodged is concreted, as Hail is out of Snow by Coagulation, this kind of Cutis is made about it as its proper Tegument, the which it properly takes to its self, and in it does frame and form its Incrassation.  
tumors also which do obscurely and by degrees fall into the Nervous parts by the Membranes from the external part of the head into the Glandules, 
6. Another cause.  and once getting therein footing, may be well allowed great Promoters of Strumaes, and whenever adust Choler or Melancholy does intermix therewith, they do generally beget a virulent and fierce Ulcer, which we commonly call Struma Carcinomatodes.  

Another cause is Congestion of Humours.  Another efficient cause hereof also may be allowed Congestion of Humours in the Glandules; Now the cause of Congestion is Fluxion of Matter to a place, and attraction, expulsion, or concited Motion in Humours is the cause of Fluxion, the cause of all which is the Congestion of the same in the Body. Again, ill Diet, looseness and weakness of parts, as I have already sufficiently made good, are great instrumental occasions of Congestion; and hence is it that young Children are so frequently seen troubled with those Swell, and most subject to these Diseases, they neither using any regular method of Diet, much abounding with Crudities, and coacervated with many Excrements by want of Exercise.  
Avicen calls them Melancholy Products, 
7. Phlegm another cause.  and Galen will have the efficient cause thereof to be Phlegm, which is the Excrement of the first Concoction, the Liver in such being much better and sweeter than in such who have lived to a greater age. And the truth is, whether Phlegm be taken for the colder and moister part of the Blood, or the Whayish part thereof, or for Spittle, or for the Mucous Substance which passeth from the Nostrils, or Jaws, or for the Pancreatic Juice, take it for which you will, if this be long continued and contained in the Body, it hath a direct reference to this disease, and may well enough be allowed the cause thereof: for as it is cold and moist, so it is slow and thick, benumbing the parts, being but little Spirituous, and affected with an Internal Lubricity; all which does evidently demonstrate this as a primary essence of the same. Wherhfore upon a superfluous Accumulation of this humour, managing a production of this affect, it in justice aught to be allowed a proper cause, and primary Agent thereof. Thus far have I traveled upon the general ground of causes, where I have seen and shown them as they have been allowed by the best of Authority.  
But because I am well satisfied these may not please every Master, I shall take a Turn or two, and examine the Causes hereof nearer home, and trace this Strumous Disease as to its Hereditariness from Parents to Children; wherein, that we may fully satisfy the World, we shall make this good by comparing Diseases which are properly, from those which are so improperly called: wherein also the Parent's faults are to be laid open in every respect, as giving being thereto. Next we shall show the Causes of this Disease, being so incident to Children: wherein we are to take notice of the five non-natural things in their use, as to the Air, Meat and Drink, Motion and Rest, Sleeping and Waking; of the other five things praeternaturally cast out and retained, and why this Disease happens more frequently in England, Scotland and Ireland, than in any other part of the World; and the reason of its natural inclination to them; and as a conclusion to the whole, I shall make good, That the POX and SCURVY are very great Clubbers towards its advance and growth, especially in this our Age, where Debauch is so frequent, and Venery become the common Harlot of the Times.  
We begin with the first, 
8. Whether this Disease be Hereditary.  of which I shall presume to offer, That before we shall or can satisfy this point fully, we must make good these two differences of an Hereditary Disease; the one properly so called, the other improperly so termed. That which is to be allowed properly so, is ever supposed to be pre-existant in both, or one of the Parents, and from thence derived to the Successors; whereas an improper Disease so called hath not the same kind of pre-existence in either of the Parents: yet the same fault precedes which imprints the like in the Children, which thence so readily fall into this improperly Hereditary Disease.  
Again, A proper Hereditary Disease is twofold, either in Conformation, 
An Hereditary Disease twofold.  as a lame Father begetting a lame Child, or a blind or deaf Parent acting in its like, or in the Similary Constitution, as when a Gouty, or Scurvy, or Strumous Parent begets the like Children. An improper Disease so called, may also likewise appear in Conformation, or Similary Constitution: In Conformation, when neither of the Parents are blind or lame, yet these have begotten a blind or lame Child, by the very fault of Formation. And in Si●●…ary Constitution also there may lodge an Hereditary Disease so improperly called, as when a Melancholy or intemperate Parent begets a Gouty Child, or a Strumous Brat, although the Parent never himself was ever troubled with either of them. And this we have apparently seen, that although neither of the Parents were in their Infancy or Childhood afflicted with this Strumous or Evil Disease, yet Symptoms thereof have suddenly shown themselves, and their dispositions thereto in their Infants and Children; especially in such Parents who before Coition were evilly disposed by vitiosity of Body, or error of Life, having enough in them to transmit and transplant the relation thereof to their issue: but of this more by and by, made good by Arguments prevalent enough.  
Again, Children however they may borrow ill dispositions from their Parents, as we frequently found it happens, which may produce the like effects in them; yet they are seldom therewith troubled before they be born; and when at any time they show themselves therewith perplexed, their effects are both violent and turbulent; and for proof hereof we do affirm, (as worthy Dr. Glisson does in another case) That this Disease does consist chief in a cold Distemper of the first affected parts, with an inequality annexed thereto. And this inequal coldness of the same parts is of so great moment in this Disease, and that also in relation to the inequality its self, that it does much advance the inequal distribution of the Vital Blood to the parts thus affected. But in the Womb this inequality of Nutriment is much amended by an equal heat, the Womb equally in each side embracing and cherishing the Body of the Embryo, and hereby drives away a great part of this Disease, or at lest does much hinder its invasion to it.  
We come next to give some account of the Parents cause of this Disease, 
10. Causes on the Parent's side for begetting this Disease.  as being nearest in kin to them; and here may the faults of their Sperm enter as a great Agent thereof in relation to the Generation of the Embryo, others having reference to the Embryo ready conceived, and carried in the Womb. The faults of the first proceed either from the Man or the Woman, or from the whole Body, or some parts thereof designed by Nature for Generation.  

The Parent's faults depending upon the whole Body.  The Parent's faults depending upon the whole Body, must necessarily be allowed to have a powerful influence in the Child, transmitting such Matter to the Seed in its Generation, as may improperly be thought fit to have abode in those parts designed for this Office. And when we come to reckon up these parts, we shall found them reduced to four Classes.  

Four Classes hereof.  The first containing in it a cold and moist distemper of the Matter whereof the Seed is generated, and this is bred from a cold and moist distemper of the Parents, from whence unto which we also may refer a predominancy of ill Juices, especially that which is moist and phlegmatic. To this also may be referred the French Pox, Scurvy, Jaundice, Rickets, and the like, in all which affects the Blood is polluted with filthy Excrementitious Humours, corrupt Exulcerations, and the like; all which are not easily to be changed into a laudable and fruitful Sperm.  
The second shows the slenderness and paucity of Natural Spirits, which should be generated in good Seed; a good Seed never issuing from such a kind of Matter; and the Causes which hastens this impure Matter to the Generative parts, are the extenuated Bodies of the Parents, wasted or consumed either by abstinence, or some vehement Evacuation of Hepatical Fluxes, or Chronical Diseases, all which are powerful enough to spend the Radical Moisture, to created an indigestion in the parts from an imperfect and defective Concoction: And since such a considerable part of the Disease consists in the paucity of Natural Spirits, it cannot otherwise be, but the issue which thence proceeds, and is propagated by such a crude and almost spiritless Seed, should be tainted with such a Natural Propension to this affect, the which is afterwards deduced into act.  
A third shows the Stupor, or Dullness of the Matter transmitted to the Generative parts, whereof the Seed is framed and produced; and hence is it that Physicians do produce these causes of Diseases, when they allow the Blood and Humours being either too fluid, or moving disorderly, or that sometimes it is found unapt for motion, being lesle fluxile, and unactive to answer expectation. But now as to Parents in this Strumous or Scrophulated concern, wherein as in a Glass the Child's soft, lose, and effeminate Constitution, and its weak Disposition, or (as I may better say) its Indisposition to exercise, and than examine its great intemperiety of Diet and Epicurism, the two great products of Crudities and Flatulencies, where meeting with an easy and sedentary life, stripped from perplexities, anxieties, or vexations, as well as exercises, seldom or never accustomed to labour, care or danger, these being the never-failing Companions of peace, ease, and tranquillity; all which does most clearly demonstrate a laziness and effeminacy in parts. And whereas the Blood in its Circulation and passages through these parts cannot readily pass thorough without borrowing somewhat of their nature and acquaintance, as well as cognizance of their temper, it must necessarily therefore bear a part therein, and carry some share thereof to the Generative parts; and I hope where such Influences are derived in the Seed, it shall not need or require much trouble to prove, that that Child who takes its Origination from such Principles, must with it also take some of their Nature therewith, or at lest some proportions conformable to this stupidity; and that this proportion after birth, when the aforesaid preservation is lessened and taken away of its equal cherishing whilst it was in the Womb; this may as readily be reduced into act; and since this stupidity, as I have already shown, may be allowed as a part of the primary essence of this Scrofulous Disease, there must consequently follow some vitiated principles, which may lurk in the Body, ready to created and stamp the like effect derivative from one or both of the Parents.  
The fourth shows a vicious disposition, if any such there be of the Parents, who themselves in their Childhood were thus affected: for these do properly indeed imprint a Continuandum thereof, and transmit the same to their successive Generations. But because in our Discourse hitherto the fault of the Parents may well enough be referred to any of these Classes, or all of them, let this suffice,  

The Genital parts allowed proper Agents of this Disease.  And come we now to a nearer Enquiry as touching their Genital parts, and ofttimes we shall see these the only faults or framers of this Disease, they sometimes suffering a cold and moist intemperiety in them; and when ever an over-plenty of moisture does enter these parts, it doth created a looseness and weakness therein, wherein and whereby the Seed thus ejected becomes either no way fertile, or if so, it proves fruitful for Diseases. Again, we found these parts frequently affected and afflicted with Gonorrhaea's, French Pox, and the like, where the Seed thus thrown forth is either putrid, or not sufficiently elaborated, or no ways capable of producing a firm or sound Embryo.  

11. Fluor albus and Menstrues.  In Women also we shall as readily see them troubled with their Fluor albus, as well as Menstrues, both which also can act a diversity of change in the composition of the Embryo, all which does carry, transmit, and distribute of their own nature and kind to the Seed thus prepared in them, and disposeth the same without any delay to their Progeny or Stock; and this as readily receives the true effects thereof. And having traced thus far in our intended design, by opening the very Womb, to search out the first cause of this Disease from Parents, by examining their prolifique Seed, the great Production both of Patient and Disease, we proceed now in a more gradual manner, and open the Mother's fault, Man alone not being the great Instrument hereof: And here we may begin with the time of her bearing this Embryo. Now where there happens a cold and moist Distemper of the Womb itself, this may with ease I hope be allowed to communicate the same to the Embryo which is kept in it by contact, or where cold and moist Juices do here arrive, these converted by Excrementitious and corrupt Humours, in stead of laudable Aliment or Nutriment, pray what may hinder a cold and moist imperfect digestion, not being timely concerned, and so sent and transmitted with the Mother's Blood for the Nutriment of the Embryo? And if a cold and moist intemperiety with this Matter does invade a Woman with Child after her Conception, no question but this impure Nutriment which nourished and cherished the Seeds, or the Diseases, may easily be allowed transmission and dispensation to the Embryo. But hitherto we have been discoursing of the Embryo whilst it was framing, and dwelled in its Mother's Womb; now let us look upon it as it came into the World, and examine and trace its way of living, and getting this Disease of the Evil which our Discourse hath chief aimed at, and this also comes under the Names of It's Causes.  

12. Causes of this Disease incident to Children.  Our subject Matter therefore now is to show the Child as it appears in the World; where we may offer, That those Children which are prove to this Strumous Disease from their Nativity, are easily therewith affected: whereas others free from distemperiety do not so readily fall thereinto, but upon more powerful Causes, and yet these Causes must have somewhat of affinity therewith, and do only differ in degree.  

Quest.  And here a Question may be offered, Whether Contagion may be admitted amongst the number of Causes of this Disease.  
Indeed by its Circuits and Travels about the World, whereby it hath made itself so well known and common to the Sons of Men, and dispersed itself through many Countries, any one at first view might think it carried a Contagion with it: 
Resp.  But he who more closely looks into it, and its nature, will found it far otherwise; for all Diseases conspire to change, and assimilate those Bodies which are nearest to themselves, & yet this is not enough to make them be called contagious Diseases: For to frame a contagious Disease, as Sennertus well observes, is to created a certain Seminal Fermentation of its self, the which secretly getting abode in our Bodies, may by degrees introduce a Disease of the like Species into our Bodies. But in this, here's no such Fermentation ever seen or found: for the first beginning of this Disease, (as I have already sufficiently made appear) does arise from a cold and moist distemper, where, not meeting a sufficient inherent Spirit to invigorate it, and this endeavours an Assimulation in any parts of the Body, they do not only attempt, but enter the same with or by open violence: For we have seen Children much of an age, brought up in the same House, whereof one or two perhaps have been troubled with this Strumous Disease, whilst we apparently found others thereof no whit concerned therewith; and therefore if any Contagion went along therewith, or this were catching, as some people do fancy, this could not ways thus hap.  
And if we examine this Disease aright, we shall found that the five non-natural things in their use may be well allowed advancers hereof; and this was my next Task to make good according to my Assertion. 
13. Air a main cause of this Disease.  Air therefore may well enough be allowed a great Promoter and Procurer of these Strumous Diseases, as shall more appear when we come to speak of our Neighbouring Nations as well as our own. A cold and moist Air therefore doth very much contribute to the begetting this Disease: for seeing it generally seizeth and enters the Circumferential parts, before it gets being in the fenced Bowels, it directly imprints in them this inequal and tumefy distemperiety. And whoever further traceth this Disease in its progress, shall found that places near the Sea and Marish Grounds, where Rains most commonly do fall upon, and fed with a number of Springs, are very fertile and fruitful Friends to this Disease, these creating a more or lesle looseness in the parts, and making the Circulation of the Blood too slippery; and hence is it that Surgeons are never seen to apply any cold or moist Medicine to these Strumous Swell.  
As touching Meat and Drink also, 
14. Meat and Drink another cause hereof.  whatsoever Diet is moist and cold, viscous and obstructing does manifestly nourish and cherish this Disease, as Fish, Cheese, Curds, and the like plentifully fed on: Feeding too liberally also is a great advancer of this Disease, by choking the heat, and thereby accumulating many raw and crude Humours.  
And for Motion and Rest, 
15. Motion and rest others.  these two also aught to be well considered in these Strumous Effects: for as too much Motion and Exercise does speedily dissolve the Bodies of Children into great sweat, so want of Exercise does give a very great being to this Disease: for a stupidity of the parts is an occasion of their want of heat, being sufficiently cherished, whence steals in this cold distemper, accompanied with its Excrementitious and superfluous moistures, which aught to have been thrown forth by due transportation. And here it loosens and softens the parts where it enters, the Pulse hence and herein becoming stupid, the Blood also waxing slow, and lesle in quantity, and more slippery, the Vitals lessening of their Vigour, growing weak, all which do wonderfully evince the same an efficacious cause of this Disease.  

16. Sleep & waking others.  As to Childrens Order and Government, they aught to sleep longer and oftener than Men, yet too much hereof gives a good essay to the growth of this Disease also.  

17. Another cause.  All our former causes may also in a great measure be reduced to this following: for whatsoever is contained in the Body, and praeternaturally altered, as it is preternatural, it requires ablation, and may so far be allowed to be thrown forth nevertheless of its being praeternaturally retained. And Nature hath provided so many and various ways of Excretion, or throwing forth into the Body, that scarce any Humour can be produced by alteration which does not relate to the secretive or excretive faculty of some Bowels, or some other parts appointed for its evacuation. Thus the whole Mass of Blood being any ways praeternaturally altered or infected with some Humour, the peccant Matter which cannot be overcome by alteration, is quickly exterminated by excretion, made from some part or bowel, unless therewith the expulsive faculty thereof be some way or other obstructed.  
We come next to show why old People are not so subject to this Strumous Disease as Youth; 
19 Why Old People not so subject to this Disease as Youth.  and here we may take in Children from a year or two, to ten and upwards: than we take and make the difference between Young Men and Old, by calling the first Juniors, and naming the latter Seniors. And upon examination hereof we shall found, that younger Children are of a colder temper than elder, every day adding heat to their temperament even to Man's estate. And here it is thought to stand at a stay; and when it arrives at Old Age, here it is seen to decline daily, and lessen. And seeing younger Children are more cold, no wonder if they be thus subject to cold Diseases: And this makes the difference between Youth and Old Age, the one being so framed by Nature in temper, the other being robbed and stripped thereof by their continual expense of Spirits, which gave Man those warm sparks which formerly did both enliven and invigorate his Faculties and Functions. As young Children therefore are more cold, so also are they more moist than elder; for the heat of the temperament is advanced from the time of the birth, even to Man's estate. Young Children also, because of their tenderness of parts, are much prove to dissipation, and colliquation of the inherent Spirits, and therefore by consequence upon lesser and smaller causes they are the more ready Subjects and Objects of this Disease.  
Again, Their composition and consistence of parts makes them more subject to diseases, being formed like young Twigs forced to yield to every blast of wind, they wanting that strength and confirmation which Old Age enjoys. Again, young Childrens Exercises are not to be named in the hour with those of elder Age, who enjoy both a greater and larger degree of heat, which both nourishes and cherishes them; and so this cold and moist Distemper is seen with more ease to be got lose from them. And as a conclusion to the whole hereof as to their Nature and Temper, we shall evermore found younger Children as they are lesle capable to maintain the ground of this Disease, so also are they most ready to comply therewith, they not in their own Nature, Temper, and Constitution, being either able to resist it, or defend themselves when it once seizeth them.  
We come now to show some Reasons why this Strumous Disease is known to be so frequent with us in England, Scotland, and the like, 
20. Why this is seen so frequently reigning in our three Kingdoms.  and why it is so natural with the three Nations.  
A common Disease therefore properly so called, is either Original, 
21. A common Disease either Original or Adventitious.  or Adventitious: That supposed Original, which in the first Inhabitation of the place infested the Inhabitants thereof, of which kind perhaps was reckoned Bronchochele amongst the People who dwelled about the Alpss; a Calenture under the Torrid Zone; and Sphacelus near the Northern Poles by extremity of cold, with many others which I have named at the beginning of this Treatise. A new and Adventitious Disease is that which is brought into a Country by some common cause, and this is threefold, this arising either from faults of the Country prevailing over the health of its Inhabitants, or by some innovation or alteration happening to the Country itself, or some discongruity between the place, and the complexion of the Natives thereof. As to the first, it possibly may be granted, that the strong and firm Bodies of its first Inhabitants might powerfully resist the unwholesome Influences of the Country, and yet the Posterity afterwards may suffer a change therein both in Complexion and Nature, and so made the Subjects of a common Disease. Thus Poland maintained both the Plica and the Scurvy, which are both common Diseases to the Samaritans, Polanders, and its Neighbouring parts; and yet these are thought no old Diseases. The second may hap by Innovations in Countries, or Inundations of Waters, or some Malign Aspect, or bad Influence of the Stars. Those places also are mostly the occasion of Diseases which have power enough in them to transplant and form a Disease, being quite of another temper and nature from that place wherein they formerly inhabited; and this is very often seen the occasion of Diseases more prevalent than others. Thus Ireland is known to be a fruitful place for producing the Dysentery, or Bloody Flux, 
Ireland a fruitful place for producing Disease's.  as also of this Evil; and the West-indieses thought to be the first ground of the French Pox; the first of these depending partly upon the constitution of the place, and their preposterous Diet; the other as readily annexed to the Humours and Dispositions of the Inhabitants. The French we see commonly troubled with an Itch and Scabbiness from their Air; the Scotch troubled with the Scurvy and the Evil from their sluggish and lazy Dispositions. But to leave them, and travel a while in our own Country; herein also we shall found evidences enough to prove our Nation as fertile as any of the former, and as common with the Evil as any of the former: Therefore I presume to offer, That he who ever hath traveled over our English Island, 
England as fruitful as Ireland.  must needs acknowledge with me, that it is an Island which borrows a plentiful stock of moisture from the Neighbouring Sea, it being furnished with an innumerable company of Fountains, sending forth from thence variety of Rivulets and Springs plentifully filled with its Liquor, the Heavens themselves being thought by many to bestow more plentiful showers thereon than upon any other Nation whatsoever: all which does declare its coldness and moistness. And since a cold and moist Distemper is the greatest part of this Strumous Disease, pray what can or may hinder its raging thus amongst us, more than in other hot Countries? And as a cold and moist Distemper is a common part of the essence of this Disease, and yet not so much as that every cold and moist Distemper does produce the Evil, so we found England more readily disposing the Bodies of its Inhabitants hereto than any drier Regions whatsoever.  
Again, Both strong and weak People are both very fertile in their Conceptions, and not over subject to Abortions: Now where infirm Parents beget infirm Children, the succession is generally seen to bear the Nature as well as the Fortune of their Parents, as I have already made good.  
Again, An idle sedentary life, 
22. Another cause a sedentary life.  and a lose kind of living, is a great ingredient of a moist and soft temper, and these every day filling themselves with Excrementitious Humours, their Children which they beget must necessarily be sharers thereof with them; and whosoever examines those troops of People which do yearly come to the King to be touched for this Evil, must needs allow it hath made sufficient remarks in the three Nations of its abode and being; where although it has given to some but its light touches, and gentle notices thereof, in others it hath to a wonder shown itself apparently to the World. And because I very well know that every Man's Breath will smell of his usual food, and those who pretend to any Novelties can but Inventis addere: And although my asserting the French Pox and Scurvy to be the two great Clubbers towards the advancing and increasing the Evil, may seem harsh to some People, who have a better opinion of themselves and their Ancestors than to think, and therefore much more unwilling to approve of the same; yet with their leave I shall with a Salvo to their Modesty show the proof thereof. Where we shall found the Pox and the Scurvy, Pari Passu, keeping equal pace therewith on Mankind by way of Seminal Traduction, from Father to Son, and so becomes Hereditary, as I have already shown: And whosoever does not observe the same in curing Diseases of this Age, (now the Families of Mankind are seen generally tinged more or lesle) will mistake of his aim. And although perhaps in this following Part I have and shall recede from the common Opinion of the Ancients; yet I presume I am not the first that have swum against the vulgar stream thereof. And this makes me fall upon the two eminent Diseases of our Times, where if we examine their Nature, Existency, and Origination, we shall found them of longer continuance than our late Writers have been pleased to allow them.  
I begin with the Pox, 
23. The French Pox no new Disease.  which although it was formerly warmly treated at Naples, and had a plentiful entertainment in the West-indieses, yet it had being in the World long before this, as History testifies.  
The Scurvy also, 
24. The Scurvy proved a Disease of long continuance.  although by some reckoned a Disease of late date, yet we shall prove this to be of longer being amongst the Sons of Men. And whoever looks into the Old Testament shall found it more than once by its proper Name mentioned there: What may we think of the first, when we read in Levit. 13.2. When a Man shall have a Rising in his Skin, a Scab or bright Spot, or rather as it is in the Margin, a Swelling, than he shall be brought to Aaron the Priest, and to the Sons of the Priests. In this next you will meet them both together, Levit. 21.20. where it is written, That no Man shall offer Bread to his God that is either crook-backt, or dwarf, or that hath a blemish in his Eyes, or be Scurvy, or scabbed, or his Stones broken. And in the 23 Chapter of the same Leviticus, Vers. 22. you meet all these three together, where we read that neither blind, or broken, or maimed, or having the Wen, (or as I may well enough say, the Evil, this being accounted one part thereof) or Scurvy, or scabbed, shall offer up unto the Lord. And Hosea shows the reason of the whole, in Hos. 4.2. when he tells us, that by committing of Adultery they break out. Thus much from sacred Scripture.  
And for a more ready clearing up of which, because I well know that these Scabs here mentioned will be commonly taken as the marks of the Leprosy, I shall next take the whole a pieces by examining the near affinity and acquaintance there is between them both in their Nature and Essence.  

What the French Pox is.  The French Pox therefore is a preternatural disposition, by which the Body is sensibly hurt in its Operations, and disordered in its Functions: And Philosophy allows that so many ways as the Body is hurt by distemper praeternaturally, and so hindering its action, so many kind of Diseases it easily assumes. And this explains its self with all imaginable ease to such as understand the natural action thereof, which is discovered by Complexion, Composition, and common unity of Body: for in this Disease, as well as in the Struma, many parts of the Body are extenuated, whilst others gain greater bulk thereby, as also thickness, and these not only Similar, but Organic parts. Whence we may rationally conclude, that this is a Compositional Sickness; and this we do thus make good, the first kind of Compositional Nature we calling Plasmatick or formal: for the better performance of which there is required a good Figure, and a convenient Tone, accompanied with a due Asperity, and decent Lenity. Now if any Member falls from hence, and gains a new quality, it frames a Disease in form, and hence we take both its signs and cognizance. And that the Members are made gross by this Disease, is apparent by the Pustles and Pustulous Cutis, the Face ofttimes seen swelled, and the Body appearing Satiric. Just as Galen mentions of the Leprosy, where he writes that they are of that near kin each to other, that they are scarce to be distinguished by their marks or symptoms: for in the one, so in the other are many Pustles found in the Cutis, and these arising from abundance of black Melancholy, throwing itself outwards; of which kind also is the Leprosy; and in our days where we shall see the Pox most common and frequent, we shall as readily perceive the same, sometimes their Botches appearing white, sometimes read, with a kind of Livid colour admixed, both which do only represent the matter of which they are made, being framed either of Melancholy Blood, Adust Choler, or Viscid Phlegm. And Galen is of my Opinion, when as it grows populous, he writes it to be allowed an Elephantiasis; and in his Book de Atra Bile, he says there are many Pustles in this Disease without Fever, thickening, drying, and crusting up the Cutis. And whereas the Blood of pale Women does generally look pale, so such as are black have a more Grumous and Melancholy Blood go along with them in their Constitution. The Figure of these Pustles also does make well for the knowing of their cause; and whoever desires further knowledge herein, let him but examine Nicolas Massa De Morbo Gallico, Jacobus Cataneus, Hieronimus Fracastorius, Petrus Maynardus Veronensis, Alphonsus Ferrius, Antonius Gallius, Casper Torr●ll●us, and several other excellent Authors, who have well writ De Lue Venerea, and there they may be more fully satisfied both of the Pox, and its near relation to the Leprosy. Thus much of the first part.  
We next proceed to the Scurvy, 
What the Scurvy is.  and shall show it painted in its Colours: And here we shall offer, that a bad Ferment is the general cause of most Diseases; and Sennertus saith, That the Blood of Persons touched with a Scorbutic Tincture, becomes of the Nature of Vinegar; and such also is the Blood of Melancholy Persons, whereas in its right state in sound Persons it is compared to Generous Wine; where also he writes, that the Scorbutic Humour is bred much after the same manner as Vinegar is out of Wine; where he says, that by casting a little leavened Bread thereinto, this brings the Wine into its own Acrimoneous Quality, and Acid Nature. Thus when an ill Scorbutic Ferment comes any way into the generous Liquor of the Blood, and turns it into an Acid Ichorous and Acrimonious state; this will corrupt the whole Mass of Blood: and this he further affirms, that the main cause of the Acid state of this Blood ariseth from the abatement of its Sulphur and Spirit, the which he confirms by comparing it with good Wine, which soon turns Acid upon its Sulphurous part, being stripped from its Saline by Evaporation or otherwise; and so that Salt which was formerly Volatile, becomes now fixed and Acid, which is the true cause of its thus turning into Vinegar, which is made good by putting Vinegar to a Candle's Flame, and you'll not see it burn, it being robbed of its Sulphur, and its Winey Spirit extinct, and the more this Sulphurous Matter and Spirit is lost, the nearer it is drawn from its true Body and Substance.  
Thus have I given you a short and general Discourse of the Scurvy also, of both which I may well enough offer, although our Region was not the first Mistress which they courted, nor the English the first Man that they greeted; yet if I mistake not, we are here as well acquainted with these two Diseases in our days, as any other Nation or Country whatsoever; and since both of them have found the way to London, they have given sufficient remarks of their close affinity and conversation; and we have received the Faults as well as Fashions of our Neighbouring Nations.  
Now that the Pox hath a very near affinity with this Strumous Disease, 
How both agreed with the Evil.  is hence easily made good, by sending forth of its Venereal Venom into the Glandules, there tumefy them; and as other Symptoms by which we may know its Complication herewith, we shall found it either from the Parent or Nurse which were first infected; and thus therefore if Ulcers in the Head or Face, Mouth or Nostrils, or eminent Pustles, or crusty tumors do hence arise, not giving way to ordinary Medicines; if hard or Nody tumors keep company herewith, or carry a rottenness of Bones in the Head, Feet, Thighs or Legs, or any other parts; if Nocturnal Pains go along with the rest; if Inguinal Buboes infested the Glandules with virulent Matter, or keep them tumefied by Venereal Poison, all these may be accounted apparent Signs and Symptoms of the Pox, as well as of the Evil.  
If the Scurvy be herewith complicated, frequent looseness attends the Scrophulated Patient, with difficulty of breathing, many Athritick pains go along with this Evil, they have a more frequent and inequal Pulse, and frequent Palpitations of their Hearts. And where we meet Strumaes untoward and unlucky, this gives us no slender suspicion of some ill lurking inwards, especially where they meet with a curted Neck, a short and narrow Forehead, compressed Temples, and large Mandibles. Besides the former, we shall found the French Pox and Scurvy both of them so strangely altered from their first appearance, that we see them rather daily advance in their number, than in their nature, and almost creep into acquaintance with every Disease as well as the Evil, and in some measure do bear their Colours, and describe their Descriptions and Symptoms, and are seen as often presented to the King under the disguise of the Kings-Evil, as if they were really nothing else, they getting that familiarity and common dependence upon one another, that no mean Artist may pretend to be a true Judge between them: for as Intemperance of Diet, and Luxurious Debauch does as well procure a tainted Fermentation, as an Ebullition of ill and vitiated Humours, by which a common intercourse and exchange of Symptoms is kept up and maintained; so when the Evil hath got either a Pocky or Scorbutic Ferment going along with it, bred from a vicious Habit of Body, this may as readily be granted to be a sharer of the whole; for these two Ferments do put on other Formalities, whether they proceed jointly or separately, and do disguise themselves under the Habits of several Diseases, according to the Inclinations of such weakly Bodies on which they do make their entrance, they sometimes appearing like themselves when they march in the common road, but when these Ferments do propagate themselves, they seldom appear like branches of such a stock, but being tinctured in the Blood and Humours of the Body, they do assume such a shape of Distempers as the Body is able to afford and allow them. And whoever reads Zacutus Lusitanus Prax. Histor. Cap. de Morbo Gallico, will found that he saith, the Pox is an Universal Evil, and may be well enough complicated with any other Distemper: for Distempers do herewith unite either through likeliness of matter, or some other the like viciousness of Humour. And thus I suppose I have in some measure made good my Assertion of the Pox and the Scurvy's being Clubbers to this Strumous Disease, or Scrophulated Evil, by their affording this Disease a taste of their tainted Ferments, and a vitiated tincture of their vicious and depraved Humours, by which they creep into its acquaintance.   

CHAP. V The proper Signs of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.  
OF what great concern an inequal Nourishment of Parts in this is, we have in our last Chapter very plentifully discoursed: This presents you with the Signs of Strumaes, which gives the fairest view and figure of the Parts thus inequally discovered: where we shall meet with a greater fullness in the lively Complexion of the Face, being compared with the other parts of the Body; and yet this more apparent in some persons than in others, this Disease lying sometimes more obscure before its public appearance, and as it were unperceivable; and therefore this may be reckoned as one of the Signs, which is a greater fullness of Face, it being and appearing thus, whilst it is as it were in the Embryo, and arrived at no great matter of growth, or hath gained much substance or matter to give it a greater being and bulk.  
This again having got some entrance amongst the Glands', as it infects them, and advanceth into growth, it is most commonly seen to march along the Mastoideal Muscle of the Neck, and this requires time to give it such a progress, and where such appearance is made thereof, this infallibly denotes the abode of this Disease.  
When we shall perceive knotty Swell and Excrescences in this affect in other parts of the Body, as in the Eyes, Nose, upper Lips, Breasts, Axillaries, Inguens, and the like, all which do declare their acquaintance therewith, where these ever hap, they give us a Pathognomonical Sign of its Habitation, and without all doubt do set forth the most clear species of its residence.  
wherever outward knotty Excrescences do apparenly show themselves, these may justly give some suspicion of inward Glands' in the Bowels; but if they do only inwardly increase, no certain Sign can be demonstrated thereof.  
Such as have short Necks, low and narrow Foreheads, compressed Temples, and wide Mandibles, are mostly subject to these Strumatical tumors and Excrescences, and this is the general received Opinion of the best Physicians and Surgeons, as being a most signal Observation of the Evil or Strumous Affect.  
Again, other of these Strumaes are taken from their sight wheresoever they do appear, and in what part of the Body soever they do show themselves, they appear either round or longish, much of the same colour of the Cutis under which they lay, for the most part hard and without pain.  
Rogerius gives us this method of them, and thus distinguisheth them, by taking Leaves of Ground Ivy and Cedar, the which being beaten together, and applied to the Scrophulated parts, if the tumors shall hereupon be seen to vanish and disappear in three days, it's a perfect sign they are Glandulae, not Strumae: but if the Medicine thus applied does occasion pain in the part, so that it becomes both inflamed and painful upon this Application, this perfectly demonstrates them to be Strumaes.  
In Bergomy where Scrofulous and Strumous tumors are very frequent in both Sexes, you will meet them very large planted in the forepart of the Neck, being commonly movable, soft, and pendulous, the which as they do bring no great matter of pain along with them, nor hinder any action in Human Body, so they give them their acquaintance and company all their lives; and this Disease is reported to be in their Nation bred from their Water which they commonly drink, this having in it as strange an Antipathy to the Glandules and Glandulous parts, as Cantharideses have to the Kidneys and Bladder; the People in those parts neither giving themselves or their Surgeons trouble of ever being concerned therewith.  
Again, these Strumae are seen to differ from Glandulae in their Colour and Constitution, the one made from Melancholy, the other begot by Phlegm, every of which does declare their Frame and Constitution by the same; and hence some of these by Avicen and Aetius, Cap. 5. Lib. 15. writ, that some of these are seen to be and appear very painful, whilst others are very mild; and according to the greater or lesser quantity of the malignity, they prove sooner or latter Cancerous; and where Choler and Phlegm join together, as I have already mentioned, it must give pain to the part, and make it either a Strumatical Cancer, or a Cancerous Struma.  
Strumae do not enter one Glandule only, but many, wherein they show both their hardness and inequality: for herein the Pox shows its self acquainted therewith, but does still keep this difference, that the Pox seldom seizeth more than one, its venenate matter possessing the same, causing a hardness and Tumour therein, and yet this not to be accounted a Struma; and therefore for making of Strumae, there must be more Glandules than one concerned; for these are seen to spread themselves like a Vine, swelling, increasing, and growing hard.  
Celsus saith he hath found Strumaes in women's Breasts, as also in men's Breasts; and reason itself cannot deny this Assertion of his, because these are Adenous parts; and he further tells us, that in the year 1537. in the month of April, he saw a Woman Scrophulated all over her Body, even to her Groins.  
Scrofulous Swell are frequently bred in those parts, where crude and viscid Diet is made use of, as well as in the Air that is of a cold and moist temper, where also the Water of the place is viscous or muddy.  
Again, the Signs of Strumaes are to be divided three ways, as considering their Quality, Quantity and Essence. As to their Quantity, and hence they gaining their largeness; as to their Quality, this showing their Nature and Temper; as to their Essence, this demonstrating their Origination and being.  
The multiplicity of Strumaes, and their overspreading the Body, and the extraneous heats which go along with them, do frequently show that they are the product of interior Scrophulaes', as Arnoldus observes. And hence he further writes, that we may guests at the inward Swell by the outward numerousness of these Protuberancies; and that these do more frequently hap and fall upon Children than upon Old Men, by reason of their gulosity and rarities of Bodies, the which are not so in Elder People.  
Henricus saith, That those Persons who have a curted Forehead, compressed Temples, and large Mandibles, are most subject to these Swell; for in such Persons this Scrophulated matter is more readily derived and conveyed into the Neck.  
Cornelius Celsus writes, That Strumaes and sick People do give much trouble to the Physician and Chirurgeon; because let them be treated as well as possibly Art can, and Nature likewise serve them, yet they will fly out again; and although the best methods imaginable are used for their extirpation, yet we usually found them relapse, and gain new birth again.  
Strumaes, if they be benign, obtaining a moderate hardness, and free from pain, inflammation, and Ulcer, being purely bred from Phlegm, are proper signs of its good Nature: but when this Phlegm gets any commerce with Adust Choler, this makes it malign, and here wait on it pain, inflammation, a hot pulse and trouble, appearing inequal to touch, and vexed with every application of Medicine.  
Ambrose Farrey says Strumaes are Aedematous tumors arising in the Glandules, bred from a cold, thick, and viscid Phlegm, having in it somewhat of Melancholy adjoined.  
Aqua Pendens tells us, Strumaes are no Strumaes, but rather aught to be called Cancerous, they not being made from Phlegm, and Melancholy only, but having an Atra bilis or Adust Choler joined therewith, which gives them this Cancerous Nature and Disposition.  
And lastly, Joannes Colle Bellonensis gives this as a sign of Strumaes, which aught to be understood as well in Genere, as in Specie, considering the place, the form, and the effect thereof; It being a hard Tumour of the Glandules, sometimes equal, otherwhiles inequal; sometimes appearing few in number, sometimes many; if white and indolent, they arise from Phlegm; if bluish or black, from Melancholy; if hard, exquisite, painful and read, from Adust Choler; this last sign comprehending a great part of most of the rest. Thus much of its Signs.   

CHAP. VI The Proper Presages of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.  
EVery Physician and Chirurgeon, according to the Rules of Art, aught diligently and prudently to contemplate on the Prognostic Signs of a Disease, that he may the better be instructed in foreseeing the several events thereof; and here both Diagnosis as well as Prognosis is very proper to be understood, the one showing the present estate, containing and declaring the Origination thereof; the other foretelling its growth, increase and consummation.  
First therefore, this Disease being properly Natural, is most dangerous, and do seldom, if ever, end in health, without new eruptions: For Zaculus Lusitanus writes, that there is a depraved Excretion in the Seed, or a certain occult quality infecting the same, and inherent in it, which imprints the like Tincture in the Offspring; for the diseased defects of the Parents are derived by force of the Seed to Generation, by which they do perfectly and exactly resemble their Behaviour, Gate, Countenance and Constitution. And because some are very apt to contradict this passage, and assert, If this were true, it would continued thus for ever; whereas others have as plainly seen, that it hath missed some of the same Stock, and hath only fixed upon others of the same Family, the first Generation having sometimes been seen wholly to miss and escape it, and this has given none of its appearance perhaps till it came to the Grandchilds of the same Family.  
Small and Superficial Strumaes are more healthful in Children, and more easy of Cure, than those that are malign, and more deeply fixed.  
The more early the invasion of Strumaes is after the Birth, the more danger it carries with it; for hereby the Spirits are both rob, and much weakened; we commonly also seeing as they grow up, they are better acquainted therewith, and are better able, and more easily cured than younger Children.  
That Struma which is bred naturally from Parents is harder of cure, than that which is contracted by the mere error of the Nurse or Mother.  
Again, That Strumous effect which the Infant brings with him from his Mother's Womb, is of harder cure, and proves more desperate than that which is occasioned by Air, Viscous Diet, or any other outward Effect.  
The greater the Heads of Infants and Children are, the shorter their Necks, the more compressed Temples they have, and the wider Mandibles, the more subject these are to Strumous Diseases than others.  
All those who do attain to the consistence of this Disease, do escape the danger thereof, being carefully examined, unless by chance some other Disease be therewith adjoined, or does afterwards come after it, and disturb the Patient with a higher increase.  
If the French Pox therefore be complicated with this Strumous Disease, be it either Hereditary, or contracted by Infection, it makes it almost incapable of remedy.  
If the Scurvy also be herewith complicated, this does very much retard the cure, although not so much as the French Pox.  
All Strumatical tumors, either Internal or External, do not very much suspend the hopes of Cure, although otherwise of themselves they are not easily subdued in this tender age: for the external parts being inflamed with pain, do waste the Spirits; but the internal much more, especially if they do invade the noble parts with their weight and bulk.  
Every Struma again is not to be overcome with ease, but such as do hap in Children are better managed, than those which hap in old People.  
wherever they hap without pain, they are not easily to be extirpated.  
Avicen declares that those who are acquainted with Struma, or Scrophula in the Head or Neck, are generally seen to be of moist Complexions.  
He also writes the places wherein they do generally breed, are the Neck, Armpits, Inguens, and the like, where the Flesh's are soft, but their empty spaces are filled up with Vessels.  
Numerous Strumae entering the exterior parts, and so exercising divers parts of the Body with some Adventitious heat, these show that they are the offspring, and bred of inward Glands', as Arnoldus de Villa nova writes, and well observeth.  
Avicen writes that Strumae which have pain, and a hot Apostem adjoined to them, with hot matter tending to Suppuration, are thereby easily cured.  
Purging Potions, and Diuretic Decoctions, and Specifique Alterant Drinks, do all much conduce to the curing of these tumors.  
Children by reason of their rarity of Body, and intemperance in Diet, are seen frequently troubled with this Disease: Old Men on the contrary are seldom seen troubled therewith.  
Strumae at best are troublesome to the Chirurgeon, for they never give way to Medicine readily; and should they be cured either by Medicine or Instrument, yet they are seen to break out afresh before a perfect extirpation be made.  
Incision of these Abscesses in as much as may be is to be avoided, especially happening about the Belly, Neck, and Commissures, by reason of their affinity with the Veins, Nerves and Arteries, jest hereby such an Hemorrhagy be raised by inadvertency, that is not easily to be allayed by the greatest of skill.  
Those also are sooner cured which are pendulous, than those which are fixed.  
Cancerated Strumae, and the like tumors, they being closely concerned with the Vessels, do bring great danger of Hemorrhagy in their Cure, where it is performed by Incision, and are scarce to be taken of, they dwelling amongst the Veins and Arteries, which are the parts of great concern as to our present beings.  
When a Constitution subject to error, or actually erroneous, is fixed to some certain part, this highly concerns us to have a respect to that part in chief, because this Constitution thus subject to depravation, does require a particular preservation to be associated to particular Curation.   

CHAP. VII. The Practical Curative Method of Strumaes, or Kings-evil-swelling.  
THis Curative Method is generally guided by the two Assistants of Reason and Experience, 
Reason & Experience the ground of practice.  both which together do comprehend the greatest skill of the Artist: For by Experience was founded the History of Diseases, the Success of Medicine, and the Judgement of its events: all which being weighed in the balance of Approbation, are seen either to get or loose in their Weight and Measure.  
Reason therefore is the Judge of Truth; for hereby Man is seen to comprehend the design, to give reason for the same, to apprehended, comprehend or divide it. And for the proof hereof, he must needs be thought unkind to Nature in burdening her with the name of a Proposition, who is not himself apprehensive of its Terminations, or ignorant of its propose on which it's seen to consist; every indication or intention seeming to call in Man's reason to consent as to the Curative part, as well as his Opinion and Judgement. Now as every Indication does declare somewhat which is to be done, or so intended from whence this Term itself doth properly arise; the thing therefore which chief relates to our present discourse is, either a Modical or Chyrurgical Act, or both; the first making good the design, the second prosecuting the same, he himself being the Agent, and his Medicine the Curative Instrument.  

Our Art first designed for the health of mankind.  Our Art therefore was first designed by the Almighty for the health of Mankind, and the procuring their health was evermore the great Indication of the Action: yet this is distinguished in the Duty of a Physician or Chirurgeon, because the purchase of health is not always attainable, and therefore no part of their Duties to maintain Impossibilities.  
The Essence of this Disease therefore partly consisting of a cold and moist Distemper, 
The Essence of the Disease to be chief minded.  this therefore requires somewhat which is hot and dry, and being also robbed of its inherent Spirits, such Remedies therefore as can recruit the same, or can restore or increase them, may very well be here allowed very useful.  
Again, Stupefaction of Spirits have been premised another cause, and therefore such things as do incrassate and thicken the Spirits, and so fixing them, are to be utterly prohibited.  
Another was the due Observation of the Tone of the parts, and their due Harmony, the which being either soft, lose, or flaccid, they therefore do require the favour of some warming and strengthening Medicines, having somewhat of astriction added to them.  
Again, 
All causes of Diseases to be removed.  as another cause was proved to be an inequal distribution of Heat and Nutriment, some parts being too liberally served, whilst others are starved and robbed of their just measures and proportion; these therefore also aught to be brought into a Medium, by lessening the Bulk of one, and giving a more plentiful proportion to the other. Thus far I thought convenient to keep time with some of the most eminent causes which have been Promoters and Procurers of this Strumous Affect.  
And although these common causes do not immediately seem to attain to the production of the Essence of a Disease, yet in respect that they do hinder Nature in her designs, they may be allowed retarders of the cure, and therefore their removal is required. And because the Humours which give being to these Strumaes are seen slow, 
Preparation of Humours the first thing indicated.  gross and clammy, Preparation thereof aught first therefore to be considered and thought upon, and the first thing indicated; and this is to be performed by incisive and attenuating Remedies: And as the Disease becomes Chronical, the matter not being wholly to be thrown forth at once, these preparing and evacuating Medicines aught by turns to be made use of: and whosoever that will herein proceed in a right method, must know and suppose that as Choleric Humours do require one Preparation and Evacuation, so Blood, Phlegm and Melancholy do each of them indicate their proper Preparations and Evacuations, according to Hypocrates his Rule, Before you purge the Body you must make it fluxible: And thus before we arrive at the use of Catharticks, we are to begin with Preparatives.  
All Constitutions therefore in this Strumous Affect being for the most part weak and infirm, which may well be allowed from the Consideration of the Patients tender Age and Nature, do therefore require both a general and particular regard as to their Constitutions.  
In this Strumous Affect therefore the election of the best Nourishers, and such as are easy of digestion, are nearest of kin, and most agreeable to the Age and Nature of the Patient.  
Benign and gentle Evacuations therefore well corrected, are herein both very proper and useful, and advantageous, and may be given in moderate quantity, and in just and due time, all violent Purges being here utterly forbidden. Alterant Remedies also, and such as can prepare the Humours, or correct the Disease, are here also approved of, these in themselves being both kind to Nature, and a Friend to the Patient; evermore taking this caution along in your Curative Method, that the Remedy you design to cure Strumaes do arrive at the seat, and penetrate the very cause of the Disease; and in regard that all Children are naturally seen to loathe Physic, the form thereof therefore is to be preferred, which shall be observed to be lest distasteful to them.  

Timing of Diseases very material as to their cure.  Such Medicines also as you design Strumous Patients must be given in their due time, for timing of a Disease aright is a very great matter in the cure thereof. Thus we commonly see Evacuant, 
Directions for giving of Preparatives.  Attenuant, and Incisive Remedies are prescribed to be taken early in the morning upon an empty Stomach; and if these be to be repeated, four of the Clock in the afternoon is thought the most seasonable hour for giving the same.  
Thus much as touching the general Rules and Method which aught to be studied and observed by every Artist who desires and designs to cure Strumous Affects according to Art.  
We proceed now closer to the true Curative Method of Strumaes, whereas we have presumed to premise, that the Medical Matter is to be found out by Experience, so it must be continued to every cause of the same Affect.  
This Curative Method is generally seen to be guarded by these three Heads, 
Three Heads as to cure Strumaes.  wherein is declared the Pharmaceutical, the Chyrurgical, and the Dietetical Matter. The first comprehending in it all Medicines useful for vanquishing and overcoming of Strumaes, those only excepted which belong wholly to Chirurgery, as being either relative to the Causes or the Essence of the Disease; and these are generally seen to march under two Heads, as Internals and Externals; and these are ranked into Simple or Compound Orders. The Internals having most respect to the inward parts, for cleansing their passages, and this is performed by Preparatives and Catharticks, and Specifique Alterant Medicines, and such as correct Symptoms. And yet in the Administration of these, these three Rules are to be observed, that the Stomach be not herewith nauseated by any ingrateful taste▪ which may beget an abhorrence in the Patient of all Medicine for the future, nor load it with too great a quantity, nor yet so made as it may be immediately thrown up again.  

The several Humours to be severally treated.  The Humours which also are thus to be prepared, are either Phlegmatic, and so cold and moist, which aught to be tempered with heat; thick, and so requiring attenuation; or viscous, and so expect incision, or Choleric, and thus being burning and corrosive, are to be allayed by lenifying and contemperating Medicines; or Melancholy, and this either feculent or terene, and this to be rendered fluxile. Now where these, or any of them do enter in any part of the Body, they do require appropriate Medicines, and Remedies proper for the discharging of any of these Humours.  
Again, the matter of the Disease itself being prepared, and the passages opened, 
The matter to be expurged.  we are next to study the expulsion of this peccant Matter; and this bears in it a double relation, as both looking towards the Humours, also the parts to which they flow, or are seen to lodge. And here we must also (as I have already observed) give every Humour its just way of purgation, and always direct our Catharticks at the Essence of the Disease, as its most proper white or mark, which in its own nature aught to be moderately hot and dry, dispelling all Stupefaction of parts, strengthening the softness and looseness thereof, cherishing and nourishing the vigour and activity of the inward parts, and warming and comforting the outward, always having a regard both to the age, strength and complexion of your Patient. These things being premised, we fall upon the Method itself, wherein as we found that evacuation is a great Radix in the cure of Strumaes, by abating of its repletion, and dissolving of gross and tough Phlegm, the great Mistress of its bulk and growth, so Subtilitation of Regiment is seen as proper in this Disease, being hid and lodged in the softer parts of the Body. 
General Rules as touching the Institution of Life.   
And now for our General Rules here to be observed as touching the Patient's Institution of Life, we aught here (as I have already well noted) to frame our Medicines according to the Temperament, Strength and Constitution with whom we are or shall be concerned: for we are not to deal with Children as we do with Men and Women, who have arrived at a better age and strength, who are as much different in these, as they are in their age, complexion and abode. Great care therefore is to be had to the fluent matter which is already got into the parts from whence it is to be discharged, and that the Flux itself may be abated, and stopped in its motion.  
And he whosoever intends to deal with Children as to purging Medicines, must also have the purile age both in his thoughts and view, and consider that it is but infirm, and therefore requires a most kind, gentle, and easy method; this rather also to be often repeated & reiterated, than advising stronger Medicines, and more forcible Remedies, they very often bringing more hurt than good along with them.  

Bleeding.  As for Bleeding, neither the Age or Distempers of Strumous Patients do very well admit thereof, unless this Strumous Affect does or shall hap in such who are able to bear it, and than it may be allowed as useful and necessary as any other Remedy whatsoever.  
Various are the Opinions amongst Authors concerning Emetics in this Strumous Disease; 
Vomits.  Aetius is seen to commend and highly approve of them, others altogether do condemn them; to which later Opinion I presume to make myself a true Devoter: for although the antecedent matter may or might hereby be somewhat lessened by Emetics, yet the impact matter is but a very little hereby abated, but rather more acerbated. Besides, it's certain that the Head is much more repleted by Vomits, the Jugular Veins hereupon tumefy, and the whole healed by being brought into consent therewith; and this was the only reason which made Hypocrates cry so on't, or exclaim against Vomits in all Effects either of the Eyes or Ears.  
As to the Patient's Diet, 
As to the Diet.  let all such who are troubled with Strumous Affects abstain from flatulent, vaporous, and windy Diet, such as is Beans, Chestnuts, Pork, Cheese, Beef, as also from Leeks, Onions, and every thing else that hath power enough in it to beget or breed gross and viscid Humours; Fish and all Salt Meats also are to be shunned.  

Immoderate motion is very hurtful to Children.  Immoderate Motion in Children is also very hurtful, especially when they do sweat much about their Head, because hereby the matter is moved, the which afterwards is precipitated, and this gives the increase to the Strumous Affects which we commonly see they carry with them; Violent Motion and Exercise therefore are to be shunned, and no ways allowed of.  

As to the air.  Avicen saith, The Air of Strumous People should be clear and serene, dry and hot in temper, not cloudy, thick, troubled, waterish, marish, or too cold; and daily evidences hereof make good that such that live in cold and moist Countries are much more troubled with Strumous Swell, than such as do devil in a hotter and drier Climate. Long Sleeps are to be shunned, Fear, Sorrow, Sadness, Melancholy, and every thing that may created, produce or force a plenty of Humours to the Head and its parts, are utterly forbidden.  
Let the Exercise of the Patient therefore be moderate before and after Diet, and let his Diet be both attenuating and of good digestion, as Veal, Capon, Mutton, Lamb, 
What Diet most proper.  Rabbit, Cock's Broth, Pheasant, Partridge, and all small Birds, and the like. Let his Bread be made of good Corn, to which may be added a little Salt. In his Broths may be boiled either Mint, Balm, Margerum, Marygolds, or Pennyroyal; let him abstain from all things which may be thought either to engender Crudities, Rheumatisms, as superfluous Drinking, too much Eating, and the like; let him drink Wine but in a small quantity, or mix the same with Small-Beer or Water. Odoriferous Spices, or hot Seeds may also be put into his Broths. All these are the general Indications required in his orderly regulation.  
We now proceed to the Medicines which are to be taken inwards, and these are both Simple and Compound Preparatives, 
Simple and Compound Preparatives.  and proper Catharticks which here first do offer themselves: amongst the Simple may be reckoned Syrup. Byzantinus, de Staechade, the 5 Radicibus Aparativis, De Marrubio, Oximel. Simplex, & Syr. de Rhubarb, Manna, Cassia newly extracted, Tamarynds, Rhubarb, Aloes, Turbith, Syrup. Rosar. Solutivar. Machoacan, jalap, Polypody, Senna, and the like. Of these may Compounds be framed, as,  

℞. fol. Scrophular. Plantagin. siccat. 
Decoction  Betonic. Menth. ana. M. ss. fiat decoctum cum aquae fontanae, q. s. ad ℥ iiii. Colaturae, add Mel. vel Syrup. Rosar. Diamoron. Simpl. an. ℥ ss. misce, fiat potio.   

Vel,  
℞. Aqu. Faeniculae Hyssop. Marrub. an. ℥ two. Syr. Byzantin. de Schechad. Oximelit. Scillitic. an. ℥ i misce, fiat potio. 
Potion.    

Altera Potio.  
℞. Oximelit. Scillitic. vel Simpl. Syr. de 2 Radicib. an. ʒ vi. aqu. fumar. Cichor. Marrub. an. ℥ i misce, fiat potio. 
Potion.    

Compound Potions may again be thus prepared for Strumous Affects.  
℞. Senn. Alexandr. Epithym. an. ʒ i Rhei. ℈ i Sem. anis. Fenicul. Dulc. an. ʒ ss. fiat infusio in aquâ fontanâ q. s. Colaturae add Syr. Rosar. Solutivar. ℥ i aqu. cinnamon. hordeat. ʒ two. misce, fiat potio. 
Another purging Potion.    

Vel,  
℞. Rhei ʒ ss. Senn. Alexandrin. ʒ iss. Agaric. Troch. ℈ i Cremor. Tartar. ℈ i Tamaryndor. ʒ two. Sem. anis. Caru. an. Zinziber. ʒ i. stint omnia in infusione in aquae fontanae, q. s. ad ℥ iii vel ℥ iiii. Colaturae add Syr. Rosar. Solutivar. ℥ iss. aqu. Mirabil. ℈ iss. misce, fiat potio. 
Another Potion.    

Bolus pro eodem.  
℞. ☿ dulcis ℈ ss. conserv. Rosar. ʒ i cum Syr. Rosar. q. s. f. Bolus post cujus assumptionem sumat Syrup. Violar. Vel Rosar. Solutivar. ℥ i horam post ejus Assumptionem. 
Bolus.    

Vel,  

Bolus.  ℞. ☿ dulc. aegr. vi. ad ℈ ss. pulo. jalap. ℈ ss. cum Syr. Violar. fiat Bolus, sumendus ut antea.   

Vel,  

Trochisks  ℞. ☿ dulc. ʒ ss. Resin. jalap. ʒ two. Sacchar. alb. solut. in aqu. Rosar. ℥ ss. misce fiant Trochisci, horum sumat patience à ℈ i add ℈ two. vel ad ʒ i pro uno dosi.   

Pill Vigonis pro eodem.  

Pill.  ℞. Pulu. Euphorb. Z. Z. Turbith. Succ. Ireos, Agaric. an. ʒ i contundentur omnia & cum Oximelite, q. s. fiat Mass. Pillular.   

Pil. altar.  

P●ll.  ℞. Pil. Co●h Turbeth. an. ℈ two. Sal. Gemm. Z. Z. an. Gr. iii cum Succ. Ireos fiant Pillulae.   

Vel,  
℞. Pil. Agregativ. Coch. an. ℈ i Sal. Gemm. Z Z. Pil. Foetid. an. ℈ ss. cum aqu. Hissop. q. s. fiant Pillulae.   

Pil. Theodoric.  
Theodoricus and Constantinus affirm, that the taking of seven of these following Pills for thirty days together, 
Pil.  do perfectly dispel all Strumous tumors, they being made of equal parts of the Juice of wild Lilies, and Euphorbium mixed together.   

Pil.  

Pil.  ℞. Pil. Assairet. Turpeth. an. ℈ two. Sal. Gemm. Z. Z. an. Gr. iii cum Oximelite Simpl. q. s. fiant Pillulae.   

Vel,  

Pil.  ℞. Pil. Coch. Turpeth. an. ℈ i Sal Gemm. Pulu. Euphorb. an. ℈ ss. cum Syr. de Shechad. q. s. fiant Pillulae.   

Vel,  
℞. Hellebor. Nigr. Euphorb. Portulac. Marin. an. ʒiii. Mastich. ʒiss. Aloes Succotrin. ad omn. pond. fiant Pil. ad Mod. Cicer. harum sumat. àʒss. adʒi.  
Euphorbium also taken in a Poacht-Egg does dispatch the Scrofulous Swell, and lessen them by siege.  
Another Experiment hath been taken notice of a Mole, 
Experiment.  which having been sodden, and afterwards dried by the Sun, and than powdered, and made into an Electuary by adding a sufficient quantity of Honey thereto, 
Pil.  as will give it the Mass of Pills, and three or five of these being taken every morning, the bigness of a small Pea has been known to discharge all Strumous Swell by siege.   

Other Pills.  
℞. Pil. Coch. ʒ i. Aurear. ℈ i Troch. alhandul. Gr. two. cum Oximel. Simpl. q. s. fiant Pil. Nᵒ. 18. sumat harum 2 omni mane. 
Pills.    

Powders for discharging this Strumous Matter.  
℞. Pulu. cinnamon. Caryophilor. Nuc. Moscat. Spic. Oliban. an. ʒ i. Piper. Alb. Pulu. Sem. Coriandr. Diagrid. an. ʒ two. Euphorb. ad caeterum pondus. hujus sumat Patiens ℈ two. in vino, semel vel bis in Hebdomade. 
Powders.    

Vel,  
℞. f●l. Siccar. Pimpinel. Pilosel. Rut. mayor. an. ʒ two. Scrophular. Philipendul. an. ℥ i semanis Fenicul. an. ʒ iss. Zinzib. ʒ i Senn. ʒ vi. Turbith. ʒ two. Sacchar. alb. ℥ iiii. misce fiat pulvis does. ʒ i add ʒ two.   

Decoctions.  

Decoctio●s.  ℞. Brusc. Asparag. Polypod. Violar. Esul. Irid. Dracontii Scrophular. Elebor. Nigr. Scilitic. Acor. rad. Shechad. Peon. court. ulmar. an M▪ i Euphor. Piper. Cumyn. an. ʒ vi. stint omnia in infusione in vino albo. q. s. coquantur postea ad med. consumpt. & colaturae sumat Patiens ℥ iiii. omni mane.   

Another.  
℞. Sarsaperil. ℥ two. Chin. ℥ ss. Juris Pulli absq, 
Potion.  sale lb viij. Borag. Bugloss. Malu. an. M. ss. Liquirit. ʒ xi. fiat infusio in ss. q. add med. consumpt. vel tertiae partis ejusdem, ex parte colaturae fiat Syrupus, & cum caeteris fiat potio frequenter sumenda.   

A Purging Confection.  

A purging Confection.  ℞. Pulu. Turpeth. alb. & gummos. ʒ i Z Z. ʒv. cinnamon. Caryophil. an. ʒ two. Galang. Piper. long. macer. an. ʒ i Diagrid. ʒ iii Sacchar. alb. lb i fiat confectio cum vino Odorifero, does. ʒ i   

Another for the same.  

Another.  ℞. Agaric. ʒ i Sal. Gemm. ʒ iii Spic. ʒ iii cinnamon. Caryoph. Galang. macer. an. ʒ two. Diagrid. ʒ iii Polypod. ʒ i cum Sacchar. alh. vino Cydonior. & aqu. Rosar. an. q. s. fiat Confectio does. ʒ i   

A Purging Electuary for the same.  

A purging Electuary.  ℞. Agaric. Troch. ʒii. Squinanth. Gr. two. infundantur in aquâ Betonic. & factá expressione, add mell. Rosar. ℥ two. Electuar. de Psyl. ℥ i misce, fiat Electurium, saepe in die sumendum ad Q. Nuc. moscat.  
Thus much for preparing and purging Medicines. The Diseases therefore being thus prepared and evacuated, or at lest in some measure conquered, the next Instrument to make it quit its quarters, is the Specifique Alterant Medicines, which, as it were with all speed does fly in the very face of the Disease itself, they being form of matter, perfectly contrary either to the nature or temper of this Scrophulated Disease, against which they are wholly designed to encounter when ever they are made use of, as you may guests by their following frame and make: for whereas we see Strumaes arise from a cold and moist being, so we shall not only likewise see these Remedies hot and dry, but also such as are cherishing and refreshing the natural Spirits, and strengthening the parts, they seem to attenuate all thick, viscid, and gross Humours, and brings a certain equality to all the Juices that have their Circulation in the Sanguinary Mass; and these also are of divers sorts, thus made good.  
Arnaldus Villanovanus prescribes this as an excellent Specific Alterant Powder in Strumous tumors.   

Powder. 
Powders.   
℞. Spong. Marin Paleae Marin. Oss. Sepia Piper. long. & nigr. Z Z. cinnamon. Sal. Gemm. Pyrethr. gall. Cupress. Gallar. Querc. Gallar. Spin. Rosar. omn. an. ʒ two. pulverisentur omnia except. Spong. & paleam marinam, quae debent comburi, & eorum cineres cum caeteris misce, hujus pulveris sumat patience in o'er frequenter & manè & vesperè, & sumat etiam per palatum, & cum cibariis suis quotidie utatur eo, servatur in pixide, & hujus sumat per mensem vel menses Duos, Cerebro & Capite priùs purgato cum Pil. Coch. Hier. pier. etc.  
A certain Bononian Priest swears that he hath cured some hundreds of Scrophulated People with this following Specifique.   

Powder.  

Powder.  ℞. Spong. Marin. paleae Marin. Oss. Sepiae an. ℥ ss. piper. Gr. 100 terentur omnia & fiat ex his pulvis, & cum vino quolibet mane jejuno Stomacho sumat Cochl. i. vel vespere etiam cum lectum intrat.   

Another Specific Powder.  

Powder.  ℞. Ciner. Viperar. ℥ two. Coru. Ceru. ust. ℥ ss. Galang. Irid. cinnamon. an. ʒ i Sal. ust. ℥ iiii. Piper. niger. ʒ two. fiat ex his pulvis Tenuissimus de quo capiat alternis diebus mane Cochl. i. horas 4. ante prandium.   

Another both Specific and Alterant Powder.  

Powder.  ℞. Lign. Alo. Margarit. Perlar. Oss. de Cord. Ceru. Spic. Bezoart. Nuc. Moscat. Caryophilor. Thur. Galang. Sem. Coryand. piper. Diagrid. in Pomo coct. an. ʒ i Ambr. Grisc. Gr. two. Euphorb. ʒ i ss. pulverisentur omnia & misceantur, & hujus sumat patience & Nuc. Avellanae omni mane in aquâ frigidá, haec pulvis & Specificans est & Scrophulas per se etiam purgat.   

Opiatum Specificum & alterans. 
Opiate.   
℞. Gladiol. conduit. vel exsiccat. ℥ i Ciner. Viperar. ℥ i ss. Ciner. Spongiar. Matin. ℥ ss. pulv. de Gemmis ʒ i cum Syr. Byzantin. q. s. fiat Opiatum.   

An Alterant Decoction.  
℞. Rad. Scrophular. Filic. Lilior. Convall. 
Decoction  Pentaphill. an. ʒ i Matrisilu. Lupul. Haeder. terrestr. an. ℥ ss. Lign. Juniper. Cuscuth an. ʒ two. aqu. fontan. lb xv. fiat infusio S. A. coquantur ad Med. consumpt. & coletur, colaturam serve pro potu Ordinario.   

Another Specifique Decoction.  
℞. Sarsaperill. ℥ two. Rad. Scrophular. Filic. 
Decoction  Carn. Viperar. Mundat. an. ℥ ss. Chin. ℥ iii passular. enucleat. ℥ iii Juris Pulli Gallianac. lb x. stint omnia in infusione per horas 12 coque postea ad med. consumpt. cola, colaturam distilla, & liquor elicitus, fecibus calcinatis & combustis fervens saepe projiciatur, cujus liquoris sumat patience ℥ vi. omni vespere per dies 40.   

Specifique Pills.  
℞. Troch. de Viperib. ʒ two. Scrophular. Cran. 
Specific Pills.  human. Lil. Convall. Dictamn. alb. Cretens. an. ʒ i cum Syr. de Staechad, q. s. fiant Pillulae.   

A Specifique Opiate or Bolus.  
℞. Pulu. Rad. Brusc. ʒi. Irid. ℈ ss. pulv. Sarsaperill. ʒi. misce cum Mel. Rosar. ℥ ss. & fiat Opiatum cujus sumat dimidiam partem & continuat patiens ejus usus per dies 30 vel 40. Venice-Treacle and Mithridate also are very proper Specificks in Strumous Affects, 
A Specific Bolus.  given from a ℈ i to a ʒi. or upwards, as occasion may serve.  
Having thus finished my intended design as to Internal Medicines, as they are allowed properly to be administered and prescribed in all Strumous Affects; Our remaining Discourse shall only touch upon the external parts, which we have reserved to the last place, this being nearest related to our our own profession of Chirurgery.  

The Surgeons duty as to the outward parts.  The thickness and viscidity therefore of these Strumous tumors is not sometimes to be separated but by Putrefaction, Instrument, actual or potential Cantery. But if this viscidness be but moderate, here the cure is to be attempted with mollifying, dissolving, and dissipating Medicines, all which scopes Averrhoes makes out very well in 7 Collect. 31. where he writes, that when Strumaes are made of subtle and thin Matter, these are to be cured with Emollient, incisive and dissolving Medicines: If from a hard, thick and viscous Matter, purging Medicines are inwardly to be prescribed, and the outward Swell to be treated with more powerful Remedies, Instrument, or Caustick, all which are to be acted by a dexterous, skilful, and knowing Hand.  
If these tumors do tend to Suppuration, 
The method to be used if they do tend to Suppuration.  than this method is closely to be followed: for the Chirurgeon must evermore endeavour to treat Nature in her own way and method she herself designs, that the matter may more readily the discharged and healed; and this is known by a redness or bright colour happening in the Tumour. Now Medicines proper for performing this part of the Cure may be reckoned such as these following.   

A Suppurating Cataplasm.  
℞. Rad. & Fol. Alth. Malv. ad. M. i 
A suppurating Cataplasm.  Lilior. albor. Nᵒ. 2. pistentur & coquantur ut artis est, quibus add farin. fabar. Tritic. an. ℥ two. farin. Sem. Lin. Fenugraec. an. ℥ i Butyr. recent. Ol. Lilior. albor. anguent. Dialth. an. ℥ iss. Croc. ʒ ss. Vitell. Ovor. Nᵒ. 2. misce, fiat Cataplasma.   

A Suppurating Emplaster.  
℞. Rad. Brion. Alth. Cupil. Lilior. albor. 
A suppurating Empl.  an. lb ss. Gaepar. Nᵒ. 2. fol. Malv. ficeat. & pulv. Ficuum. Passular. enudeat. an. ℥ i Sem. Lin. Faenugraec. an. ℥ ss. Croc. ʒ ss. cum Axung. Suill. Ol. Lilior. Adip. Anferin. an. ℥ i Unguent. Dialth. ℥ i pulv. Euphorb. ʒ i fiat Empl. sub finem addendo Vitell. Ovor. Nᵒ. 2.   

Another for the same.  
℞. Rad. Alth. Lilior. albor. an. lb ss. coquantur in aquâ contundentur, addendo Allior. 
Another Empl.  sub pruvis coct. caepar coctar. an. ℥ iii Ol. Lilior. Butyr. an. ℥ two. Unguent. Basilicon. ℥ i Pingued. Anserin. Capar. an. ℥ iiss. Farin. Fabar. Paenugraec. Lin. an. q. s. Vitellor. Ovor. Nᵒ. two. Croc. ℈ two. misce fiat Empl. supputans.  
Avicen, Rhasis, and Albuchasis do all advice, that where we meet with large Strumous tumors, 
When to use Emollients and discussives  here we are to treat them with Resolving and Discussive Medicines; and where viscid, thick, and tough Humours are, these are to be softened and dissipated.  
Emollients therefore are of this kind which are first to be made use of, such as these following: Hens Fat, Man's Fat, Oil of sweet Almonds, Mucilage of Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, Lilies, and Marsh-mallows, and the like, of which with other Additions may be composed very excellent Emollient Remedies.   

An Emollient Unguent.  

An Emollient Unguent.  ℞. Lithargyr. Aur. ℥ two. Ol. Commun. ℥ iiii. Mucilag. Sem. Lin. & Faenugraec. an. ℥ i Mucilag. Alth. ℥ two. misce fiat Unguent.   

In stronger Strumaes.  

Unguent.  Mel. & Aqua cum Stercore Caponum simul mist. fiat Unguent.   

Or this following.  
℞. Caricar. Pinguedin. nuclar. pinear. nuc. Jugland. Rad. Scrophular. Carn. Viperar. elixat. an. ℥ iii Pinguedin. Anat. Anser. Anguill. Axung. Suill. an. ℥ two. Aesyp. humid. an. ℥ i Sarsaperill. Troch. de Viperib. Chin. Rad. Brion. Nyd. byrundin. an. ʒ i agitentur omnia in mortario ad Unguent. spissitudinem.   

Empl. Laurentii Emolliens.  
℞. Empl. Diachylon. cum Gummi ℥ iiii. pulv. Irid. ʒ i. Mucilagiub. Alth. an. ℥ ss. fim. Columbin. siccat. ℥ ss. C●. Irin. q. s. fiat Empl. 
Empl.    

Another.  
℞. Gum. Amoniac. Galban. colat. an. ℥ i Bdell. ℥ ss. Medulla. Ceru. Axung. Anat. an. ℥ iss. Mucilag. Alth. Faenugraec. Lin. an. ℥ two. Lithargyr. Aur. ℥ ss. pulv. Irid. ℥ i Ol. Irin. Aueth. & Cer. an. q. s. fiat Empl. 
Empl.    

Another Emollient Empl.  
℞. Galban. Bdell. colat. an. ℥ i Ammoniac. ℥ two. Scord. Alveor. Apum Aesyp. an. ℥ two. Terebynth. venet. pic. Liquid. an. ℥ iss. Bacc. Laur. Staphis acr. Cumyn. Pyreth. an. ℥ ss. Stercor. Caprin. Ovil. Anser. an. ʒ iii Axung. porc. saev. Caprin. Cervin. Vrsin. an. ℥ i Ol. Camomel. Lilior. Cer. an. q. s. fiat Emplastrum. 
Empl.    

Another.  
℞. Serapin. ℥ iiii. Gum. Ammoniac. ℥ iiii. 
Empl.  Bdell. Galban. an. ℥ i Euphorb. ʒ iii solventur omnia in Spirit. vini. q. s. tunc add Ol. Lilior. Amigdal. dulc. an. ℥ i Cer. alb. ℥ two. pulv. Rad. Breon ℥ ss. misce, fiat Empl.  

The concrete matter being softened it is next to be discussed by Resolves.  The Concrete Matter being softened, our next Work is to endeavour its Dissolution; and this is performed by Resolving Medicines, which are of three sorts, as being mild, strong, and strongest. Amongst the first are reckoned Figs, Calf's Dung, Honey and Lilies, and many others. Amongst the second, are Bean-Meal, Barley, Meal of Lupins, Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, and the like. And for the third are reckoned Pigeons Dung, Goat's Dung, Goose Dung, or Sheep's Dung mixed with Honey, and so applied in form of a Cataplasm, which will answer Expectation. Amongst the Compound Resolving Medicines you may please to take in these following.   

Resolving Emplasters.  

Resolveing medicines.  ℞. Ficuum Alb. immatur. ℥ i Amigdal. amar. Bdell. an. ʒ i farin. fabar. ℥ ss. decoct. Camomel. & Malv. an. q: s. fiat Empl. Emollicus.   

An Emollient and Resolving Empl.  

Another.  ℞. Lil. alb. Rad. ℥ two. Stercor. Caprar. Ovium Nasturtii. Rad. Cucummer. Asinin. an. ʒ two. cum Axung. Taxi caeteris. contusis & contritis, fiat Empl.   

Another.  

Another.  ℞. Rad. Filic. Asphodel. Ebul. an. ℥ iiii. coquantur in vino generoso, his add Sulphur. vic. ℥ i agitentur in mortario & fiat Empl.   

Another.  
℞. Gum. Ammoniac. aceto solut. & colat. ℥ iss. Diachyl. magn. Ircat. ℥ two. Empl. de great. Dei ℥ i Terebynth. venet. ℥ ss. pulv. Hermodactylor. ℥ two. m. fiat Empl.   

Another both Emollient and Discutient.  
℞. Farin hoard. Lupinor. an. ℥ ss. Farin. Sem. Lin. Faenugraec. an. ʒ two. 
Another.  Ammoniac. Bdell Galban. solut. in aceto & colat. an. ℥ ss. mel. oped. ʒ iii Stercor. Columbin. & Bubuli an. ʒ iiss. Succ. Ebul. ℥ iiss. Axung. Porcin ℥ vi. misce, fiat Empl.   

Another.  
℞. Synap. Sem. Vrtic. Sulphur. Spum. Marin. Aristoloch. rotund. Bdell. an. ℥ i 
Another;  Ammoniac. Ol. Antiqu. an. ℥ two. Diachyl. cum Gummi ℥ iss. misce, fiat Empl.  
Paraeus saith, that Empl. de Ranis cum ☿ in this case is very proper. I am sure being mixed as it aught with Diachylon cum Gemmi Empl. de Mucilaginib. and a little Gum Ammoniacum and Galbanum, it will resolve most excellently.   

Empl. Dr. Bruni pro Strumis.  
℞. Picis liquid. Ol. Antiqu. fim. Columbin. Alumin. Roch. Rad. Cappar. Axung. Porcin. an. parts aequales, fiat Empl. 
Empl.    

Or another of his is this.  
℞. Sem. Faenugraec. ℥ two. Sal. Nitr. ℥ ss. uniantur cum melle & fiat Empl. 
Empl.    

Another.  
℞. Sal. Armoniac. Lithargye. Aur. Ceruse. an. ʒ i Galban. Opoponac. an. ʒ iiii. Sem. Synap. ℥ ss. Ol. veter. ℥ iii Cerae Terebynth. an. ʒ i acet. q. s. fiat Empl.  
Thus much may serve for Emollients and Resolving Medicines, every of which is very proper and effectual in its place and due application. But since we have seen some Strumaes which have been very well treated by the best and most proper of Medicines, and yet to little or no purpose; in such a case as this Manual Operation is required, and where this is to be made use of, 
Manual operation is sometimes required in curing Strumaes.  caution and skill aught to join together in the Operation: for since we found that these incrassate and indurate tumors do require Extirpation and Extraction, so this also is to be so dexterously performed, as that no part be left behind; which may either give occasion to a new Birth, or return of the Disease, or the Disease renovate and renew by the remains that are left behind; they being much like Galen's Ashes, the which being themselves warm, can readily dispose of their heat to the neighbouring parts, or as I may say, give life to a second increase of these Swell. Our greatest advice in the use of the Knife is to have a particular and special care to the Vessels bordering upon these parts, viz. The Nerves, Veins and Arteries, jest they being injured hereby, may give too apparent signs of danger succeeding thereupon. For about the Neck every Anatomist knows do lodge and are planted the Recurrent Nerves appointed for the voice arising from the sixth pair, the Jugular Veins, and the Carotid Arteries, all which do require the care and caution of the Operator. Arnaldus de Villanovanus does therefore forbidden the use of Incision as much as in us lay, but when we are compelled and forced to make use thereof. Albucasis gives us this Method, that is, When we found Strumous tumors which are good natured, and bears a kind disposition with them, whose colour is not much different from that of the Cutis, every way movable, and no ways fixed or tied to the Veins, Nerves or Arteries of the Neck, nor lodge so deep but that they may be reached with ease here; and in such cases as this is, 
The Method thereof thus shown.  we may begin our Dissection upwards, and so guide and trace our Knife to the lower part of the Body thereof, than dilating the Lips, the Glands' are to be extracted with great care and caution, so as no Vessel whatsoever may be injured by the Operation; and if any Flux of Blood may hap in this Operation, it is presently to be stopped with Restrictives; and this method is to be prosecuted till every part of the Cistus, or Bags thereof are perfectly and throughly eradicated and extracted; the which being done, and the part clean, mundify the Ulcer, digest, incarn, and than induce a Cicatrice. And thus we have given you a Draught of curing Strumaes, or King-evil-swelling: To all which methods, if they will be so rebellious as not to yield, there is no other hope left of Cure but by the Hands of our Sacred Majesty, whom God preserve, that he may live many years to exercise this Healing Faculty.    
FINIS.   

AN Elenchus Of the Things contained in The Second Book.  


CHAP. I  
DIvers Countries allowed divers Diseases.  
English Diseases.  
England very prolifique in producing Diseases.  
Diseases from the Mother's Womb.  
Several Reasons to confirm the Assertion.    


CHAP. II.  
The King's Evil a Distemper of the Age.  
It's proper Name by Authors.  
The Author's Opinion of this Disease, and his Definition thereof.  
What this Struma is, or the Kings-Evil Swelling.  
Phlegm a great Agent hereof.  
It allowed a movable Constitution.  
Looseness of parts a great Favourer of Strumaes.  
Looseness and Moisture two inseparable Companions in our Bodies.    


CHAP. III.  
Several Differences of Strumaes.  
The manner of their Birth.  
The Patient's Strength or Weakness gives another difference.  
Another difference drawn from its times.  
Different in their Magnitude.  
Different in their Nature.  
Different in their Place and Mobility.  
Different in their Origination and Number.  
What Glandula is, and why so called.  
What Nodus or Ganglion.  
What Lippitudo or Sclerophthalmia.  
What Bronchochele, and whence it is derived.  
What Atheroma and Steatoma are.  
What Meliceris and Bubo are.  
What Testudo and Botium are.  
What Spina Ventosa and Cancer are.  
The Evils proper Names according to its proper places where it enters in several parts of the Body.    


CHAP. IU.  
The Antecedent Causes of Strumaes.  
Inequality and Disproportion of Nutriment another Cause.  
Defect of Animal and Natural Spirits another cause.  
The Purile Age another cause hereof.  
Two other following causes hereof.  
Question and Answer hereof.  
Another cause is, when tumors by degrees do fall into the Nervous parts from the External parts of the Head.  
Congestion of Humours another cause.  
Phlegm another great cause hereof.  
Whether this Disease be Hereditary, and so proves another cause.  
An Hereditary Disease twofold.  
Causes on the Parent's side for begetting the Disease.  
The Parent's faults depending upon the whole Body.  
Four Classes hereof.  
The Genital parts allowed proper Agents hereof.  
Fluor Albus & Menstrues acting diversity of change in Embryo's.  
Causes of this disease incident to children.  
Question and Answer about the same.  
Air another main cause of this Disease.  
Meat and Drink, Rest and Motion, other causes hereof.  
Sleeping and Waking other causes.  
Preternatural Alterations in the Body other causes hereof.  
The whole Mass of Blood preternaturally affected, another cause hereof.  
Old People not so subject to this Disease as Youth.  
Why this Disease is so frequent in our three Kingdoms.  
A common Disease either Original or Adventitious.  
Ireland a fruitful place for producing Diseases.  
England as fruitful as Ireland.  
A Sedentary Life another cause hereof.  
The French Pox no new Disease.  
The Scurvy proved a Disease of long continuance.  
What the French Pox is.  
What the Scurvy is.  
How both these agreed with the Evil.  
Signs thereof, and the causes of the same.    


CHAP. V  
One sign hereof is, that it is various in its appearance.  
It infects the Glands' whenever it enters them.  
Knotty Swell and Excrescences another sign.  
A material sign of such who are troubled with this Disease.  
Another sign from their sight.  
Rogerius sign hereof.  
Signs hereof in Bergomy.  
Their difference from Glandulae.  
Their signs shown by their hardness and inequality.  
Signs of Strumaes in women's Breasts.  
Signs of their being bred from Viscid and Crude Diet.  
Signs from their Quantity, Quality and Essence.  
Signs from their Multiplicity.  
General signs hereof.  
Signs of their flying out again.  
Signs of Benign Strumaes.  
Strumaes are reckoned amongst Aedematous tumors.  
Signs of Malign Strumaes.  
Signs of Strumaes as well in genere as in specie.    


CHAP. VI  
Signs of Strumaes or Kings-evil-swelling.  
This Disease being Natural is dangerous.  
Small and superfluous Strumaes are more healthful and easy to cure.  
The more early they begin, the more dangerous in their cure.  
The Natural Strumaes harder to cure than those which come by the error of Nurses or Mothers.  
Those which the Infant brings from its Mother's Womb, harder to cure than those which hap by Air, etc.  
General Presages of Strumaes.  
Such as do live to the consistence of the Disease do escape the danger thereof.  
The French Pox makes the cure of Strumaes' incurable.  
The Scurvy retards their cure also.  
All Strumaes do not suspend the hopes of cure.  
Not Strumous Tumour to be easily cured.  
Where they hap without pain, not easily extirpated.  
Strumous People generally of a moist Constitution.  
The general places of their being and growth.  
Outward Strumaes the forerunners of Inward Glandules.  
Pain sometimes, and a hot Imposthume joined to them.  
Purging Potions and the like very proper in curing Strumaes.  
Children for the most part herewith afflicted.  
Strumous tumors seldom or never give way to Medicine.  
Incision of Strumaes as much as may be avoided.  
Those sooner cured which are Pendulous, than the fixed.  
Cancerated Strumaes bring danger of Hemorrhagy being cured by Incision.  
An Erroneous Constitution requires particular Preservation.    


CHAP. VII.  
The Practical Curative Method of Curing Strumaes.  
Reason and Experience the Ground of Practice.  
Our Chyrurgical Art first designed for the Health of Mankind.  
The Essence of the Disease to be chief minded.  
All Causes of Diseases to be removed.  
The Preparation of Humours the first thing indicated.  
Such as nourish and of easy digestion, are most agreeable to the Patient.  
Gentle Evacuations are here very useful.  
Alterent Medicines do very much correct this Strumous Disease.  
Timing of diseases very material as to their cure.  
Directions for giving of Preparatives.  
Three Heads as to the cure of Strumaes.  
Several Humours to be severally Treated.  
The peccant Matter to be expurged.  
General Rules as touching the Patient's Institution of Life.  
Directions as to Bleeding, and Opinions as touching Vomits.  
Rules to be followed as touching the Patient's Diet.  
Immoderate Motion very hurtful to Children.  
Directions as touching the Air.  
What Diet most proper for Scrophulated Persons.  
Simple and compound Preparatives, as Decoctions, Potions, etc.  
Purging Potitions, Bolus, Trochisks, Pills used in Strumaes.  
Several Purging Pills very useful in Strumous Effects.  
Several other Pills and Powders here necessary.  
Decoctions, Potions, Purging Confections here also beneficial.  
Purging Electuaries, etc.  
Specifique Powders very useful in Strumous Cases.  
Specifique Powders, Opiate, and Decoction also here useful.  
A Specifique Decoction, Pills, and Bolus.  
The Surgeons Duty as to the outward parts.  
The method to be used if these Swell do tend to Suppuration.  
Several suppurating Cataplasms and Emplasters.  
When properly to use Emollient and Discussive Medicines.  
Emollient Unguents proper in Strumous Effects.  
Several Emollient Emplasters.  
The concrete Matter being softened, it is next to be discussed by Resolving Medicines.  
Some Resolving Medicines proposed.  
Several other Resolving Medicines shown.  
Manual Operation sometimes required in curing of Strumaes.  
The Method thereof plainly discovered.     

Charisma Basilicon, OR, The Royal Gift of Healing STRUMAES, OR Kings-Evil, Swell by Contact, or Imposition of the Sacred Hands of our Kings of England and of France, given them at their Inaugurations.  
Showing the Gift its self, and its continued use, Declaring all persons healed hereby, without any respect either to their Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitution▪ with the Manner, Form, and Ceremonies thereof, a●d divers General Rules for the meanest Capacity to found out the Disease. The best expedient to prevent poor People from unnecessary Journeys. The whole concluded with above Sixty admirable Cures, performed with, and without Gold; by His Majesty's Benediction; by his late Majesty's precious Blood, and the like.  
Written by JOHN BROWNE, Chirurgeon in Ordinary to His Majesty.  
Datur alteri Gratia Sanitatum in eodem spiritu.  
LONDON: Printed for Sam. Lowndes, over against Exeter-Exchange in the Strand. 1684.   

TO THE Right HONOURABLE AND Right Reverend Father in God, NATHANIEL, Lord Bishop of Durham, AND Clerk of the Closet to His MAJESTY.  
My Lord,  
SInce our Minds do naturally hunt after knowledge of Novelties, and scarce rest satisfied with the present state of things, (such being the boundless limits of our Conceptions): Man is generally seen to measure the length of his Age by the fathom of his Knowledge: Judgement being as the Precedent over all his Actions, whilst Sense and Motion becomes the two Interpreters of his will and pleasure. As History therefore is ever allowed the most proper direction for the Life of Man, and Learning accounted the only Treasure which can enrich his Mind: The one better teaching by example than Precept; the other making fuller Discoveries of men's Lives and Actions. If the actions therefore of Princes may be granted the subjects of History, sure this of Healing aught to take place, where it is not only to be recorded as History barely, but deserves registering amongst the most Divine Gifts, and Eminent Qualifications of their Majestic Virtues.  
Amongst the best and greatest of which Worthies, I shall presume to present this Healing Virtue of our Dread Sovereigns, in which action he appears as the Soul to the Body; and is seen to maintain his three Nations in Health as well as Peace: as Nature does rule in her human Empire with three Faculties, for as her Animal, Vital, and Natural Faculties are kept up and preserved by their Nerves, Arteries and Veins, by which Mankind shows both his Motion, Sense and Life: So whosoever considers the daily Blessings our three Kingdoms do receive from his Sacred Majesty, must necessarily be convinced, That as the animal Faculties lodge in his Royal Head, which gives that sense to every affair we prosecute, so his Sacred Hands are sweetened with that sacred Salutiferous gift of Healing, which both supports the Body Politic, and keeps up the Denizens and Subjects thereof in vigour and courage.  
And if we can give Faith to the virtues of inanimate Elements and Vegetables, as Stones, Herbs, Plants, and the like, what shall we allow the Living Stones of the Church, our Kings and Queens, its Nursing Fathers and Mothers, where we shall found both their hands most admirably qualified? In whose right Hands are the Nerves and Sinews of the Church and State, which gives them that decent Form, orderly Motion, and admirable Discipline we see them enjoy. In their Left, we see the life and spirit of the three Nations supported and preserved by their miraculous Gifts of Healing: and as the first established them the Defenders of the Faith, the second confirmed them the Preservers of their People: The one displaying the Royal Emblems of their sacred Piety and Justice: The other engraving the Remarks of their sovereign Clemency and Charity. The former, making the whole World pay Veneration and Reverence to our English Kings, and their Royal Names: The later, illustrating with wonder the sacred Richeses of their Divine Natures: Their Royal power manifesting their Majesty, and this sovereign Gift of Healing, their higher Rays of Divinity. And as one does administer Order and Peace, which gives life and being to Devotion; so the other brings health and ease, which keeps up Society, and makes Communication flourish in a Nation.  
As Nature therefore, the Mistress of Society, does evermore prefer public before private Good, and Man was born for conversation sake; so by the stream of Duty, I have presumed to Elect your Lordship as the best Patron of this Treatise, Entitled, The Royal Gift of Healing. Where if Congruity makes Dedication bear correspondence with Design, I'm sure I am very happy in my choice, if Your Lordship will grant me the freedom of my Election; Where although I begin the show of my Devotion with a mean Sacrifice, wrought up by an unskilful hand, yet I hope your Honour will not measure my goodwill by the value of the Present, but by the brightness of your own Goodness, who are a great Master of Excellent Learning, Religious Life, and Pious Conversation. My Lord, The eminent and well-deserved place your Honour enjoys in the King's presence, as well as in his Princely and Royal Palace, being Clerk to the Closet of his Sacred Majesty, does not only place you near your Sovereign, but puts you at his Right hand, by whose clean hands the Royal Gold which is used at our daily Healings, is presented to our Sacred Majesty. And this makes you as great a Judge as Observer of these his wondered and miraculous Cures so frequently made good by his Sacred Hands: the which as they have been infinite in number, so aught they to be accounted miraculous in their Nature. Your Lordship hath been a sufficient witness hereof, and can justify the Effects and Events of the same to all the World. But jest I may seem tedious to your Honour, well knowing the minutes of Great Men are Sacred, and not to be invaded by every little Address, I commit the ensuing Discourse itself (whereof I claim nothing to myself but the Faults) to Your Honourable Patronage, Begging pardon for my presumption and lapses, humbly presuming to writ myself,  
My Lord, Your Lordship's most obedient and faithful Servant, John Browne.   

To the Reader.  
Kind Reader,  
IN this I have given thee the first onset, who mightst otherwise well wonder to see me so suddenly again in Print; (the truth is, I cannot well blame thee) Perhaps thou, like some others, may'st think me vainglorious; as also suppose that I pretend to know, that I may be publicly known in Writing. But assure thyself, the Vanity of the Writer shall never poison the Nation with his Winter Endeavours, nor give Mankind the trouble of a Fly with any more of his Summer Undertake.  
The Matter hereof, however mean it is, I call it my own. And although others may refresh themselves with the sweet Flowers of Rhetoric, or please their fancies with the gaiety of its smell; or satisfy their humours with the beautiful Tapestry of its Figure or make: yet whoever shall lend this a few hours Reading, will found this mean Production to be the Issue of an elaborate Endeavor. Wherein although I have shown my last Follies to the World's diversion, if my Zeal, or public Respect made me so apparently idle, I hope the Ingenuous will with better Candour pardon my rashness. And although it cannot be denied that I have been as great a Scribbler in Chirurgery, as almost any of my Time and Age, yet I have this as my Guard, I never yet Writ or Published any thing, which did not bear my own Name: Neither was this ever purchased by the easy terms of Familiarity, but forced from me by the strong hand of importunity, or desired by the venerable and just demand of such Nobility as were able to give Life to its intended design, and shelter to the work itself: I being never tickled hereto by the itch of Printing, or puffed up with the public desire of Ostentation, but readily yielding a generous obeisance to universal conversation, as well as satisfying some Friends, who put me upon this work in my own defence; not miserably attacked, or drawn thereto by the blind guides of Self-interest, and common Fame, the two general Harlots of our present age.  
The Truth is, in all my Books which ever yet saw Print, I never had the happiness of Reading by another Man's Eye, or turning over my Books by another Man's Hand, but without any kind of assistance (but what I purchased by no mean endeavour from Authority) of mutual Physical help, or Chyrurgical co-operation; so that this may serve as a Salve to cure the Men of little Thoughts, as touching others. And amongst the rest, they may, if they will give themselves the trouble to Read all the Books I have writ, by the stile of the Penning, as well as the method of the Matter, with ease, see that they all had but one Father, which any honest Man, voided of prejudice, may convince himself of, and every one else, but he that wears Spectacles, which are made of contradictory metal.  
And since my skill for some late years past, hath been questioned, as touching this Disease; and my Judgement thereof hath met with many uncivil rub by some of our Profession (although I can't say many) my thoughts thereof might well have cooled, and my resolutions chilled, had I not with new supply taken up fresh courage to outbrave the spleen and malice of these desperate Opponents. But since I am obliged to give the world some reason for this my so ready appearance again in Print, to make good my former Assertion, Necesse est ut aliquid haereat; and indeed to prevent any longer looking asquint, and lessen the mean Thoughts I have purchased, I like a good natured Fellow, have taken this task upon me, to demonstrate the Symptomatical appearances of the EVIL, that every Man may see I am not afraid to appear for the Evil Cause, that is, to show all the apparent Causes of the Evil in public, more fully than hath hitherto been shown; And since I have taken this public resolution, I am as ready to defend the same, if I be at any time hereafter forced thereto by such Men of our Profession, who must be better satisfied.  
And because I would not have this Treatise of the Evil march abroad without having its parts first viewed and examined, and see what shape it bears in the World, as well as Figure, that it may not appear monstrous evil, I have presumed the Favour as well as the Honour▪ to get my Brother Mr. James Molins, one of His Majesty's Surgeons, a Man of as great Reason and Judgement, as of Art and Experience to look into, and trace this Discourse all over in its Three Parts, before I designed it should see the Light, whose approbation thereof with the most eminent of the College, and His Majesty's Physicians; as also His chief Surgeons, the which they have allowed by their Hands thereto, hath given Reputation enough to its Passport, and is a sufficient Defence against all such who may be so evilly minded to Treat it ill upon the account of the Author only. But jest I may be thought to writ with Vinegar instead of Ink, I come now to the subject Matter itself, etc.  
But now to the Matter itself. When this Royal Gift of Healing doth present its self: I hope its Name bearing Majesty in its first Front, continued and maintained by many Ages of Princes, will be Argument enough to bless my Undertaking, and require your calm acceptance.  
And as our Blessed Saviour, his Apostles, and good Men in former Ages enjoyed a Healing Virtue, as well as other Divine Qualifications, of Prophesying, casting out Devils, and the like; all which were transmitted to their Successors: So whosoever considers both the length as well as the strength of their Divine Qualifications, may likewise see, that as they abated in their number, so they lessened in their nature and appearance. And since I have tract the steps of most Fathers, and shown the Gifts of the Apostles and Holy Men, I shall begin next with Edward the Confessor, the first Undertaker of this great Work in our English Nation, known from the others of his Name by the Sacred Titles of Saint and Confessor. Of whom so much hath already been writ, and that with no sparing Pen of his praise, that I should but appear idle to live long on it. In the Discourse I begin with him as the first Curer of Struma's, by Contact or Imposition of Hands. The Design thereof, presents you with the Origination of the Gift of Healing proved, in which are delineated both its definition, and its efficient Cause, Man being allowed the Instrument, and his Maker the Agent. In it are shown various Cures performed by diversity of Hands, as by the Apostles and good Christians; with the difference between Nature and Miracle, and the frequent use of these Miracles, even to the 600 year of our blessed Saviour, proved and made good by History and Authority.  
Where Kings and Queens also, as Nursing Fathers and Mothers, have been always thus qualified with this Sanative Virtue ever since the Confessor, and England proved to have evermore kept up the same in the Regal Line, long before any other Prince or Potentate whatever. And although the French King doth Cure by Contact, yet he derived the same from the English by Sprig of Right, and he must evermore accounted our English Monarches the eldest Brothers thereof, confirmed by History, and made good by example, both which received this salutiferous Gift with their just Rights to the Crown, confirmed and made good to them at their Inaugurations. In this Treatise also you have the Surgeons Duty laid down, who discovers the Disease by examining the same, by whom Certificates of the Sick People are to be taken in, and Tickets delivered out to them. Herein is also shown a ready method for easing the Diseased of their tedious journeys, and a present remedy of sending them back: He brings them to His Majesty on his Knee, and delivers every sick Person to the King's Sacred Hand to be Touched. The next concerned is the Clerk of His Majesty's Closet, and Chaplains, the First presenting the Gold to the King, the other Reading the Ceremonies and Prayers appointed for this purpose; in all which is shown the great Charity, Piety, Clemency, and Humility of our Dread Sovereign; the admirable effects and wondered events of His Royal Cure, throughout all Nations, where not only English, Dutch, Scotch and Irish have reaped Ease and Cure, but French, Germane, and all Countries whatsoever, far and near, have abundantly seen and received the same; and none ever hitherto, I am certain mist thereof, unless their little Faith and Incredulity starved their Merits, or they received His Gracious Hand for curing another Disease, which was not really evermore allowed to be cured by him: And as bright evidences hereof I have presumed to offer, that some have immediately upon the very Touch been cured; Others not so easily quitted from their Swell, till the favour of a Second repetition thereof Some also losing their Gold, their Diseases have seized them afresh, and no sooner have these obtained a Second Touch, and new Gold, but their Diseases have been seen to vanish, as being afraid of His Majesty's Presence; wherein also have been cured many without Gold; and this may contradict such who must needs have the King give them Gold as well as his Touch, supposing one invalid without the Gift of both. Others seem also as ready for a Second Change of Gold, as a Second Touch, whereas their First being newly strung upon a White Ribond, may work as well (by their Favour.) The tying the Almighty to set times, and particular days, is also another great fault of those who can by no means be brought to Believe, but at Good-Friday, and the like particular seasons, this Healing faculty is of more vigour and efficacy than at any other time, although performed by the same Hand. As to the giving of Gold, this only shows His Majesty's Royal Well-wishes towards the Recovery of those who come thus to be Healed. This Gold being hereat given as a Token of His Sacred Favour, and Pledge of His best desires for them.  
In this Treatise also you have the marvellous and miraculous efficacy of the Blood of our late Sacred Martyr King CHARLES the First; wherein by strange Examples are discovered this efficacious Virtue of Healing, by many true Devoters of His Great Name, the which, although stripped of its Life, yet not robbed of its vigour, made good by many, who collected the same in Linen, and applying thereof to their Scrofulous Swell, by which they found immediate ease, and present relief. His very Prayers alone miraculously working and effecting the same in the time of His Troubles; and this also made good by eminent Authority.  
The Reasons of their Ceremony and their Use, serving only as Prayers, and giving of Thanks for the Sick, and their Recovery; these being nearer akin to the Solemnity, than assistant to the Cure, the bore Hands and Prayers of our Kings effecting the same to a Miracle; the which Sanative Gift hath for above 640 years, been confirmed and continued in our English Princely Line, wherein is not so much of their Majesty shown, as of their Divinity, considering the Liturgy thereat used is Holy; the Reverence of the Ceremonies performed with all Decency; he that exerciseth it being thereto called by Divine appointment: The Author of the whole Work being the Holy Ghost, and the Gift thence arising: Where God is only Worshipped, His Holy Son Venerated; The King thus Sacredly Gifted, and His poor and diseased Subjects perfectly cured; where no difference is made between Peer and Peasant, delicate or deformed, not acted in the dark, but in the face of His People, in His Royal Palace, and places appointed for Divine Worship, in his Master's Temple; where the Holy Spirit meets His Sacred Hand, and sweetens the same with its Sanative Virtue. In the consummating therefore of the whole, you have the variety of Opinions shown about this Curative method; concluding the same with many Historical Illustrations of strange Cures performed by their Sacred Prayers, Touch, Blood, and the like.  
And now although this rich lading hath been hitherto hid from the public view of the curious Eyes of strangers, and never as yet saw the face of Day, till unhappily pushed forward by my mean Pen; I have presumed to offer it as necessary, that this Princely Veil might not longer be kept over our Nations, but that all the World may admire our English Isle, and have the most Venerable and Sacred Thoughts of her Mighty Monarches, who thus can banish Diseases by their Touch, and heal the Country Infirmities by their Sacred Hands. I hope this small labour will get so much kindness in the World as to raise Men of greater parts to polish and refine this Discourse, which appears as it were a Chaos, or indigested lump; If its greatness of Cures be not sufficient to make it pass current, I hope the certainty of its reality may advance it, having taken what is herein writ from the infallible testimony of mine Eyes, in a great part, the which, although perhaps they may not be allowed the quickest sight, yet they have several times had the Honour and Advantage of reiterating their speculations, as to these His Majesty's Healings. And if he which vieweth a long time, although his Sight may not be of the best, yet doth commonly see more, than he that looks hastily, be his Eyes never so good: so I who for several years have had the opportunity of seeing, as well as the late Honour of Waiting at these great Solemnities, have certainly seen as much as I writ, and can confirm the same with more certainty, although with lesle Eloquence. And where you meet other Authorities, you meet their Names in the same line with their own observations; about which also I have been as careful to take the valuable measures of Truth, as the Worth and Quality of the Contributers.  
And now kind Reader, if thou dost detest Anarchy, and expect to share in the good of this Blessing, acknowledge thy own happy Nation and present Government, where our present Bliss, and English Interests are safely wrapped up in the safety of our Prince, as well as in our Religion; where its Dissenters are daily seen to crumble into Atoms, and its Churches Enemies so cowardized, as not daring to tread any longer on English ground; where the greatest Sects are found shifting themselves under divers marks, ashamed of their own Follies, and frighted by their own inconstancies. Let every Loyal Subject therefore, (for with any of the Canting Tribe, I hope this will never get favour) offer public Thanks and Prayers for His Majesty's Sacred Health and miraculous Preservation, who Cures not only His Subjects, but Preserves also His Three Kingdoms in Peace, Order, and Tranquillity; under whom I may presume to conclude, That England doth enjoy as many more Benefits and Blessings, than ever Rome did suffer Miseries and Calamities under the greatest Tyrant.  
Vale. From my House at Charing-Cross.   

THE THIRD BOOK, In which are Ten Chapters contained.  

Chap. 1. This showeth whether there be any Gift of Healing.  
Chap. 2. What this Gift is, when and how often used.  
Chap. 3. Whether Diseases curable or incurable.  
Chap. 4. How long it hath been in use.  
Chap. 5. All Persons cured hereby without any respect to their Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitution.  
Chap. 6. This shows it a particular Gift to the Kings of England and of France.  
Chap. 7. The manner and form thereof.  
Chap. 8. The certainty of its Cure, and its admirable Effects.  
Chap. 9 This doth resolve several Doubts about the same.  
Chap. 10. Several miraculous Cures performed by His Majesty's Sacred Hand.    

AN ELENCHUS Of the things contained in  


CHAP. I  
THe Origination of this Method of Healing proved.  
Whether every one may pretend to this Gift.  
Christ the first Author of Healing. 

These words explained,  
They shall lay their hands on the Sick, and they shall recover.  
Whether Apostles after Christ had this Gift of Healing.      


CHAP. II.  
The Definition of this Gift.  
It's Origination and Duration proved.  
The frequent use thereof.  
God's assisting hand gives perfection to the Cure.  
The efficient cause of Healing.  
Whether this be inherent in Man or derivative from God.  
Man the Instrument, God the Agent.    


CHAP. III.  
Apostles and good Christians allowed to Cure Diseases in former Times.  
This Disease allowed Natural.  
The difference between Nature and Miracle, shown by St. Augustine.    


CHAP. IU.  
It's long continuance proved in the Church, out of the Testimonies of various considerable Authorities.  
St. Augustin's miraculous way of Curing, declared by Possidoneus, a little before St. Augustin's death.  
Frequency of Miracles to the 600 Year of Christ, proved by History, etc.  
Some Cures wrought in the Church after the time of Gregory.  
St. Augustin's, and others Miracles refuted.  
The Diuturnity of Miracles, proved by Authority both of Ancients and Moderns.    


CHAP. V  
Pious Men enjoyed this Gift of Healing, proved by Gregory.  
Fallacies, and Cheats, Impostures, Witchcrafts, and calling up lewd Spirits to procure Cures.  
If any Miracle wrought, this is to be attributed to the truth of the Church.    


CHAP. VI  
Out of divers places of Scripture, Kings and Queens as Nursing Fathers and Mothers, thus qualified.  
Divers Gifts given unto Men, but peculiar Gifts to Kings and Queens only.  
Of the Gifts of the Kings and Queens of England.  
Edward the Confessor, the first Curer of Struma's, or Evil.  
The French Kings endued with the same Gift.  
The French had this Gift, after the Kings of England.  
Our Dread Sovereign doth excel his Predecessors herein.  
This Gift given him at his Inauguration.    


CHAP. VII.  
The Surgeon's duty to examine the Evil, so commonly called, to take Certificates, deliver out Tickets, and make ready for the Healing.  
The Ceremonies thereof laudable, 

How the King toucheth, and  
How he puts over the Gold.    
A Recital of the Prayers and Services.  
The Piety, Charity, Clemency, and Humility of the King shown in the Operation.    


CHAP. VIII.  
The admirable Effects and Events of His Majesties Cure.  
Many strumous people Healed, coming from all parts.  
Whether all are cured by His Majesty's Sacred Touch.  
The reason of such who are not Cured thereby.  
Some not Cured by His Majesty's first Touch, who upon the second have been perfectly Healed.  
Others upon selling or losing their Gold, their Distemper hath seized them afresh.  
Those upon his Majesty's second Touch have been healed again.  
The Touching upon Good-Friday, a foolish belief only that it should have any greater efficacy than at other Times.  
Many Cured without Gold given; this showing that Gold is not the great Ingredient.  
A very great folly of some, insisting upon the Change of His Majesty's Gold at their second Touch.  
Some Cured by his late Majesty's precious Blood, having rubbed their Evil swell therewith, with either Handkerchiefs, or other Linen distained with the same.  
The imposition of the Gold over the sick folk's Necks, is only as a well-wishing of Health to the Sick, and does declare His Majesty's Royal Charity to them who come to be Healed.  
The Reading the Scriptures used at this Ceremony, relates to a Benediction for the Recovery of the Sick who thus do come to be Healed.    


CHAP. IX.  
Divers Men of various Opinions as touching this.  
Ill affected Men, and Dissenters, are of too little Faith to believe this Sanative Power.  
The whole Ceremony used for the Recovery of the Sick.    


CHAP. X.  
This Concludes the whole, with about 70 wondered and miraculous Cures, performed by His Majesty's Sacred Hands.     

THE Royal Gift of Healing.  

CHAP. I The Origination of this Healing Method proved.  
THat England hath her particular Diseases, as well as any other Country or Nation whatsoever, is so great a Truth, that no considerate Man can deny. And to view those many Distempers which have lately crept into the World (altogether unknown to the Ancients) especially with us in Europe; as the French Pox, Scurvy, Rickets, Struma's, or Kings Evil, Swell so commonly called, may well put a strange Face upon the Earth: Their proper Reasons and Causes being as yet locked up from Human Understanding. The truth is, whether these do hap by vicissitudes of Things, Sins of the People, ill Habits, or worse Constitutions, we cannot so easily satisfy. Sure I am, Sin is as great a procurer of this, as it is of any of the former Diseases; for we daily see it sporting its self slighly under several Disguises to afflict the Sons of Men.  
But having in my former Treatises been more large as touching this, I shall presume, with hopes to offer, that there is no Christian so voided of Religion and Devotion, as to deny a Gift of Healing: A Truth as clear as the Sun, continued and maintained by a continual Line of Christian Kings and Governors, fed and nourished with the same Christian Milk, which Divine Healing Faculty did arise from the first time of Christianity, having thence been derived from the great God of Heaven and Earth.  
Hence may we presume to take a view, and behold the great Monarch implanting Sovereign Dignity on his Earthly Majesty; giving him his Laws, making him his Vicegerent, guarding his Tongue, preserving his Lips, blessing his Hands with this Salutiferous Gift, and defending his Body from outward Injuries and private Plottings. Thus we read, Prov. 16. Divination lodgeth in the King's lips, in Judgement shall not his mouth err, much lesle his heart, which is governed and directed by the Almighty: For as the division of Waters, so is the heart of the King in the hand of the Lord. And in another place, where there is plenty of Wisdom, it appears as the health of the Nation, much more in a wise King, as the Foundation and Basis of his People: For we are daily Witnesses of those great and Divine favours which are transmitted from above to his Sacred Majesty, ever denied to his Subjects, as being too High and Holy for their reach and capacity. Thus Nature herself doth by a Chain of Causes carry us up to the acknowledgement of a Deity, by bringing every thinking Man to an Original of every successful Individual by course of Generation.  
And as to this great Gift of Healing, peculiarly given to his Gracious Majesty's Royal hand, by the reception of the Holy Oil which at his Inauguration he made use of, and which entitled him the Sovereign of our Nation. Where I shall further satisfy, that England and France, as to their Kings, had the honour of receiving this Holy Oil with their Sacred Titles, they being generally anointed in three parts, as hath been well noted. As first, on their Heads, to signify their Glory: Next, on their Breasts, to show their Sanctity; and than on their Arms, to denote their Power. And from hence did arise the three equalizing Fames given to them, of being Holy, Sacred, and Divine. And from those early days, whose Power and Sanctity was ever given to their Sacred Persons; such Person whosoever should dare to strike upon the Sacred Ground on which they did tread, should loose his hand for this his presumption. And amongst the rest of his Divine Favours bestowed upon him, let this Sanative Faculty amongst all Mankind, be reckoned one, which doth denote both his Right, Title and Merit, and as a second Gift given from Heaven, by those many Thousands cured by him since his happy Restoration; and this acknowledged not only by the Persons themselves who have been thus Cured, but by relation of Physicians and Surgeons, and others throughout his universal Realms and Dominions: all which in a great measure doth declare his excellent Charity which sweetens the Gift, as also his Piety and Clemency in granting poor Souls his Sacred and ready Touch.  
We come now to prove the Origination of a Healing Faculty, 
The Origination of Healing proved.  and this is proved out of Corinth. 1. c. 12. v. 8, 9, 10. For to one is given by the Spirit the word of Wisdom: To another, the word of Knowledge by the same Spirit: To another Faith by the same Spirit: To another the gift of Healing by the same spirit: To another the working of Miracles: To another Prophecy: To another the discerning of Spirits: To another divers Gifts of Tongues: To another the interpretation of Tongues. And this Scripture alone is enough to prove a Gift of Healing.  
The next Question which hence will arise, is, 
Whether every one may pretend to this Gift.  Whether every one may pretend to this Gift, or whether it be distributive to all persons at all times, and in all places? And this is as readily answered as the former: For when our Saviour ascended up into Heaven, he gave Gifts unto men; as to some the Gift of Wisdom, to some the Gift of Knowledge, to some Faith, and to others the Gift of Healing, and the like. And as in this no Man can affirm that he enjoys all the abovementioned Qualities, so cannot any Man say that he is stripped of all.  
In the first Face therefore of the Primitive Church, as an Orient Gem, or Fulgent Adamant, did this Gift of Healing appear with splendour and admirable Form, so that the Church was perfumed with its Divine Qualities, where was Wisdom declaring herself amongst the Learned, whilst others did as readily demonstrate their great Knowledge; some showing their Faith by their Works, others curing the Sick and the Lame: And whilst some lent the World the sweetness of their Discourse, others as readily Prophesified of things to come. And thus according to their variety of Gifts, they had diversity of Names given them: some being called Apostles, some Doctors, and others Prophets: some excelling in Virtue, others as richly qualified in this Gift of Healing. Thus when poor indigent Souls had sought out Remedy from Physicians in vain, God in his own time sent them ease by the assistance of his Holy Spirit, and made those rebellious Diseases which scorned Medicine, and trampled on the best of Remedies composed by the wisest Physician and most able Chirurgeon, in a moment yield to God's command, and retreat at His Majesty's Sacred Touch.  
And might there any Question arise about the first Physician which cured by Touch, the Answer is very ready: 
Christ the first Author of Healing.  The first and last, the best and greatest Recoverer of all Diseases is our Saviour Christ: For he ascended into Heaven, and gave gifts unto men: He passed through Galilee and its neighbouring Nations, curing those which were oppressed with evil Spirits, the which he discharged from them by his Virtue, and the Holy Spirit; and not only these, but such as were troubled with the Palsy, Leprosy, Lunacy, etc. Incurable by others, as you may see Luke 6. and Matth. 6. v. 14, 15, 16. When Jesus was come into Peter's house, he saw his wife's mother laid sick of a fever; and he touched her hand, and the fever left her: and she arose and ministered unto them. And when the evening was come, they brought him many possessed with devils, and he cast out the evil spirit with his word, and healed all that were sick. And all this done without the help of Pharmacy, or composition of Medicine, for he cured by his own Virtue.  

Matth. 19 & 21. v. 14.  And he departed from Galilee, and came into the coasts beyond Judea beyond Jordan, and great multitudes followed him, 
Matth. 21.  and he healed them: and the blind and the lame came to him in the Temple, and he healed them. 
Acts & Luke 6. 5.12.  And it came to pass, when he was in a certain city, behold, a man full of the Leprosy, who seeing Jesus, fell on his face, saying, Lord, if thou wilt thou canst make me clean; and he put out his hand and touched him, saying, I will, be thou clean, and immediately the Leprosy departed from him. All which does declare the brightness and clearness of our blessed Saviour's curing and healing of poor Souls.  

Whether Apostles and Religious men had this Gift of Healing.  We next proceed to Apostles and pious Men, where may arise this Question (Whether this Healing Faculty was transmitted to them?) It is without all contradiction that there were twelve which did share therein: But whether others arising from them had this Gift conferred to them, and so transmitted to their Successors, will thus appear, from their being called into Society with them, Matth. 10. v. 8. Thus, When he called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness, and all manner of diseases. Acts 5. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead. And that which giveth greater light to this Answer, is, That not only Peter, and Paul, and John, the sons of Zebedee were thus qualified, but the other Apostles also; and by the hands of the Apostles were many signs and wonders done amongst the people. And Mark 6. v. 7.13. And there came a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folk, and they were healed. And he called unto him the twelve, and sent them forth two by two, and gave them power over unclean spirits, and they anointed with oil many that were sick, and healed them. God Almighty▪ did wondered works by the hands of Paul at his coming to Ephesus, so that from his Body were brought unto the sick, handkerchiefs, and aprons, and their diseases departed from them, v. 12. And that of Publius' Father laying sick of a Fever and Disentery, Paul visiting him, Praying with him, and laying his hands on him, he was presently healed; which is evidence enough to convince the transmission of this Gift from our Saviour to his Apostles. They therefore who will presume to put limits to the Almighty's Power, or fix his Favours to particular Seasons, Times, Persons, orders of Men, or diversity of Places, must be allowed so far different from acknowledging a Benevolent Deity, that they do both lessen his Power, and call in question his Authority and Sovereignty.  
The Knowledge of Man dies with him, as well as his hours and his age; but this Almighty Gift doth continued to the very last Age of the World, so that we may affirm, That not only the great Apostles, but their Successors, have been sharers in their most excellent Endowments, as well as in their Natures and Constitutions. This attending them as an expanded Pleasure of the Divine Will: for the Almighty's hand is not shortened, who saith, He will be with his to the end of the World: A Lesson too great for any Atheist to deny, and too good to be let slip without a Reverential acknowledgement.   

CHAP. II. Herein is shown what this Gift is, and when, and how often used.  
OUr first Chapter looks but as the Rigging and Sails of a Ship which we are Launching into: This gives us the dimensions and its proper uses, where we are to examine, Whether this Disease be naturally curable or incurable, not hitherto fully described: And that we may not keep it too long upon the Sands, we shall found it the Gift of God which makes it sail thus universally throughout the World, Fetching and procuring Health by the Holy Spirit to the Sons of Men, by whose assistance, one Man may as well guide her in her Curative Passage as an hundred.  
And as this is a Gift or Grace bestowed on Christians, given to them by the Holy Spirit for the Cure of one or many Diseases, and this by the Imposition of their Hands on them, and Prayers, and Gold put over their Necks, is a great Gift beyond all dispute, and next to a Miracle done by any of the former Apostles. And that this comes from above, I hope no considerate Man will deny: For sinful Man can only call Sin his own. S. Augustine joined to this Gift, Charity, Mercy, Clemency, and Sanctity; these being as the four Pedestals on which this Royal Gift doth fix its proper Basis: It is performed by the Holy Spirit, from whom doth proceed every good and perfect Gift; and this is not given to all Men, nor to all Churchmen, for every Man hath his particular Gift allowed him, and Health doth demonstrate the particular nature of Causes arising from the habit and use of the Gift. God Almighty having an Infinite, and Immense Goodness in him, not to be drained out by Time, or lessened by the utmost of Age. As therefore in the early Times of the Church this Gift received much Honour; so because we do live in Times which do bear equal weight, and share with the like Diseases; I aught to bring again to life this Divine Gift, sent by the Almighty to our Sacred Majesty, thus exercised as the last and best Remedy. To him therefore be given the greatest Reverence and Honour, to whom the greatest Veneration is due.  

The Definition of this Gift.  We come now to examine the Gift itself, what it is, as also in what times it was first used: And that I may enter the Scene without fear, Truth being my great General, I shall begin its definition which the Apostle makes mention of, Cor. 12. which declares both the efficacy and action thereof: For the greatest praise of this Gift consists in the action thereof. Who therefore shall presume to make any further▪ doubt, but acknowledge, that he which hath this admirable Gift in him, 
The frequent use thereof.  may make use thereof at his own will and pleasure, for the Curing of poor Mortals which shall approach his Royal Touch? Sure there is none but inconsiderate Men, which either can or will deny this Healing Faculty, or make any question of it, and that it is as plain as it is Hereditary, is as ready to be assented to. For it is laid down as a general Maxim amongst the most grave Senators, That they which are best gifted, or do excel others either in Art, Wisdom, Knowledge, Oratory, or the like, most excellent Qualifications, these are confirmed and established upon them as Divine Habits running in their Veins, and excellent Qualifications going along with them throughout the whole course of their lives, and transmitted more or lesle to their succeeding Generations. And although these may seem strange to the Man lesle knowing, yet every Ingenuous and considerate Person which hath the rules of Understanding in him, will found, That Wisdom doth lodge in the King's lips, and that the words of the Wise are as goads and nails fastened by the Masters of Assemblies: In the same manner, he that hath Faith, and is best instructed for the doing and understanding of all things, hath a greater degree of Divinity implanted in him. Heb. 11. v. 32, 33. Thus by faith, the Fathers of old did overcome Kingdoms. And what shall I say more? for the time would fail me to tell of Gideon, and of Barack, and of Samson, and of Jepthae, and of David also, and of Samuel and the Prophets, who through Faith subdued Kingdoms, wrought Righteousness, obtained Promises, stopped the mouths of Lions, etc. Faith being like Virtue, evermore active: And such as the habit of Human Body is, such Fruits usually we shall found it yield, either to its excellency or demerit. But as to this Virtue of Healing, and the like sublime Qualifications, as of Prophesying, Gifts of Tongues, examination of Spirits, these do rise much higher than the former; for this puts Man upon the thinking and considering part. Thus when pious and good Men are stirred up by the Divine Spirit, they open Miracles themselves, and puts advantage to the best of Thoughts. Amongst these may I well place this most admirable Healing Gift of our Dread Sovereign, appearing herein as a fixed Star in the midst of his People, or as a greater Light among the lesser distributing according to his own will and pleasure, of this his Curative Faculty, to his poor miserable and diseased Subjects of all Ages, Sexes, Orders and Degrees whatsoever, 
It's duration proved.  by which they are stripped from their Diseases, and rerelieved from their Pangs, and this not palliated or dismissed for a while, or done by chance or good fortune, but he cures by deliberate and serious consultation, prepared thereunto by the Almighty Power transmitting his Holy Spirit for the better accomplishment thereof.  
They must needs therefore be allowed no good Subjects, who dare deny this Sanative Faculty, which so many thousands have received even to a Miracle. And without doubt amongst the worst of Mankind, it must be allowed an Act of Grace, and a great and pious condescension of his Gracious Majesty thus to give ease and relief to every sick and lame Person, by his Sacred and gracious Touch, wherein and whereby we may see the Almighty revealing many things to his, which are denied to others; which doth implant a greater Knowledge in them, and yet they do not enjoy all Science, the perfection of the Divinity whereof he reserves to himself: Neither are they ignorant or unknown to him, for were they so, where would be their familiarity with the Holy Spirit, by whom this great work is performed: for so often as they have therewith been concerned, they could foreshow many things to come, as conversions of Republics, ruins of Kingdoms, Death of Nobles, and many other the like Observations. This Healing Faculty is always present with and in the Almighty, 
God's assisting hand gives perfection to the Cure.  his will consenting to his Sovereign's pleasure, and in the prosecution thereof: and this is very useful and profitable, being conducted by a Divine motion or instigation of the Holy Spirit. For the Almighty hath given Man's will its certain limits, and hath circumscribed bounds thereto. 
The efficient cause of Healing.  But as touching this Divine Qualification of Healing, whence it cometh, and what the efficient Cause thereof is, whether proceeding from the naked discourse of the words used at the Ceremony, or the Solemnity of the Pious and Religious action, or of any created Virtue arising hence, I shall presume to offer this as a Foundation against all Dispute whatsoever. 
Whether this be in Man, or derivative from God.  That no Miracle, howsoever glorious, which we ever saw, read, or heard of, was ever done by an inherent Virtue created in Man alone, not this of His Majesty's Royal Healing, procuring and affording hereby this Health to the Sick, which we daily see and found they do hereby purchase and enjoy: But there is and must be God Almighty's hand going along with it, for no Mortals Virtue, or Piety, or Power, hath strength or efficacy enough in it to perform this Sovereign sanative Faculty: Nor can the Ceremonies or Vestments any wise effect the same; for as to these, those which were carried to Paul (viz.) the handkerchiefs and aprons, were only signs and tokens for begetting and confirming the Faith of those who were cured in Paul's absence. And for a more clear understanding hereof, this Gift which he received from the Almighty, was not fixed or tied to his Body, and so much the lesle dispensable to the sick people which thus came to him for help, or sent to him, and which saw him not: But God wrought these Miracles by his hands, and his hand was the only Instrument by which this great Work was performed, whilst his Maker was the great Agent thereof: Much lesle could the Ceremonies and Vestments procure this which are put upon it: God's Hand is the hand of Health, and his Arm wants no strength to perform every kind of Cure beyond human capacity: The which Peter well knew, when he tells us of a Man, which was lame from his mother's womb▪ Acts 3. who seeing Peter and John about going into the Temple, asked an alms; and Peter fastening his eyes on him with John, said, Look on us: In the name of Jesus of Nazareth rise up and walk; and he took him by the right hand and lifted him up, and immediately his feet and ankle bones received strength, and went into the temple praising God. And although Peter, through God's assistance, did give this great cure to this Cripple, yet primarily he received this Divine Power from above, before any effect could be wrought. And that also is very remarkable, Acts 9 when Peter did pass through all Quarters, arriving at Lidda, where he saw Aeneas, who had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsy, and Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus Christ make thee whole, 
God the Agent, Man the Instrument.  arise, and make thy bed, and he arose immediately.  
This shows the great Gift of the Almighty, performed by the lesser instrument Man, even as the Sun is no ways lessened in its splendour by the light of the Moon, or lesser Stars: For thus Man doth receive this Gift from the Divine Giver, as the Moon and lesser Stars do borrow their light from the Sun: For the Almighty doth display and communicate his Gifts to Mankind, whose Rays are implanted in his mind, cleared up, and freed from all cloudiness, there to be kept in him as his choicest Treasures and Divine Qualifications. Thus therefore Man must be allowed the Organ and Instrument, God himself the chief Agent and Master of the Operation, Man being his servant, which receives the honour and glory thereof: and by this Divine and Human conjunction, thus most excellently agreeing together, this most admirable Healing Faculty is thus produced for the benefit, advantage, ease and cure of many thousands of poor, miserable, sick, lame, and distempered people.   

CHAP. III. Whether Diseases Curable or Incurable.  
WHat the Struma is, or Kings Evil, so commonly called from the Kings healing thereof by his Sacred Touch, I have already satisfied in my second Book, wherein is shown both its Definition, Causes, Presages, etc. For the unravelling this skein, spun out of so many fine threads, in which are found many knots about curing Diseases curable or incurable: We must begin to untie it in its proper place, by examining its Age and Diuturnity. Thus Paul, when he cured the Father of Publius of a Disentery and Fever, the Cure was admirable, although both the Diseases naturally curable: for a Fever we see, be it never so vexatious, it's forced to quit its station by true Physic and a right method used. The Disentery also is as readily conquered and by the like means. When our Blessed Saviour also cured the Palsy, or the Hemorrhagy: No man can deny but that both these Diseases in themselves are curable, but our Saviour cured these by his own Power, which by others were not to be performed but by proper means, and therefore this aught not to be allowed an ordinary way of Healing.  
Hence Christ forbids not the curing of the Sick by the hands of Christian Kings, Princes and Governors, 
Apostles and good Christians allowed in former times to cure Diseases.  who do follow his Rules by Prayer and Imposition of Hands: For we have read of many Holy and Pious people who have cured Diseases after several manners, and where any thing of a Divine Influence is implanted, what should deny the hand thereof to declare the same? and although this Disease is natural, no question but this Method is supernatural, the which may be made good by Historical Illustrations. For as this Struma, or Kings Evil Swelling is a popular Disease (bred out of Matter and Blood, sent into the Glandules, and therein making a further bulk according to the Quantity of Matter sent thither) and sparing neither Age or Sex, and yet curable if any man considers its nature well; unless it be suffered to run into a great extreme, whose Malice bids defiance to all Cure, the time being neglected which might more mildly have given it its dispatch: and since its Curableness or Incurableness consists in its Matter, it must needs truckle to him who hath this Divine Gift of Healing transmitted to him. And as a further advantage to the clearing of this Point, we never see his Sacred Majesty enquiring into the age of the diseased, or the Disease itself, being relative either to youth or old age, Men, Women or Children, rich or poor, all which he cures by his Sacred Hand; with some Ceremonies and Prayers therewith annexed for the Poor thus waiting on him for their Health and Recovery: The which I have had the Honour of being an eye-witness in the Place and Quality which his Sacred Majesty hath been pleased to confer on me, as one of his Surgeons attending at this great Solemnity, where I must, with St. Augustine, presume to Offer, that this great Gift of his may well compare with a Miracle and we aught to give it the same name, if not allow it the nature thereof, when we shall see so many Diseased People come from all parts of the World, even tired out of their Lives by their Distempers, and perplexed with troublesome Swell, thus readily to gain Victory over them, and become sound, and stripped from all their enormous Swell; and this with extraordinary speed, only by the application of his Sacred Hand, and this seen to be done without, and beyond all expectation of the poor People themselves, their Friends or Relations: their Faith being as a great Ingredient to this Composition. All which may well enough come within the Pale of a Miracle, being done beyond our knowledge and the course of Nature.  
St. Augustine, 
The Difference between Nature and Miracle.  Lib. 6. Contr. Faust. cap. 3. doth there thus distinguish between Nature and Miracle in its discriminancy. We commonly call that Nature which is known by its course and custom: On the contrary, when God works or makes any thing beyond this, this properly comes under the notion of Miracle. Under which last, this Gift of Healing may well take place, whose miraculous Efficacy, although there may be some inequality with it with Miracles, yet the Dignity thereof is to be admired, and the use and benefit thereof being not much unlike, they should bear alike date with us.  
Christ tells his Apostles, That those who believe in him, the works which he did, they shall also do, and greater than those: and whatsoever they shall ask in my Name, that I will do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. Amongst the rest of Miracles, may be reckoned the falling back of the Sun, and the standing still of the Moon; both which do declare the Divine Will and Omnipotent Power of the Almighty. But to give sight to the Blind, to make the Lame walk, to give Life to the dead, and cure to the sick of their Diseases, and this only by the Imposition of Hands, is much greater: wherein is shown a greater Measure of Divinity, which aught to be reckoned amongst the greatest of Miracles.  
Rarefaction and Densation of Air, or resolution of the same into drops, by the Prayers of Moses and Elias, is a thing very great and stupendious: Yet this is no Miracle. To give Health to Struma's, to help the Paralytic, and to discharge and banish other Diseases, may not seem strange to a knowing Physician, and to an able Chirurgeon, where a curative Method is used according to Art: But to Heal by the Touch, or by Contact, and by Devotion of Prayers, to procure Health to the Sick, and to banish Diseases from poor Mortals without the help of Medicine; and this done immediately, this aught not to come much beneath a Miracle.   

CHAP. IU. How long this hath been in use, and when began to flourish.  
THat the apostles have had this gift bestowed on them, hath already been shown and made good: And that their Successors have been sharers therein with them, may be cleared as bright as the Sun. For no Age of Christians, by the light of Examples, hath ever been without it, although some Ages hath had it more frequently than others, and the Repetition of its admirable Effects hath frequently evinced and made this good. That we may therefore satisfy all Objections, and prevent Calumny where ever it may meet or offer its self, we shall introduce some Examples of long continuance. 
It's long continuance by Testimony of Authorities.   
St. Augustine writes, That few Miracles happened in his time, neither were they permitted to last long which so happened. Thus he writes, Lib. de vera Religione, cap. 25. in these words, Jest the Soul should evermore hunt after visible things, and Humanity in its search should hereby grow cold therewith, and its novelty. This is true, that until their hands were put to be Baptised, they never thus received the Holy Spirit: By which they enjoyed these Gifts of Tongues of all Nations, or arrived at the Shadow or Trancision of the Teachers of Christ: By which the Sick were thus healed, the which than happened, and than afterwards ceased. But our curative Gift runs not along in this Stream, and if we look into the Times of St. Augustine, we shall found admirable effects gaining strength in the times of the Apostles, even to the Age of Simeon, in whose time the Church appeared incorrupt, and as a pure Virgin: and after him, it carried the same vigour to the successors thereof. For as Eusebius witnesseth, The Divine Spirits did exercise themselves in his times, and shown their admirable Virtues and excellent Qualifications, even to the times of Adrianus, under Antoninus and Marcus Aurelius, than Governors; by which it abundantly appears of what value and esteem this ancient Virtue of Healing was in former Ages. Irenaeus, who lived a little after Tertullian, followed a long time in these Gifts: Thus Irenaeus, although a Lad, heard Polycarpus in Asia: Polycarpus also a Disciple of the Evangelist St. John, maintained the same Gift of Healing, the which he thus expresses, Lib. 5. We have heard many Brethrens in the Church, having the Gifts of Prophecy, and of Healing, and of Speaking universal Tongues by the Spirit, producing and bringing many things to view, obscured and hid from former Ages, for use and explaining the Mysteries of God according to the participation of the same Spirit; as also Lib. 2. cap. 58. Some of these having in them the Knowledge of things to come, and of Visions, and of Prophetic Say; and others of curing the Sick and Lame of their Diseases, by laying their Hands on them, and so recovering them.  
It's numberless to tell the Gifts of these from God throughout the World, done in the Name of Jesus Christ, not by Invocation of evil Spirits, or Enchantment, or black and dark Curiosity, but by pure, clear, and clean Prayers made to him, who directs us in every thing▪ and gives a Blessing and Success to this Undertaking of his own Anointed, which have been obtained above 600 years; all which may be made good by the clearest light imaginable, and shall more fully show itself in its proper place.  
When Origen saw all these Divine and admirable Gifts perpetuated and continued in the Church, and that as clear as the brightest Light, the Eyes of all People being open to see and vindicate the Truth thereof, against any Opponent whatsoever, he thus replies thereupon: These Miracles, (saith he) are to be examined by certain rules of Judgement, jest they bring Damnation unto men, or correction to their manners: That we may distinguish between those done by the help of Satan, from those which are performed by a pure and pious mind, adorned with the Divine Spirit; some may enter and offer here, that in the Bloody times of the Church, when it laid under Persecution for near 300 years, all these Gifts or most of them continued in vigour, but when it once abated of its Flame and Troubles, it lost of its power and efficacy, and became more sparing in its appearance to mankind. It would be an infinite, as well as troublesome task, to bring all things into number, omitting St. Athanasius, who lived in the time of the Nicene Council, and one of the same Judgement, where he numbers Basilius, Lib. 6. de Spiritu Sancto, where he writes the Gifts of the Holy Spirit to be, Delight, Joy, Peace, Goodness, Prudence, Wisdom, Counsel, the Gift of Healing, etc. But who is more curious in the search thereof than St. Basil? And if any will still doubt of these Gifts, and of their perspicuousness, he is to be brought into a mean; and if credit therefore cannot be given to St. Augustine, or St. Basil, both evermore accounted good and pious Men; or to Origine or Tertullian, who were ever esteemed men of great Learning; nor to Irenaeus, or others of his Faith and Belief, the Faith of all History must perish. And if we cannot lend our credence to these worthy Churchmen, in whose times these great Miracles were wrought, we may as well slacken and tie up our Faith to any other thing whatsoever. I know, and do expect that this Assertion will not go of smoothly, or pass by the blasts of the Envious without a Reprimand, but must take as much contradiction as their pleasures shall think best to put upon it; yet in this I shall think myself happy, that I have a Cure for their evil Breathes, when I shall offer no Authority but such as hath evermore been accounted faithful and praiseworthy in their Generations. And in order thereunto, I would willingly know, who ever was a more Luculent Author than Divus Hieronimus, or a more happy witness than blessed St. Augustine? who more happy in their times for Prediction of admirable effects of theirs and their former times? all their Books being filled with Wise Say, and cherished with Worthy Examples; neither could any thing lie hid in the dark, which ever arrived at the light of their Writings.  
Kind Reader, What hath thus been produced by Example, shows that it must be a Holy and good Man, which is to perform this Cure, which is not to be performed without a Divine Pleasure.  

Quest.  But a Question may also arise: Whether our Sacred Majesty did consult his Phsicians, before he applied his Hands to the Sick, and did take their Opinions about the same?  

Answ,  In Answer whereunto, There was no need hereof, since the great Physician of Heaven and Earth being herein Invoked, and the Holy Jesus joined therewith; to both which the Holy Spirit being interposed, what should or could hinder this Divine efficacy of a Sanative Faculty?  

Quest.  Some also will start another Question, which is: Whether His Majesty doth Cure that by his Gracious Touch, which hath baffled both Physicians and Surgeons in their Undertake, and hereby sending health to the Sick, which Art and Skill could never arrive at or procure?  

Answ.  And in Answer to this, St. hilaries Oration shall be sufficient, where he saith, God working with him, he performs both great and small Cures by his Servants, and by his or their Faith and Prayers to the Son of God, they do receive the same, who tells them, Whatsoever they shall ask in his Name, shall be given unto them. A blind Woman being brought to this St. Hillary, who had a long time laid under this miserable condition, even till she had spent her whole stock on Physicians and Surgeons: He tells her, If that which she had thus consumed had been given to the poor, Jesus the true Physician would have made her well. She still earnestly begging and entreating his mercy, he spit on her Eyes, and presently she became whole. And the more and greater Faith is given to this Sanative Power arising from the Holy Spirit, the greater Efficacy and Virtue it carries with it. Thus much of Hieronimus the great Man writ of Antoninus and Hillarion, who arrived near at his Age; for he lived about 78 or 79 years, as Prosper testifies in his Chronicle. St. Augustine outlived him much about that time, being as witnesses of his great praise: for should we inquire into his Conversation, we shall found his Authority much esteemed as to its verity, whose Judgement was sharp, whose Wit acute and subtle, even to a Miracle, both in the knowledge and events of admirable Effects: Not man need be ashamed in following so good a General, who hath been so curious a Searcher into this matter which I have presumed to discourse of. Another sort of People there are, who put us upon answering a fourth Question.  

Quest.  Wherhfore are not those Miracles which have been performed by the Preachers and Pious Men of former times still continued?  

Answ.  The Answer for such is ready and easy: It was necessary the World should be taught Credence, that it might be brought into a state of Belief, into which every one aught to inquire for Beliefs sake, for there are many Miracles done attested by them; amongst which is that reckoned as one, Of Christ's ascension into Heaven with the same Flesh, as he did arise: And this is beyond all denial; and this was done, that it might be believed it was done: and they who did give a more lively Faith thereto, had a greater share of Light thereof given to them? St. Augustine is seen to mention this egregious Miracle in several places, and particularly in his Book of Retractions, cap. 4. & De Unitate Eccles. cap. 16. where he thus expresseth it: Throughout the whole World where our Communion went, there were such and so many admirable Gifts of Healing delivered and revealed to the sick; where amongst the rest is reckoned the blind Man of Milan, who for many years together had lost his sight, and than again recovered the same. But we leave Italy and come to Africa; and here at Carthage, amongst many other Histories, I shall set down that of St. Augustine, which he mentioneth of a Religious and innocent Woman, who having a Cancer in her Breast not curable by Medicine, and so judged to be taken of by Hypocrates his Rule; and she being hereat much concerned, she threw herself wholly into the Hands of her Maker, as her last and best Physician: This Woman being admonished in her sleep to come to the Penticost, as the custom of that Country was, to be Baptised; and being there Baptised, signifying the same by the sign of the Cross, she recovered her health: Some while after, the Physician who pronounced her Incurable, meeting her in so good condition, and being desirous to know how she conquered this her terrible Distemper, the which he supposed would have speedily robbed her of her Life; she telling him her method she made use of, giving thanks for her happy success, he rather contemns the same, than joins in thanks for her great Recovery: such being the Pride and Opinions of some ill Men, that although they see some things done before their Eyes, they have scarce Faith enough to believe them, or Civility sufficient to acknowledge them: Not declaring with St. Augustine, That the Almighty is more glorified hereby, by showing his wondered and miraculous Methods to the Sons of men. I should be too tedious and voluminous, should I reckon up these Histories of St. Augustine, relating to these strange and wondered ways of Cure: those of Bassus of Hippomenes; of the young Man grieved with the Palsy; of Paulus and Palladia, who both were troubled with a Trembling over all their parts. And that he might not seem erroneous herein in his Histories, he gives every of them their proper names, and proper places: And hence this Holy Father concludes, That out of so many accidents, many Miracles have been performed by the Almighty, by and through such Instruments as he shall please to appoint, and when he pleaseth: That a more ready congratulation may be given to the Almighty, he adviseth, That those who have thus received their health, should let the World see what great things he hath done for them, and to record the same, that future Ages may behold and admire his Wisdom and Goodness to poor Mortals. Let us therefore, Christians, who do live under the best of Princes, and in the perfect Light of his Wonders, yield Praise, Thanks, and due Obedience to him for the same; and not with the ingrateful Man, think and suppose these things Fictitious. For who can be so blind, seeing these things daily done and made good, as to deny the truth thereof, but should rather, according to St. Augustine's example, triumph in these Works done in England, the which aught rather to be registered than forgotten: That succeeding Generations may behold the Examples of the wondered Cures which hath been performed before their days, by the Sacred Hand of our Blessed Sovereigns. 
St. Augustine's way of Curing declared by Possidoneus.  Possidoneus in Vit. August. cap. 18.29, 30. thus writes of St. Augustine, That when he was afflicted with his last distemper, there came a Woman with a sick Man to him, and desired that he would touch him that he might be cured: He being told in his sleep, That if he went to St. Augustine the Bishop, and he laid his hands upon him, he should be relieved of his Disease. Upon his coming to St. Augustine, he tells him, If he would please to touch him he should be whole: St. Augustine, it is said, laying his hands on him, he went home sound and cured of his Disease. And Possidoneus writes this as one of St. Augustine's great Miracles: He died the fifteenth of September, Anno Christi 430. but left this Gift of Healing behind him; for we shall found, after his time, this still flourished and increased; for from his time even to Justinus the old Emperor, that is to say, to the five hundred and eighteenth year of our Saviour, 
Frequency of Miracles to the 518 and 600 year of Christ, proved by History. vid. Hooker.  it ran in the same stream near eighty years, in which many and wondered Gifts of Healing were exercised, as History doth fully satisfy; and so continued even to the seventh Age, that is, the Six hundred and tenth year of Christ, even to the Council of Nice. We shall not trouble you with any other methods and byways used for Cures, taken up in these days by evil Spirits, or unclean Pseudomungers, rather naming the Virtues and Divine Gifts of Pious and Holy Men. And that this Virtue hath been transmitted through all Ages of the World, not only Africa bears witness, but our Asia, called Europe, can testify the same. And as the Meridian and Orient times were illustrated by these Gifts bestowed on the servants of God above 670 years and upwards, so also our Occidental times do receive the same by the Septentrional Light. And our Britain can as well speak of this, as any Age or Country whatsoever: for out of Prosperus his Authority it appears, that Germanus the Bishop of Auocerre was sent into Britain from Celestine. Constantius saith, that this Germanus and Lupus Bishops of Troy's (seeing all weather fair to willing minds) were both Men of such Learning and Holy Lives, that a grave Father of their Time, called Lupus, the Father of Fathers, and the Bishop of Bishops, and yet but a Second to Germanus the Principal, much resembling Paul and Barnabas. They being sent as two Legates into Britain, as the Chief and Principal of the rest; these by their great Learning and Virtue did sweeten a great part of the Country with their Doctrine, and confirmed the Orthodox Faith, and made many of the Pelagians, whose Religion, or rather way of Worship, which they had formerly used, to revolt from that which they had formerly taken up, and reclaimed the Erroneous Preaching in Fields and Highways; and as the King's presence did make a Court, so theirs did make a Church. For at this time Pelagius, which was a Britain, and had secured many Disciples to himself which came out thence, and infected the People with the Pelagian Heresy, did begin to lessen both in his number and reputation. For God Almighty, as it were by a wondered Compendium, did confirm the Catholic Faith, by showing a Miracle performed by a Man of the Tribunative Power, who coming into Church with his Wife, and having his Daughter blind for about ten years, they carried her to the Priests, where they joined in Prayers with her Parents for her Recovery (whilst on the contrary the Pelagians waiting to see the success) Germanus after having invoked the Holy Trinity, the Daughter immediately was seen cured in the public view of all the Bystanders.  
Constantius remembers, that in the last Legation of this Germanus coming into this Isle, that Elephias a great Man happened in his way, and placed his Son, who although in the flower of his Age, had his Members withered, his Knee contracted, and could not walk by reason of this contracted dryness which happened in his Ham: this German made him presently to set down, and did extend the contracted parts, and gave him a speedy cure, so that his dryness received moisture, and the Nerves regained their proper functions: The Son returned to his Father, the People hereat were all amazed, and the Catholic Faith by this means grew very firm and stable in the Breasts of all Men. This Gift of Germanus, as I have said, was founded on the Orthodox Faith, which both easily and readily did confounded its Enemies the Pelagians. This Pelagius also as he was a Britain by birth, was by some called Morgan; and every Man, as Dr. Fuller writes in his Ecclesiastical History, is born a Pelagian, naturally proud of his Power, and needs little Art to make him think well of himself, and Britain only bred him, and he himself begot and bred his Heresy; and in this, our Island is as happy as unfortunate, for as it bred him it opposed his Errors; even as the best Father may have an unhappy Child, who by the foresight of his Son's extravagancy may quit him from his favour, and so give no countenance to his evil Courses. And that which is almost as great a Miracle, is that one relates of him, The same day that Pelagius was born in Britain, St. Augustine was born in afric: The Almighty sending both the Poison and the Alexapharmick together into the World, in one and the same hour or day.  
I shall not presume to appear so curious, as to look into the course of Gods thus confirming his Truth with such Seals and Miracles done in the Church; we aught rather to consult the Scriptures, which are the proper Fountains of Truth.  
But to pretermit many Authorities with which I could easily swell up this Discourse, 
Some Cures wrought in the Church, and after the time of Gregory.  I proceed to the time of Gregory the Great, who writes, That he saw Holy Men working Miracles by many Virtues, as cleansing the Lepers, casting out Devils, healing the Sick by touching them, and Prophesying by the Spirit of Prophecy: and he brings John to the example of some of these; one of which, was the blind Man which he cured; another was one born Lame and Dumb at Constantinople; yet all Ages of the Church did not receive the purity of the Scriptures, nor charity of Learned Men. Whence I cannot be so readily brought to believe, but rather demur to their say, and the frequent miraculous Performances which are said to be done by St. Augustine and his Companions, of which both Gregory and Beda makes mention; neither can I believe all the Miracles said to be done by him, but shall rather join in Opinion with Dr. Fuller, who saith, That he who believes all which St. Augustine and his Companions are said to have done, had need to have a hard Plate in his Front that reports it, and he a soft place in his Head which believes it: Many Miracles said to be done by him, being rather but lightly to be touched, jest by long handling they come to be crushed, and so vanish either into Smoke or Vapour. Let King Edward the Single and Famous be our English Hero, and the Glory of Miracles about this time of the Church, be alone had in Veneration, of whom I shall more enlarge in its proper place.  

It's Antiquity proved by authority of the Ancients and Moderns.  Here St. Malachias, the Bishop of Armach, of whom St. Bernard writes in his life-time, is said to perform many Miracles, the which he acted not according to the form and method of former times: For if we read him aright, we shall found, he neither wanted Prophecy or Revelation, nor the Gift of Healing, nor changing of Minds, nor raising the Dead. And St. Bernard doth place him before his Companions, for he is said, in one day the Diocese of Constantinianus, to cure eleven which were Blind, and ten Lame Creatures. And if Antoninus may be believed, the true Witness of these Times, the Miracles of the Fourteenth Age of St. Bernard, and St. Katherine of Senens there Recorded, are plainly said to be incredible: Let their Faith be according to their Authors. As to the main thereof, this I can affirm, as all the Miracles said to be done by them may in no means be allowed false, but somewhat of Truth may go along with them, yet what part thereof which is so, is so intermixed with falsehood, that it is no easy matter to distinguish between them: And as I shall not much pin my Faith upon their Miracles, so will I not detract from the Virtue of God's Servants, or rather the Finger of God working by them.  
All Ages have had their false and seducing Lights of Faith in them, by which we have seen the infinite shapes of Vizards, Prodigies, and Romantic Stories most excellently delineated; all which were designed to cheat the foolish, and to bring the illiterate into the ready Knowledge and Worship of unknown Gods. Hence had our manifold Idolatry its first Birth and Beginning: hence followed the Worshipping of Idols, Invocating of dead Souls, Adoration of Statues, sending Indulgences from their dead Caves, and the like unheard of Fallacies. Hath not England its miraculous way of Healing, and in this do we meet any of these Figments go along with it, or concerned with any part thereof? Doth not St. Augustine himself say, That all Saints have not this Sanative Power given them, nor all the Gifts of Divination, more than the Gift of Prophesying, and the like. St. Chrisostome doth show some signs hereof, and answers the Question when he faith, Signs are made that Men hereby might be brought to believe: and he further inquires, Why in the times of the Apostles these signs were made, and not in his time; he resolves this likewise, when he saith, By how much the more certain and necessary these things are, the lesle Faith they do carry with them; and by how much the Argument is the more certainly demonstrated, by so much the value of its Faith is detracted: therefore Signs in presence are not to be done. And this for certain we may aver, that all Miracles are not fully ceased, as may be proved both by Ancient and Modern Authority: For Centur. 4. Lib. 2. Cap. 3. This is not to be passed with silence, saith Magdeburgensis, that the Apostles did affirm the Gifts of external Miracles, should reach all Ages: for without doubt, amongst the rest these would foreshow the Evangelical Doctrines being confirmed: But they do not mention this Healing Faculty amongst the rest of their Ministerial Functions: I exhort therefore, that supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks be made for all men, for Kings, and all that are in authority, etc. 1 Tim. 13. But Paul was the first which first taught this great Art of Healing, as you may see, 1 Cor. 12. which was not distributed to all alike, for all have not this given to them. Thus much thereof from Ecclesiastical Histories: it is most probable this still doth continued amongst us, yet it is not allowed as a Miracle, nor brought into the same Number, nor Species, nor Dignity: It is a great Gift, and no vulgar one, not proper to all sorts of Men; not to those of the Church, although otherwise gifted▪ But is a Gift confirmed on Christian Kings, whose Patrimonial Virtue of Sanative Power doth run in the Royal Line, who do peaceably possess the same to them and their Heirs, holding the same of the Almighty in chief; and this may not much come beneath an External Miracle, the Church calls it. The inward being allowed the Spiritual Miracles, and these are performed in all places, and at all times, by Administering of the Word, the Prayers of Holy Men, by the virtue of our Blessed Saviour, and this dispensed by the Holy Spirit; amongst which are reckoned the raising from the Dead, the keeping up the Church against the Devil and all his machinations, and all those its evil Agents, who make it their business to created rents in the same, and rob it of its pristine Vigour and Excellency.   

CHAP. V In this is shown the Universality of its Cure, without any respect either to Age, Sex, Temper, or Constitution.  
HItherto hath our Discourse kept company with its Witnesses, which hath plentifully declared its long continuance; and this attested as well by the light of Examples, as by the fullness of Reasons, to take of all Calumny that dare interpose upon this Sovereign and Royal Gift. This Gift and its use evermore keeping time together, and are neither to be disjoined or discluded by time or place: If therefore we would defend the Truth thereof, we aught to consider the Qualities of the Persons thus gifted, what kind of Men they are, how well Qualified, with what Holiness endowed, with what Faith exercised, with what Manners instituted, with what Religion polished, with what Dignity adorned, and with what excellent Virtues cherished? all which do declare the ascent of their Honour; being as so many steps to their height of perfection, every of which do concentre in the search of the Cause by which they do arrive at this Sanative Faculty. It's credible also that Ethnics, and Antichrist, and with him Antichristians and Heretics, and ill Christians, sometimes have been seen making Signs and Prodigious things. But such as do the same in the light, and in the view of the Church, must needs be of the number of the Faithful, being in the order of pious Men, and such as do observe Religion in its true order and decency. And Gregory doth affirm this as a reason of the same, when he saith, Every fair work doth adorn the House of God: And than he adds, We have seen Holy men doing great and wondered Things, as cleansing the Lepers, casting out Devils, curing the Sick and Lame by the Touch, and the like. These sometimes being shown and done by persons of another rank, Matth. 7. who shall in Christ's name be said to cast out evil Spirits, and yet keep the same Spirit within themselves: And this Gregory justifies when he saith, Many come, and say they do work Miracles in Christ's Name, many in the name of Antichrist; and of these Tribes are many false Prophets, and many workers in the Dark, who dare not venture at the light of the Sun their miraculous proceed.  

Fallacies & cheats, impostors & witchcrafts, filling up evil Spirits to procure Cures.  And as we allow all Pagans', Infidels and Atheists, to be out of the pale of our Church, so we shall found both clean and unclean Spirits in it. And whatsoever this black kind of pretended Curers may do, I am sure whatsoever is thus done, is completed by the Devil their Tutor: Of this kind was the Magic of the Gentiles, writ by St. Augustine. And without all doubt, This Master of Black Art interposing with these his Pupils, can work wondered things. Suetonius is not to be contemned, who declares, That Vespasian the Emperor did restore sight to the Blind man of Alexandria, and made the Lame walk. But Cornelius Tacitus with more truth denies the Position; for this Cure was procured by ill method, affirming, That those Diseases which are in their own Nature curable, do require and deserve lesle of Diabolical Art to assist them. This Evil named by Tertullian, was a Disease wholly generated from the Evil Spirit, the which falling in one of his Eyes, and into one of his Feet, did hinder the use of his Members; and therefore the means which hurt him, was found to be the best Remedy to cure him.  
Satan is a wondered Artist, and a great Professor of admirable Operations: The same may be said of Antichrist and his followers, all which are not to be reckoned in the same day with the sublime gifts of good Men. Magicians and Antichristians do work much after one and the same method, but neither of them after the good Rules of pious and good Christians. For as St. Augustine writes, Magicians do work Miracles one way, good Men another way; ill Men only by Demoniacal Contract, 
If any Miracle wrought, this to be attributed to the Church.  good Men by public Justice, evil Men under the resemblance of the same. Ill men do work Miracles in the sanctity of the Church, not in the sanctity of the Person, for confirming and establishing of his Faith: The which also is imitated by the worst sort of Men, but in another form and manner. Gregory tells us, That Corporal Miracles do sometimes show Sanctity, not make it, but Spiritual Gifts wrought in the Mind, do not show the Virtue of Life, but do form it: But this is scarce the property of any Saint. And St. Augustine doth give a very good reason for the same, when he saith, These Miracles are not given to all Holy men: Nor are the infirm to be deceived, for in these acts are greater good things shown, than in the works of Justice, to which Eternal Life is compared. Peter the Apostle raised the Dead, Simon Magus did many Wonders which were beyond many Christians power and skill to arrive at or attain. But whence had they this? Their names were writ in Heaven. In Miracles the curiosity of the Eye is desired, but this is not from the Father. The true Rule therefore of Miracles is this, If God gives the power of doing good to any one, let him prosecute the same and prospero in the action. These being given according to the will which can and will do what he pleaseth: In former times we have showed that this Gift was bestowed on Pious and Religious Men, of which sort in those times were great plenty to be found. But our succeeding Ages have much lessened in the number thereof: For in our days, not only paucity of People are thus gifted, but the Gift itself is celebrated and known of use by its effects by very few; and those which are seen thus to enjoy them are the Heads of the Church, and the chief Rulers of Nations and People; as Kings, Princes, and Governors.   

CHAP. VI Whether Kings and Queens of England, as Nursing Fathers and Mothers were thus particularly qualified with this Gift of Healing? and whether the French King doth cure by Stroking the Evil, as well as our Kings of England?  
KING Ptolemy ask the Question of his Wife Interpreter, In what occasions a King should chief exercise himself? The Answer was thus given: To know those things which formerly have been done; to read Books of those matters which daily do offer themselves; and to inquire after those things which do most conduce to a Kingdom's Preservation: All which three do most happily centre in this Gracious and Salutiferous Operation. For here may we see his Majesty exercising his Royal Hand by performing what hath been done by His Royal Predecessors: At which Solemnity are read divers Prayers which call down a Blessing on his Sacred Touch; and that nothing can conduce more to a Kingdom's Preservation, than the free Gift of this benign Charity by which they are kept in Health, no man of sense can or will dispute or disprove. Our Discourse hath hitherto satisfied us of several Gifts given to diversity of Men, some of which have been allowed more extraordinary than others, yet all found useful to Mankind; and how these have been performed, we have cleared by Historical Illustrations. And because every Age, Sex or Orders of Men have had in them somewhat more excelling Faculties than others, these Gifts being given according to the Divine Will and Pleasure of the Almighty: Thus we see our calling, Cor. 1.1. whereof not many wise after the flesh, not many mighty, not many nobles are called. And that this Gift is given to Kings, as Sons of the Church, and to Queens as Daughters thereof, is shown by Isaiah, Isa. 60.16. Thou shalt suck the milk of the Gentiles, and shalt suck the breasts of Kings: and Isa. 49.23. King's shall be their nursing Fathers, and Queens their nursing Mothers. Out of every part of the Earth, God will take some of his People particularly to himself, and will set up his Standard amongst them, by which they shall declare the Power of the Almighty, which doth bestow this admirable Gift on them. And this Prophet doth extend the same to Islands and to Kingdoms, when he saith, Bring the Islands unto me, and let the Nations tend from afar of: As the Poet hath it, Divisos Orbe Britannos. And since there is nothing more apparent since the opening of the Church, than that it is adorned with many noble and excellent Ornaments, sure I am, where Kings and Queens are planted as its Heads, it must far excel all other Churches which are destitute of their Royal Presence. That therefore which happens in the whole Figure of the Body, although it hath most delicate Hands and Feet, and had therewith joined the goodliness and beauty of many other parts, yet unless the Face, Eyes, Mouth, and other parts, did carry the like symmitry and proportion of parts therewith; these would but deform the whole, and lessen the beauty and esteem of the rest.  
The same use may be made of the Christian Church, 
Many Gifts given to Men.  if some of its Denizens be endowed with this or that extraordinary Gift, or furnished with more Virtue or Grace, or greater Gifts from the Almighty, who should by the same appear as greater Lights, and more eminent amongst the smaller and lesser Lights thereof; unless these Men who are thus supereminently gifted and qualified, do declare and present the same to view by a more strict and exact way of living, they do only make way for the lesser Lights to outshine them. This enters the Discourse by the by, that all Men might understand, that out of this heap of Celestial Graces, the Almighty doth bestow the best and richest Mercies and Plenty of Divine Gifts upon his Principal Men and Primary Women; 
Peculiar Gifts to Kings and Queens.  viz. To Kings and Queens he transmits' the same, whose Persons are Sacred with him. Thus on Joshua he bestowed Fortitude and Courage; Meekness he gave to Moses; an Heroic Spirit to Deborah; Magnitude and magnanimity for a time to Saul; to David a heart according to his own heart; Judgement to King Solomon his Son: To the chief Elders also he gave divers Gifts; and out of his plentiful stock of favours, he did distribute variety of Gifts to diversity of Men.  
Thus to Constantinus he gave the Gift of proclaiming the first of the Evangelic Emperors, commanded by him to his Successors: To Theodosius he gave power to entrench and environ Religion, as with a quick Hedge, made and confirmed by a knot of Politic Law, which had heretofore been shaken with the various Storms and troublesome Tempests of Heresies. To Christian Kings, and Princes, and Queens, he hath given this Sanative Faculty, by which both their and their Subjects Faith might the better be confirmed, and be more gloriously commended to succeeding Generations. But every one hath his proper Gift and Talent allowed and afforded him, and some have more than others thereof; and some of these are more particularly attributed to particular Persons and Places. Thus our Kings of England, and the French Kings, do only Cure the Struma or Evil, denied to all other Kings, Princes, Potentates, and Emperors whatsoever. Guido tells us, That the French King in his time cured this by his Touch only, some Divine Virtue going along therewith; he lived in the time 1348. under the Bishop Clement the Sixth. But our English Histories do procure a better memory hereof, and do give it a longer Being and Continuance with us, the which both the French, Italians, and others, have already declared. And John Tagnultius writes also in his Chirurgick Institutions, That the most Christian King, endowed with this Divine Gift, doth cure many Scrofulous Tumours by his Touch only. And further he saith, That King Edward also, as Histories do report, did by his Touch cure the same, some Prayers and Hymns being used and recited thereat: This Tagnultius was a French Man: an Italian doth also acknowledge the same. Laurentius also reports, That when Francis the first King of France was kept Prisoner in Spain, notwithstanding his Exile, he daily cured multitudes of poor people of this Disease, according to this Epigram made of him, 
Hispanos inter sanat Rex Chaeradas estque.  
Captivus superis gratus, ut ante fuit.  The whole Medicinal Virtue not being affixed to his prosperity but to his person, this continuing with him his whole Life.  
And this we must affirm for our British Glory (where every good Countryman aught to contribute towards the Reputation of his Native Soil) that by how much the Faith of Christ was taken sooner into the World by Britain's, than it was by the French; by so much in all likelihood, this gift of Healing had its more early appearance in England than it had in France. For Britain's were converted to the Faith, made good by Gelda, in the time of Joseph of Arimathea, and in the time of King Lucius, and Elutherius the Archbishop, who writ in the Year 167. Ye have received of late, through God's mercies, in the Kingdom of Britain, the Law and the Faith of Christ; ye have with you within your Realm, both parts of the Scriptures; and according to the Prophet which was a King: O God give Judgement unto the King, and Righteousness unto the Kings Son. And Tertullian further saith, Those places of the Britain's to which the Romans could not approach, were subject unto Christ, although it is not certain who first Preached the Gospel to them, nor whether they were Greeks or Latins. The first of the French Kings was Clodovaeus, who lived in the Three hundredth year and upwards after Christ, as appears by the Faith of Worthy History: It's very probable, that our Kings in the earlier times of the Church, did receive these great and wondered Gifts from God himself, and did exercise the same in their Dominions: and it was than an old saying, That the Kingdom of England was the Kingdom of God.  
The French Kings 
The French King had this Gift after the English.  (whose whole Provinces were evermore subject to the Jurisdiction of our Kings of England) did only borrow this Sanative and Salutiferous Faculty from the Primitive Power of our English Kings, under whose Government most of the French Provinces were once subjected. For it appears by uncontrollable Arguments and Evidences, that both the Crowns of England and of France have for many years been invested with this Miraculous Gift: so that our English Kings are the eldest Brothers thereof, and had this in its first possession: For if St. Lewis King of France, of whom we have already made mention, who was contemporary with our King Henry the Third, was the first of that Royal Race which healed the Evil; his Cradle was more than 160 years after the Coffin of our Edward the Confessor, 
Edward the Confessor the Curer of Strumacs.  as most Authors have very well observed; from whom, as is abovesaid, our Kings do derive this most Excellent and Divine Gift at this day by constant Succession, as witness Andrew Chasne a French Author, and several others of their own Countrymen.  
The truth is, dark and obscure was the Morning of Healing, till cleared up by the bright Sunshine of Edward the Confessor; and Polydorus doth declare many admirable Virtues which he had in him; and some Authors do writ, and amongst the rest, the Monks of his time had too heavy a hand in spicing his Life with Miracles, making the relation thereof too hot for any Gust of moderate belief. There is no question but that there are many things recorded of this great Man which do carry abundance of truth in them; but again, many other things are reported of him, which with safety of truth are not to come within the rule of a general acceptation; and amongst the rest this may serve as one, That he was declared King by consent of his Parliament, when as yet he was in his Mother's Womb, his Father having many other Sons alive, the holy Monk Brightwold of Glassenbury deploring their loss, had in Vision this Edward, than an Exile, presented unto him by the Apostle Saint Peter himself, who than anointing him King in his sight, telling him his Reign should be peaceable, and Twenty three years for continuance: Brightwold being yet unsatisfied who should next succeed, demanded the Resolution, and was by Peter answered, That the Kingdom of England was God's own Kingdom, for whose Successors himself would provide: with such vain Predictions our otherwise true Stories of him are overcharged, that Comineus being hereby therewith moved, seemed to tax the English with overmuch credulity that way. As to this great Man's Birth, he was born at Islip in Oxfordshire, and was Son of King Etheldred, Queen Emma being his Mother, who by her Maternal affection sent him into Normandy to Duke Richard her Brother, to rescue him from all Domestic Quarrels; and before the dead Corpse of his Father was interred, with a general consent of the Nobles, he was chosen King: his Coronation was at Winchester, the Celebration of which was performed by Edsine Archbishop of Canterbury, upon Easter-day 1040. he being than towards forty years of age, and was in number the 37th Monarch of England, where he Reigned with that Justice and Clemency, that he obtained the Venerable Name of Saint, and is distinguished from the other Edward's by the Title of Confessor; and that he designed his Crown should continued in the English Blood, he sent for Edward his Nephew, the Son of Edward Ironside, who so long kept out of England, that he was called Outlaw, and him he intended Heir to the English Crown, had not hasty Death prevented, and put a stop to his Inclinations: He Reigned Twenty three years and six months, and died the fourth of January 1066.  
And now as to his excellent Deeds; He appeared in the World not like a Mortal Creature, his Miracles and Presages much keeping resemblance with those of the Apostles, the which here to assert, were to fill up whole Leaves with a needless surcharge, and created a suspicion of other great and admirable things done by him. He was famous for many personal Miracles, the which he is said to have entailed as an Hereditary Virtue on his Successors the Kings of England, only with this condition, That they do support and maintain the Christian Faith, as to the cure of this Struma, or the Disease commonly called The Kings-Evil; the which Disease this King cured only by his laying his hands on the sick party; and this hath ever since continued in the Princely Line, where the Sceptre hath been weighed by God's Vicegerent. But as to the Origination of this Cure, there is still much controversy kept up amongst the Learned, 
Divers Opinions about this Gift.  some numbering the same amongst 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, whose reason is not to be shown; others do bring it to the power of fancy, and an exalted imagination. Thus when a poor Creature who never saw the presence of a King, shall behold his Princely and Royal Hand with a charitable confidence and touch to chase away his troublesome and loathsome Swell; to see a Hand so humble, of an Arm so high, show such condescension; of a King so great to stroke the Sores of so mean, and low, and despicable a Subject; to see Him who sits in his Royal Chair, vouchsafe his Presence and helping Hand, where many or most of his Subjects would both stop their Nostrils, and shut their Eyes at, as scorning to come near them; this may well raise and enlarge the Patient's fancy, summoning his Spirits to assist Nature for the encountering this Disease with the utmost might.  
Other Learned Men, and amongst these particularly Casper Peucerus, although acquitting this Cure from Diabolical Conjuration, yet taxes the same as guilty of Superstition; and with him all such others do lessen the brightness thereof, who do or dare quarrel at the Ceremonies used at this Healing; being either displeased at the Collect read here, as nothing relating to this purpose, or unresolved at the efficacy of the Gold put about the Patient's neck, or secretly unsatisfied therewith: All which Exceptions must needs fall to the ground, when it shall be avowed and made good▪ that notwithstanding the omission of such Ceremonies (being nearer kin to the Solemnity than assistance to the Cure) the bore Hands of our Kings having often effected the same to a Miracle. Some there are again who make this a clear Miracle, with Gods own Finger put into the Healing hands; so that when the Art of Physic is nonplussed, and Chirurgery tied up, and all other human means baffled, that than this Disease which was made by the hand of God, should be thus cured by the hand of his Vicegerent, doth not come much beneath one.  
The truth is, I would willingly see what should give any denial to any reasonable Man hereof, since we found every Vegetable hath its virtue and energy given to it, and allowed it: And that neither Stones, Metals, Waters, or Herbs themselves, and the like, do but show forth and declare the honour of their Maker, by showing us their various Virtues, and divers distributive uses for the good of all Mankind. And why should we Men, and Christians, and true Denizens of the Church of England, be so narrow Soul'd as not to conceive, that Christian Men, the most noble of all Corporeal Creatures; and Kings, the most of Christians; and Kings of Great Britain, the first-fruits of all Christian Kings, should not receive this Christian peculiar Privilege and Sanative Power; whereof daily instances do give us a greater light of the truth thereof. And here we may see the difference between Papists and ill Protestants: the first courting these Miracles, even in their Embryo, and before they come at any appearance of Birth, greedy to catch hold at the very empty shadows and resemblances thereof, whilst the ill-natured Protestant and Dissenter are so far from giving credence to the truth thereof, which every day manifests to their eyes, that they bend that little Faith they have utterly against it, be it brought to them by the purest Light and brightest Reason. This Royal Gift hath been preserved in the Royal Line, and maintained by thesame above 640 Years and upwards, and is seen every day more and more to flourish amongst us, to the ease, comfort and relief, of many thousands of poor Souls: If therefore there be any that can pretend to have had an earlier possession thereof than we have, they must be of a more ancient Standing, and they must take it (as the School hath it) from God himself: and from the first of Christianity to its eldest spinning.  
As to the exercise of this Gift, Eilredus Rhivalensis doth very well remember it, in the time of Edward the Confessor, as may be seen in Vit. Edvard. Confessor. ex Manuscript. Celeber. Antiquar. Cambden. Westmonast. who hath there writ of his Miracles with no sparing Pen: Hence did Miracles increase, Signs multiplied, and more sublimely declared for the merits of Kings and Princes, the hand of the Omnipotent taking them by the hand. And amongst the rest, he writes of a young Woman newly married, who met with a double disadvantage, as having her face deformed with this Disease, & Barrenness for sometimes depriving her of her Breeding hopes; under her Fauces was indeed a new Birth of unheard of Swell, which made a strange and monstrous shape in her Face, turning her blood into matter, by putrifying Humours lodged under its Cutis, whence often times were Worms seen to proceed, which afforded a moist, noisome and unpleasing smell; this Disease begot ill Humours in her Husband, and her Barrenness lessened his affection to her; she lived very unhappily with him, proved a trouble to her Parents, strange to herself, and uneasy to her Friends by this amazing change of Aspect, as also by the loathsome smell she ever carried about her: Hence contempt, sorrow and pining, were the only Companions she enjoyed: Physicians seldom being seen ready of giving their time and skill where plenty does not satisfy their pains, and from these she had but little comfort; she being thus robbed of all hopes of Cure, and stripped from every appearance of amendment: The great Physician of the World, most ready to show his skill, when humanity had given over the Disease as irrecoverable, She begs of the Almighty after this manner: Lord, Lose me from this trouble! The Woman being in a Dream, she thought that she was commanded to be brought to the Palace by a Vision which she saw, and to trust in the Kings Touch; the which if she were once touched by him, and washed, and signed, she should receive Cure: The Woman being awakened, and presenting herself to the King in the sight of the Bystanders, before whom she laid open her condition, he prayeth for her Health; and being overcome with Piety and Pity towards her, neither minds the Filth or the Stench, but laying his hands on her, and putting the Sign of the Cross upon her, and the like; all which being done, the Cutis presently rend, the Worms turned out with Matter, the Swell abated, the Pain ceased, and she in a very short time, to all admiration, happily cured. And that nothing may be wanting to extol this King's Glory, This Woman is said after this to become fruitful, and by her bearing Children to her Husband, did reconcile his love to her. This Eilredus writes in the abovesaid Book, amongst the rest of the Histories of this great King who lived in the same time with this Woman.  

Our Gracious King doth excel his ancestors herein.  Unto whom shall we most likely resemble, or presume to compare our Dread Sovereign King Charles the Second, King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc. who sits as the great Moderator of our English Isle: The great Parent of our Health and Safety, and the Royal Wellwisher of our Lives and Fortunes as to our Prosperity and plentiful Enjoyment, who hath as far excelled his Predecessors in this Sanative Faculty, as King Edward did his Ancestors; who as he was given to us for our health, and the health of our Nation, so in this Curative Faculty he outshines all the World. And as he takes in him the Ruling Power of his People, by which he governeth by an Hereditary Right from his Royal Ancestors, so he confirms the same to us by this Balsamic and Sanative Power, derived to him from his Royal Forefathers inherent in him: By which he helps and relieves all such Poor as do or may approach his Royal Touch.  
Fortune hath her greater and smaller Regalities, as we have shown, 
This Gift given him at his Inauguration.  considering either its State or Republic, or the felicity of the Church therein: for what is more admirable, than to see a Prince excelling his People in Wisdom, Prudence, Conduct, and the like, who is not only their Delight, but also of him which made him; who doth not only sway and rule his own Nations in Peace and Tranquillity, but by his Advice and Council doth keep and preserve all others in Amity and Concord? And what can be said more for the Fame of a Nation, than that England hath a Sovereign, which for above thirty odd years, hath Reigned with Glory and Renown, hath Ruled it both in Peace and in War, both by Sea and Land, in which he hath not only defended and protected his own from their Enemies, but also kept them safe from all Foreign danger and hazard? And in this Religious Work (which hath taken up our whole Discourse) is not so much of his Majesty shown, as of his Divinity. For this is the great gift of the Divine Majesty, and is every where found worthy of a Divine Progeny, and of a Royal Unction, who by right of both, to which his Sacred Rights and Privileges being annexed and consecrated to him, he doth in a moment sand ease to the Sick, and restore health to the Diseased. And I presume, there is no good principled Man, or any so vain and inconsiderate, who having a little more sense than a Brute in him, or that only desires to live upon contradiction to all Sense, Reason, or to any thing that is good, will ever deny the same or appear a Dissenter thereto, since it is the Kings Right, as his peculiar Privilege given to him: By which his Royal Sceptre doth flourish in his Sacred Hand, and his Princely Person gains more Veneration and Honour than his Predecessors.  
And because I have been often conversant, and attending at many of these laudable Operations, having waited on his Sacred Person both at public and private Healings, as one of his meanest Surgeons, where I have seen many thousands of poor Souls touched and cured by his Sacred Hand (and as a more particular account hath lately been given in, that he hath healed above Six thousand this very last year) I am obliged both by Duty and Conscience to give my Faith to his Royal Touch, seeing the daily and innumerable effects thereof: Many of which, as if amazed at the speedy farewell of their Diseases, have immediately been cured to admiration, even in the Presence, before they have got out of the Banqueting-house at White-Hall, where his Majesty doth most usually heal; and some, although brought in Lame and Blind, yet have within a very little and short space of time, recovered their Limbs and gained their Sight, as will plentifully be made good by divers Examples in our last Chapter. And whatsoever Opinion some men may have of our Prince and of our Religion we do profess in England, as also of his great Piety, Charity and Clemency; yet this I will not be afraid to affirm to any Man, of what averseness soever, That when both in Town and Country, the best Physicians and Surgeons have been consulted for curing the Sick troubled with this Evil Disease, and their best Skill and utmost Art hath been exercised, and yet proved useless and of none effect, such afterwards who have come and obtained his Majesty's Gracious Touch, their Diseases have been seen immediately to vanish, as being afraid of approaching his Royal Touch. If he therefore were not the right Heir to the Crown (which I hope the worst of Mankind dare not pretend to confute) and conducted thither by Divine Authority, and established in his Throne by the Almighty Power, these wondered effects would not so apparently be seen performed by him: For this Work carries more of Divinity than Majesty in it, and is wholly the Gift of Divine Majesty; and when both these meet together, and Centre in their right Lines, you will ever found a Divine Blessing interposing.  
And as a farther acknowledgement of His Majesty's success herein, although I may, perhaps, by the best of Authority, give as full an account of Strumas as any before me, as to a Curative Method; Yet when I consider his Majesty's gracious Touch, I found myself readily nonplussed, and shall ever affirm, That all Surgeons whatsoever must truckle to the same, and come short of his marvellous and miraculous method of Healing; and for further manifestation hereof, I do humbly presume to assert, That more Souls have been Healed by His Majesty's Sacred Hand in one Year, than have ever been cured by all the Physicians and Surgeons of his three Kingdoms ever since His happy Restauration. Whereas should an Usurper or Tyrant surreptitiously, by Pride and Bloody Massacre, forcibly enter his Royal Throne and touch at the same Experiment, you'll never see such happy success; as tried by the late Usurper Cromwell in the late Rebellious Times, Influences flow from thence, he having not more right to the Healing Power, than he had to the Regal Jurisdiction: His Trial rather chequering and darkening the bright Rays hereof and so bringing it into Obscurity, than affording it any appearance of Light. Let no Man therefore presume to lay violent hands on Gods Anointed, he having from Heaven, as a particular Mark and signal Token, this Curative Faculty transmitted to him, and implanted in him as a Seal of his Mercy, Clemency, Goodness, Providence, Omnipotence, and Truth thereof. And let this Healing Virtue of our King, amongst our English, bear the time of a Miracle, if not allowed to keep equal pace and touch with the same.   

CHAP. VII. Part of the Manner and Form of the Healing; wherein is demonstrated the King's Excellent Piety, Humility, and Clemency in Curing Strumaes, with the Ceremonies thereto.  
WE come now to show the Manner and Form of His Majesty's Gracious Healing, wherein we shall present the Ceremonies thereat used; in which Discourse, we must acknowledge His Religion, Piety, Charity, Clemency and Humility, appearing as so many Gems belonging to His Royal Person; into whose Sovereign Hand, above all His People, is this most Divine Gift settled and confirmed, the which He exerciseth as frequently as He pleaseth, being either supplicated thereto by some of His Nobles, or of the Poor themselves who are thus afflicted, which He performs both by public and private Healings: And as a signal favour of Him herein, He never makes any exceptions of Persons, being either Young or Old, Rich or Poor, Beautiful or Deformed, every of which do receive a like share of His Sacred Touch.  
And that none may approach His Royal Presence but such as are really troubled with the Evil, several Officers are appointed for this great Ceremony; amongst the first of which are His Majesty's Surgeons in waiting, who are to take in Certificates, and deliver out Tickets in order to a Healing or Healings; where this following method is to be observed.  
No Patient having this Disease should come to the Surgeons for a Ticket, without he or she brings with them a Certificate, signed and sealed under the Ministers and Churchwardens Hands that they were never before Touched by his Sacred Majesty. And that no Person whatever may loose their labour, as a very proper Experiment by way of prevention for the future of any further Cheats by sergeant Certificates and the like, great care would be taken of the method of Certificates, and their form: for as these are the only proper Instruments to procure Tickets, so they should also come with that just conduct which may defend the Bearer, and preserve the Kings Gold. Wherhfore I presume to offer, If Printed Blank Certificates were sent to every Bishop of his Diocese, and these signed with their own Hands and Sign Manual, and thence communicated to every Surrogate throughout his Diocese, who at their several Meetings & Visitations should acquaint their Brother-Ministers thereof, or distribute of the same to them, that such who have the Evil may have their Names certified therein, together with the Ministers and Churchwardens Hands and Seals likewise, and the Name or Names of such diseased Persons entered in their Church-Register-Book, with the day of the month, and the date of the year when such Certificate was delivered out. This would be an infallible Remedy against all sergeant Certificates whatever. And although this may at first view seem to carry trouble in it, yet being once put into practice, it will prove both very easy, and of great service to the King and Country.  
And to prevent all tiresome Journeys, and tedious Travels of many indigent and sick people, who do venture to march many hundred of miles not really having this Disease, save only on their own supposition; for a more ready piece of service to these, to bring them to a shorter passage, they should do well to go to some Neighbouring Physician and Surgeons, and get them to search and examine them, to know whether their Disease be the Evil, or not: and if they found it so, to signify the same under their Hands in the aforesaid Certificate; so that this Certificate may very well be allowed of double use and advantage, as by giving ease and satisfaction to the Patient, and quiet to the Chirurgeon; the one satisfying that the Patient never before this came to crave His Majesty's Touch, the other confirming the Disease by Men of Art to the Chirurgeon in waiting.  
This being cleared thus far, the Chirurgeon in Waiting should or aught to keep a Register-Book, where every Parties Name is to be kept Alphabetically therein, and their Certificates filled up. This Book also will show its self of great service and satisfaction to other succeeding Surgeons: for as Surgeons are not more Immortal than other Men, so we shall found that People do not always inhabit and devil in one place, or part of the World; and he that perhaps might have lived this year in one County, may the next year live in another; and since wherever he lives, if he has the Evil, and be not cured thereof, and may in one County gain a Certificate, and by that, Gold; so in another place where he goes to devil, he may endeavour to procure another Certificate, and by this cheat the King of a second piece; a trick not now to be learned by many, but rather studied by divers, who look more after the Gold than the Cure: for prevention of this, where any suspected person shall come to the Chirurgeon, for the cure of such Cheats, he may look over the Alphabet in his Book, and there see if he can found the Name of him whom he may or shall suspect therein. I know of no other way imaginable to prevent this Cheat; and if there were such who can found out a better, they would do great service to the Nation.  
Another advantage he will have hereby, when by this true account-keeping he may satisfy both His Majesty and the whole World how many are yearly Healed by His Sacred Hand.  
Thus far have I presumed to clear the method for poor People's making ready for their Journey towards their being healed: But after this, great care would be taken, (when they are arrived at their Happy Port, as I may well call it, it being the only aim they had in all their Travel) to meet with a quick dispatch, in order to their speedy return, and not to be kept so long in Town till both their Money and Credit is gone, (which God knows amongst the generality of these sort is not much nor great) and therefore doth both require and merit a short, ready, and speedy dispatch. But as the case now is, it's harder to approach the Chirurgeon, than obtain a Touch; and more tiresome for them to wait day after day upon him, whose chief business should be to attend their coming, than it was to get every thing in readiness for his dispatch of them. But there may be a convenient Remedy found out for this Evil also, which is as bad, if not worse, than the former: Can His Majesty's Pleasure be known of his times of Healings for Summer, I mean at Whitehal, Windsor, and the like, public Notice aught to be given hereof in the Gazette, by which all people may readily understand His Majesty's Pleasure of Healing, and the times thereof, after which none should dare to presume any further trouble. This being done, as an absolute cure to delay, or any sinister blind way of management, if His Majesty would be graciously pleased to appoint some place in Whitehal, or other place, for the performance of this Service, where a Physician and two Surgeons aught always to attend to view, examine, and dispatch the poor, diseased, and maimed people; and there, after having His Majesty's order for a Healing, acquaint them thereof, and when they are to wait to be healed: This I am confident will be found an excellent, as well as joyful method to the poor people, and a great deal of ease as well as satisfaction to the Chirurgeon, and prove a signal remedy of lessening the ill opinion the Chirurgeon goes under at their continual and tedious waitings at his House, and abate somewhat of the hard censure is put upon him by several people.  
In Winter also, when his Majesty touches altogether at White-Hall, the same method should be maintained, and His Majesty's pleasure understood about it, which may easily be known by the former directions, and the Sick with abundance of ease be conducted to His Majesty's presence to be Healed.  
It would also be well, that the whole World might take notice how many, and what great Cures have been performed by the King, as I have already offered, and how they have arrived at a better state of health. And here may we very well bring in another great mistake of several People, who when they have received His Majesty's Gracious Touch, that this therefore must be doubled upon them, and their Gold must as readily be changed, else their Cure must consequently be ineffectual, the King's Majesty not being allowed capable of curing them, without he observes and complies with their Humours and abominable Fancies: a confidence only grounded upon uncertainty, and kept up with immutability: a Distemper which aught to be inspected as to its cure, as much as the Evil itself; for its consequence is dangerous and deceivable; for here we have an Anguis in herbis, which doth both readily and greedily feed upon the glittering change of Gold: and this Legerdemain trick is finely performed, by putting the Change upon his Majesty, and yet this with a dishonest Man is not easily found out or discovered, but where Truth, Justice, and an honest Resolution maintains the Principles, and inhabits in the Centre a perfect detestation of such things does readily appear.  
I would gladly see any Man of sense deny the easiness of the assertion, who may at a very little hole perceive how a Man, whose humour does closely salute advantage, and whose mind does keep company with self-preservation and interest, looking still forwards to the yellow glittering Metal, to purchase to himself an advantageous parcel of Gold in time, by taking leave of changing an old piece of Gold for a new Ticket; or as I may say, cheating the King of his first Medal, by giving a new Ticket for a second: These things I have heard were in use very frequent formerly, and it were well if they be not by some to this day yet put in practice. A Remark in this Point I hope is enough, for I dare presume to aver and offer, that there is nothing which does more impose upon his Majesty's Sacred Honour, or upon the welfare of them who come to receive the Blessing, as well as the benefit of his Healing, than the lessening this Royal Virtue communicated to his Sacred Hand by the Almighty, than for such who should pay all Obedience and Veneration thereto, either to obstruct the same if possibly, or abuse to it by their dark sinister or purblind bribery: As a Cure therefore for this also, if His Sacred Majesty shall be graciously pleased to allow any poor Soul a second Touch, let him or her, or whoever they be, bring up their own Gold to the King, and put a new Silk Ribbon into it, which if he pleases to put over them, will be sufficient for them without any further charge of Gold.  
There are another sort of People who makes it their study to cheat the King of his Gold, who having been Touched and received their Gold, are ready to cell and part with it; and were this not true, and very commonly put in practice, without all question His Majesty's touching Medals would not be so frequently seen and found in Goldsmith's shops; and since these Cheats are too apparent, great care aught to be made as to their Inspection; wherefore I presume to offer, that having, as I have already mentioned, a Physician and two Surgeon's ready to inspect and examine people, such Cheats will not easily be detected, for as the Proverb saith, Plus vident oculi quam oculus; and the Names of all people being set down in an Alphabetical order and method, the King cannot so easily be cheated, nor his Surgeons, whose care it should be to prevent the same, be either deluded or questioned. Thus much as to the Surgeon's Office and Duty.  
The next Person which comes in order, is Clerk of the Closet to His Majesty, who is the only proper Person for keeping of His Majesty's Gold used both at private as well as public Healings, he being Check to the Chirurgeon. The great Master of this Office, is the Right Reverend Father in God, Nathaniel Lord Bishop of Durham, who always being in waiting, doth present to His Majesty's Sacred Hand upon his Knees, such Gold as is delivered out to every diseased person: Under whom Mr. Tho: Donkelly, His Majesty's Closet-keeper, doth also attend with Gold on his Arms ready strung, and likewise doth present the same to the Clerk of the Closet; his Office being also to take an account from the Chirurgeon how many Medals hath at every Healing been disposed of by His Majesty, and to have the same signified under the hand of the chief Chirurgeon in Writing in his Register Book, which he keeps on purpose for the same use, with the day of the Month and the date of the Year, and the numbers of them that have been Healed: He also, as I am well informed, doth give a Receipt to the Exchequer for all the Gold he receives, to balance the Privy Purse; so that from his Office a true and just account may yearly be given in, how much Gold the King doth expend on this charitable Office, and how much is annually received for this purpose, a draught of which ever since his being in this place, I have with his careful assistance, given at the end of our Discourse of the Evil.  
Thus much of these Persons and their Places.  
The Tickets being delivered out, His Majesty does generally appoint his day of Healing, of which the Chirurgeon is to acquaint those who are to be Touched, the which for the most part does hap on Sundays; but whether on Sundays or other Days, it matters not much, the effects of his Cure being as good at one time as at another. The Day being come, before His Majesty doth approach to His Royal Chair, 
The Ceremonies laudable.  which is generally after Morning Prayers, the Chief Officer of the Yeomen of the Guard doth place the sick People in very convenient order for their approaching the King without trouble or noise: The which done, His Majesty enters his Royal Chair uncovered, at whose beginning there are generally two Chaplains attending: One of which reading the Ceremonies appointed for this Service, His Majesty all the while being surrounded by his Nobles, and many other Spectators: The sick and diseased People being kept back by the Surgeons till the appointed time, where after having made three Obeisancies, they do bring them up in order. The chief in waiting delivers them one by one to the King to be Touched; the which done, the other takes him or her from him, and this method is used throughout the whole number which comes to be Healed.  
The whole Method is as followeth. The Chaplain thus gins: The Gospel written in the 16th Chapter of St. Mark at vers. 14. Jesus appeared unto the eleven as they sat at meat, and cast in their teeth their unbelief, and hardness of heart, because they had not believed them which had seen that he was risen again from the dead. And he said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to all creatures, he that believeth and is baptised shall be saved, and he that believeth not shall be damned: all these tokens shall follow them that believe. In my name they shall cast out devils, they shall speak with new tongues, they shall drive away serpents. And if they drink any deadly thing, 
Where the infirm Persons are presented to the King on their knees, the King lays his hands upon them.  it shall not hurt them. They shall lay their hands on the sick, and they shall recover. The which Saying is continued between every Healing of His Sacred Majesty, till all the Sick be touched by him; the which being finished, he gins this following part.  
So when the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received into Heaven, and is on the right hand of God. And they went forth and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the Word with miracles following. The which done, he gins the Gospel written in the first Chapter of St. John, ver. the first: In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word; the same was in the beginning with God, all things were made by it, and without it was nothing made which was made: in it was life, and the life was the light of men, and the light shined in the darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not. There was sent a man from God, whose name was John, the same came as a witness, to bear witness of the light, that all men, through him might believe. He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light. Here the Surgeons come up the second time, making their three Obeisances as formerly, where the Clerk of the Closet on his Knees doth deliver to the King his Gold ready strung upon a white Silk Ribbond; and when these following words come to be read, the King puts over the Gold.  

Here again they are presented to the King, add the King puts the Gold about their necks.  That Light was the true Light, which lighteneth every man which cometh into the World.  
This running through the whole course of the Ceremony, which words are continually repeated between every one which receives the Gold. This being finished, These following words are read: He was in the world, and the world was wade by him, and the world knew him not; he came amongst his own, and his own received him not; but as many as received him, to them he gave power to be made sons of God: even them that believed on his name, which were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor yet of the will of man, but of God. And the same Word became flesh, and dwelled amongst us, and we saw the glory of it, as the glory of the only begotten Son of the Father, full of Grace and Truth.  
This being finished, the Chaplains, with the rest of the People on their knees, do pronounce these Prayers.  
Verse. Lord have mercy upon us.  
Resp. Lord have mercy upon us.  
Verse. Christ have mercy upon us.  
Resp. Christ have mercy upon us.  
Verse. Lord have mercy upon us.  
Resp. Lord have mercy upon us.  
Than the Chaplains read the Common Prayer; viz.  
Our Father which art in Heaven, hallowed be thy Name. Thy Kingdom come. Thy will be done in Earth as it is in Heaven. Give us this day our daily Bread. And forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation. But deliver us from evil. Amen.  

These Answers thereto be made by them that come to be healed.  Verse. O Lord save thy servants.  
Resp. Which put their trust in thee.  
Verse. Sand help unto them from above.  
Resp. And evermore mightily defend them.  
Verse. Help us, O God our Saviour.  
Resp. And for the glory of thy Name deliver us, be merciful to us sinners for thy Names sake.  
Verse. O Lord, hear our Prayers.  
Resp. And let our cry come unto thee.  

Than the Chaplain reads this Prayer following.  O Almighty God, who art the Giver of all health, and the aid of them that seek to thee for succour. We call upon thee for thy help and goodness, mercifully to be showed to these thy servants, that they being healed of their infirmities, may give thanks to thee in thy Holy Church. Through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.  
The Grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
Here he concludes.  and the Love of God, and the Fellowship of the Holy Ghost, be with us all evermore. Amen.  
This being finished, His Majesty having by my Lord Chamberlain, or in his absence the Vice-Chamberlain, and two other Nobles, brought up Linen, and the Basin and Ewer to wash his Hands, He taketh leave of the people, and they joyfully and thankfully do every one return home, praising God and their good King; and when this method is apparent to all men, and carries in it the greatest truth imaginable, what man of Sense, Religion or Honesty can there be, which shall dare to deny the truth and efficacy thereof, being both glorious and praiseworthy? considering that the Liturgy used therein is holy, the simplicity and reverence of the Ceremonies thereof being performed with all decency, the person who performs this being hereto constituted by a Divine permission, performing it without any appearance of superstition; the Author of the whole Work being the Holy Spirit, and this Gift arising thence with both its use and fruit. Here's nothing but Benediction, and Prayers for the recovery of the Sick, Imposition of Hands, and Contraction of Health, the same Ceremony used as is used at Baptism, the putting over the Gold being but as a Sacred Gift and Pledge of His Charity. In the whole, there is nothing but God worshipped, Christ venerated, and poor Christians cured, without any Figments or Cheats of Black Arts, Invocations of Evil Spirits, Characters, or the like delusions, all which I hope may not come short of an English Miracle. How therefore should all true Englishmen, and Sons of the Church, adore, and have in high reverence that great Sovereign, who can give ease to the Diseased, by his Touching such as are not only despicable to view, but fetid to smell, who makes no difference, as I have already shown, between Great and Small, Peer and Peasant, Delicate or Deformed? What therefore can there be which might not make the most Ungrateful Man change his rude temper, and sweeten it with a better belief? Let all the World therefore admire our English Monarch, who can by His Salutiferous Gift distribute Health and Comfort to all His diseased Subjects, not performing this in corners, but in the public view of all His Subjects, in his Royal Palace, and in places appointed for Divine Worship, and in the Holy Sanctuary. And this I hope may be a convincing Argument enough against any Gainsayer or Dissenter whatsoever, who are neither kind to themselves, or civil to others.   

CHAP. VIII. This shows the Certainty of its Events, and the Admirable Effects of its Cure.  
THe truth is, this great Gift of Healing doth call the Christians Faith, and also Human Reason into consent therewith; for without these do march together, the Events will not answer expectation. And in truth would be against God himself as well as His Sacred Majesty, to wish for Health, and not preserve the memory of those great Cures done by Him; to read their Names thus cured, and commended to Posterity, if Faith did not march along with it: For what is worse than to bury the knowledge of the remembrance of Favours done? the only black mark of Ingratitude, and nothing more kind than to allow the memorable Cures done: For what is Piety but a willing consent thereto in its Parents? and what more kind than to allow the same to the Father of our Nation? Our Faith doth therefore command our keeping in memory the Health we receive from our Gracious Sovereign, and to register the same in our belief; since we found these Diseases do not more spare the proud Citizen, than the despicable Countryman, and that both these have found benefit by His Majesty's Gracious Hand, is as clear as the Sun that shines: Hath not the French, 
The admirable Effects of His Majesty's Healing to all Persons of the World.  Dutch, Scotch, Irish, Welsh, and English, been all happy partakers of the benefit of His Majesty's Gracious Touch? Hath there been scarce any City, Town or Country which cannot speak well of His Curative Faculty? Has there or is there scarce a Street in this Populous City, that hath not found the benefit of His Sacred Hand? And yet as if this Disease did get a new Birth by Conversation, it meets the King wherever He goes, with as much vigour and plenty as if the work were now to begin. And as a very strange remark hereof, although I do believe near half the Nation hath been Touched and Healed by His Sacred Majesty since His Happy Restauration; yet upon any new appearance of a fresh Healing, they are seen to come in afresh, and as fast as if not one had yet been Touched by Him: A thing as strange as monstrous!  
To my own knowledge I have known many perfectly cured the first time, 
Some cured the first time. Others not cured till the second Touch. Some selling their Gold, their Disease hath seized them afresh.  they having been Touched by His Sacred Majesty. Others again having been seen healed upon His second Touch, which could not receive the same benefit the first time. Some again having received His Majesty's gracious Touch, and losing their Gold, their Distemper has De Novo seized them again; and these also upon gaining a second Touch, and new Gold, their Diseases have been seen utterly to have been chased away, and they themselves perfectly cured.  
Now as to particular times and seasons of Healings, as Good-Friday, and the like, 
As to the Healing on Good-Friday.  which do carry a strong Faith with some people, who unless they can be Touched by the King that time, their belief is so weak and tender, that they do presume and suppose any other time in the year is not so fitting, or do or can carry the same efficacy. But to these delicate sort of people, 
The reason of some not being cured.  who I am subject to believe are as wavering in their Faith as they are in their Opinions; and unless the Almighty will please so far to condescend as in every degree to answer their Humours, by working more than an ordinary Miracle in them, they may with abundance of ease be brought to think that there is little or no effect of cure in the whole. A sin I am sure it is to tie the Almighty to particular times and seasons, and therefore not to be accounted (amongst Men of sense) to have more efficacy than at other times.  
And to put stop to another old received Opinion of the Gold; 
The putting over the Gold only a token of Charity.  which is, If the King doth not found, and give the Gold, as well as put the same over their Necks, this will not answer expectation, some of these sort putting a higher esteem upon the Gold, than upon the Hand that put it about their Necks. But all such may know that this Gold thus used and employed, is no more than a resemblance of Health, for the Cure has often been seen done without any Gold at all given, sometimes the same has been performed only by Silver, as shall be made good by several Examples in the last Chapter.  
Another sort of people also there are, 
About changing the Gold.  who if they can procure the favour from the Chirurgeon to procure them a second Touch, they must likewise have their Gold also changed, (some effect of which I have already touched at) as if the later Gold had any more effect in it than the former, they both coming from one and the same Royal Hand; an unnecessary trouble, as little efficacious, and perhaps more deceitful. And that Gold is not the great Ingredient in this Cure, may easily be thus proved, by calling into remembrance the Rebellious Times, when Tyrants turned this once happy Nation into an Anarchy of Confusion, and by their unlawful upset High Court of Justice, or rather Injustice, forced the best of Kings, where He was want to show the Grandeur of His Majesty due to Princes, there to make His Funeral Pulpit, laying down the Sacred Trophies of His Greatness, whereon the Ensigns of Renown had formerly been planted, by their cursed Hands, and compelled to quit His three Nations by their most cursed and barbarous Cruciations; and yet all this done under pretence of Devotion and Sanctity, bringing Him under their Tyrannical Judgement, to submit to their bold and bloody Assassination; in whose horrid Massacre, and after whose inhuman and barbarous Decollation, its precious Blood left not its vigour which it kept whilst it was warm in His Purple Veins, being either taken up by Handkerchiefs, or collected by other things, with which these Strumous Swell being but touched, or therewith concerned, they have seen suddenly to vanish and disappear: and this also shall be made good by some Observations thereof in my last Chapter. And if His Royal Corpse, stripped from Life, was thus accompanied with this Divine and Heavenly Virtue, what shall we think and say of the Action performed by the Life, as by the Blessed and Sacred Hands of our Dread Sovereign? Besides, if the Virtue did wholly lodge in the Gold, I would have such as give this great Reputation to the same, to make trial of a piece of their own Gold, in putting the same about their own Necks, and see than if this will in any measure answer their desired ends: The success I leave to them who shall show their folly as well as give themselves trouble to make such a trial thereof.  
These two may be very well granted convincing Arguments enough to prove the truth hereof: for this of His Majesty's precious Blood was seen done, and known to be performed in the midst of the King's Enemies, and in those times when Traitorous Usurpers took leave to enter the Royal Throne; where not only the troublesome Mobile, but the rigid Masters of Presbytery and Independency, were so far from agreeing and consenting to His Majesty's Healing Faculty, that the little Faith they had, they employed to confounded the same: such were the great Reverence these Rebellious Tribes gave to this Divine Virtue. And in this I may presume positively to affirm, that such as do not give Credance to the King as God's Vicegerent, and to the many thousands cured thus by Him, they do, ever did, and ever shall be thought to give as little belief to God Himself, let His Miracles be never so many, or never so great, such being their churlish Humour, and ill composed Dispositions.  
To the believing Man, I shall produce Saint Chrysostom's words, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, That according to their proportion of Faith they do, may, and shall be great Sharers in this Sanative Faculty. And as a farther Confirmation of the same, he saith, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is, Tantum influit quantum invenerit Oblatum sibi fidei vasculum.  
Thus every unbelieving Man may rest satisfied, that without he brings Faith enough with him, and in him, that His Majesty hath Virtue enough in His Touch to Heal him, his expectation will not be answered: whereas the Man of Faith, who confides on the same, will as readily found the benefit of the same. And although this method doth not always answer expectation, yet its Effects are wondered, and its Cure most frequent, as is and hath been sufficiently and satisfactorily made good. And this may appear as a Vindication of the Certainty of its Events, as also of the Admirability of the Effects of His Majesty's Sanative Power.   

CHAP. IX. Several Doubts resolved about this Curative Method, made by Atheists, Sadducees, and ill conditioned Pharisees.  
SInce there is nothing so excellent in its nature, or opinion of Men, or blest by good Men, and held in admiration by the Religious Men, but may be blasted by the envious breath of the wicked and ill natured Man, and so made either the subject of their scorn, or yield a sour taste of their malevolent Humour: I shall in this Chapter endeavour to alloy their fury, and somewhat blunt and abate the edge of their calumny which they have evermore been ready to put upon this Sanative Faculty. And in undertaking hereof, I hope I have made some onset already: but jest this should not be prevalent enough to conquer their incredulity, I shall offer this as a farther Answer: Whereas there are some who do wholly deny the substance of the Action, and presume to call the thing in question; 
Various Opinions as to this Cure,  and others, who do not so much blame the thing itself, as the substance thereof and its Ceremonies, bringing hereby the whole Operation under Superstition, whilst others by spleen, disdain, ridicule, and private injury, will needs put a blind upon this most excellent Operation, although confirmed to them by Ocular Demonstration as clear as the Sun; and are not to be brought to the belief thereof, although they see it done before their eyes, no ways allowing a Divine Power going along therewith, it being performed by Man. To what an Age of Incredulity are we arrived at, where resolution, spleen, and injury, shall confirm a Man's opposition to the very light of Reason and Truth itself? where we shall have Men bid defiance to His Majesty's humility which he shows in this Operation; to his Piety and pious bounty which he liberally bestows on his Diseased Subjects, and to the Cures thus daily performed by his Sacred Hand, who do daily study to o'erthwart, dispute, contradict, and speak ill of this Divine and most Excellent Qualifications, rather than give Faith, Reverence, or a just Acknowledgement thereto. And as a close to their black lips, I will presume to offer, That when the most Learned have worthily, and with all reverence writ hereof, and have neither been ashamed nor afraid to proclaim to all the world the many miraculous Cures which have been thus performed by His Sacred Majesty's Hand, and for many hundred of Years kept up by the Princely Line, their Incerdulity may well be called into question, not having validity enough in it to balance those weighty and great Opinions which ever have, and still do maintain the same: And where I have as a guard to my Opinion, the best of Antiquity opposing the greatest Scruples that can be made as to this matter, seeing some so extraordinary hot for lessening wholly any Virtue in the Gold or Silver, or the like, which shall be put about the Patient's necks, and abominate the use thereof with all their hearts, in any other but in their own possession: Where this yet hath been used by the King's Sacred Hand, we have found it of admirable use and advantage.  
Others as readily do cry out against the Ceremonies, 
The use of the ceremonies.  being as little pleased therewith as the former, when they shall please to vouchsafe, allowing them of some use in displaying a good and Religious Man's life, and yet are not willing to grant this of any efficacy in this Healing Faculty; whereas they may, or aught to know, that the Word of God is as great an Alexipharmick herein, in working this Curative Effect: The saying therefore of a certain Form of Word- at this Healing, is not to be condemned, unless we will blame the word of Faith by our Impiety: For Faith comes by hearing, and hearing by the Word of God, as Rom. 10. ver. 6. But the Righteousness which is of Faith speaketh in this wise: Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God. Thus therefore the legitimate use of the Divine Word, is to be joined with a right Faith. But because I am sure I shall meet some even opposing the thing itself, knowing there be too many who cannot in their natures either speak well of any body, or of any thing, unless brought to their test and approbation, and so despise all Virtues; speaking evil of Angels, Saints, and the Almighty himself; laughing at his blessed People, evil treating his Anointed and their Dread Sovereign; mocking the Holy Spirit, and affronting his Gifts, Miracles, Scriptures, Sacraments, and all other Ecclesiastical Ceremonies and Rights, which do not keep equal pace with their humour and fancy: A sort of which we read of in Phil. 3. cap. 18. who are there called, The enemies of the Cross of Christ, whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory their shame, who mind earthly things: Should we to these bring the brightest Truth, fetched even from Heaven itself; they are so naturally inclined to contradiction, that they will believe them to be in the dark: That you may with more ease bring an Atheist to believe there is a God, than these to give Faith to the excellent works which are daily done by our Saered Majesty at this day by his Sacred Touch.  
There are another sort of Creatures, who are inward enemies to this Sanative Gift, evermore doubting of its clearness; and these do hug themselves in opposing and contradicting all such as shall speak well thereof. Of which sort may Casper Peucerus be well reckoned one, of whom we have already given you an account, both as to his Religion, and unhappy Opinion. And I believe we have too many more of his Opinion at this day, who should they see our Sovereign heal, and exercise the same Gift daily, yet this their cursed Opinion and Humour sticks so close to them, that they will scarce give it leave to breath, or gain any reputation amongst them: And although it may get footing into a more favourable Opinion amongst some of them, that all this is done without any Enchantment, or ill and black methods used, yet they do receive it with that tenderness, that it must gain upon them by degrees, and takes sometime before they can work them into any belief thereof. And since it doth require no easy task either to please or confute these Adversaries as to the Fact itself, who cannot assent to the manner of performing thereof, although having lesle reason to descent from the same: These following Reasons, I hope, may in some measure make the task neither so uneasy as may be expected. Thus therefore this Healing Faculty is not produced, ex semine, by an Ingenite Faculty which may be produced with the nature thereof, as many Physical Virtues are thence derived, and by similitude of Bodies and Manners taking their first Idaea's thence, as one Body being productive out of another, but no Soul thus produced out of another, every Man generating his like in Specie, not in dividual Quality. Such therefore who would thus press down with opposition this Healing Faculty, have lesle need to doubt of that which the Learned hath so highly writ thereof, and maintained as in the Inaugurated Rights of the Kings of England and of France. Since God himself is he that createth Kings, and Anoints their Royal Hands with the Sacred Oil, as with a Royal Balsamic Virtue, by which doth arise other Gifts of Fortitude, Council, Prudence, and Governance like Christian Kings, as well as in this of Healing. Peucerus unkindly calls this, The admirable pastimes of Events, at which I wonder more, than at his other odd Persuasion, whereas there is such a distance between them of Miracles, and the Divine Gifts of Healing (not only attested by us, but by all our Neighbouring Nations) that our English have that perfect abhorrence thereto, that we are as much purged and cleansed from the same, as the House of God with Hezechia and Josias was purified from all its corruptions. But what need I bring Examples to confute this ridiculous Opinion of his, since we found that he himself doth fall to the ground, and acts in the dark? Let us therefore recede from this one extreme, to prevent our falling into another, by keeping the middle way. Peucerus only fell from Augerius, even as the Meteologer doth from the Philosopher, and both from true Theology. Augerius Ferrerius de Gordonis saith, That he and other Physicians being much addicted to the Superstition of Charms, which were prevalent against Bleeding, and other Chonical Distempers, having in them the Faculty of curing intermitting Fevers, and many other Diseases of that sort, thus proceeds therein. The event of which Cure is not to be taken from the Characters, nor from the Chatm only, but this working such power in our minds, that we therewith complying, this gets fancy also to join therewith, by which it gains ground of the Distemper and overcomes it. Thus one Man acting by the power of Persuasion, he gains on the Man on which he thus acts, with which he does powerfully proceed in the same; he joining therewith, and giving a coadjutant Faith to the Operation thus performed, the intended design does take a speedy effect; and thus working by Characters or Enchantment, or the like, for curing of Agues, and the Patients therewith so troubled, they believing they shall hereby be cured, the Disease hath suddenly been seen to vanish, and they acquitted from their Distemper to admiration. Confidence and Persuasion being two great Assistants in this Curative Method, especially amongst the illiterate and unlearned, where Opinion having once got possession amongst such as to their Charms and Characters, there's no farther need of outward Applications, these in themselves leaving satisfactory Arguments amongst these sort of People to work their effects. But leaving these dark and black methods thus generally used amongst the ignorant, and lesle knowing: With his favour, known Miracles may be brought to light by the strength of the mind.  
And jest I may seem tedious in making good my reason for the same, as to this Healing Faculty: This is not a gift of Nature, but of Grace, neither does it live in Man but in his Maker; not in human confidence as these Charms and Characters, but in the power of Faith derivative from the Almighty. Moreover, our Gracious Sovereign doth acquit all idle pretences whatsoever hereto, by neither questioning their Faith who come to be healed, nor asks their Belief about the same; he only prays for them, blesses them with his Sacred Touch, gives them his Gold, and thus doth impart health unto them; from which clear consequence, such as the Faith of them is who thus are touched by him, his Curative Effects does most clearly evince and demonstrate. Genebrard of Paris is very nice in allowing this Gift of Healing to the Kings of England, when he says, Some of them have exercised this Healing Virtue: But he would have been much kinder, and a better Master of Generosity, would he have been pleased to show the difference between those which had this, and those which wanted the same. But I need not to travel far for an answer ready minted for him, which partly falls in one of his own Countrymen, which happened about the midst of Queen Elizabeth's Reign, after Pope Pius had let flown his Excommunication against her: There was a stiff Roman Catholic (as they do delight to call themselves) who being cast into Prison, 
See Tooker  and in a high measure visited with the King's Evil, and having with pain and expense long used the advice of Physicians without any success, at length humbly addressed himself to the Queen's Majesty, through whom, by God's assistance, he was completely cured; and being demanded what news, I perceive, saith he, now at last by plain experience, that the Excommunication denounced by the Pope against Her Majesty, is of none effect, seeing God hath blessed her with so great and miraculous a virtue, as Dr. Tooker hath it in Charismate, cap. 6. pag. 92. And as a second satisfaction to this Frenchman, he tells us another History of a Maid, when the Queen being in Glocestershire, and many poor People afflicted with this Disease, who in uncivil Crowds did so press upon her Majesty, that she let fall these words, Alas poor People, I cannot, I cannot cure you, it is God alone who can do it. The which words some ill affected persons did interpret, as her utter renouncing of this Divine Gift: whereas she only removed her Subjects Eyes from herself, to desire their looking up to Heaven. Before she left the place, she was pleased to admit a general Healing; amongst which, the aforementioned Maid being Touched by Her Sacred Hand, went away immediately recovered and healed from her Disease. And whereas there is no need of Miracles, when the Truth of the Scriptures do show the Dogmata Fidei, our Christian Faith not being founded on demolishing of Churches, or dead Martyrs, nor in Murdering of Men, these being accounted by us as no Faith, and if any to be allowed, but as an impious Faith: But by ours we do give honour to the memory of Martyrs who died for the same; we do not worship their Pictures with St. Augustine, but can look upon them with respect; we do not damn the Faith of Signs, for Signs do not much conduce to the confirmation of Errors, but rather to the glory of God and his worship.  
This Divine Function is performed without any seducing Method: The King gives freely, not calling the Angels to witness, nor sinking so low as others do, to perform the same by Black Art or Enchantment; he does it with a pure Heart, in the presence of the Almighty who knows all things, without Superstition, curing all that approach his Royal Touch. And this I may frankly presume to aver, never any of his Predecessors have ever exercised it more, or more willingly and freely, whose wondered Effects and certainty of Cures, we must and shall acknowledge as long as we can speak, and tell our Children thereof, that they may relate what wonders have been performed by his Sacred Hand to their succeeding Generations.   

CHAP. X. Several Examples of Miraculous Cures performed by His Majesty's Sacred Touch.  
ANd that no Man may say the Nut will not be worth cracking when he finds good Meat therein; as our Discourse hath hitherto given you a taste of the truth of this Healing Faculty, so this comes like a happy Commander, bringing up the Rear; wherein shall be shown part of those Glean which I have gathered up from the large and fertile Crop of Strumous Persons, and these cured by the Majestic Power of the King's Sacred Hands. And since it cannot reasonably be expected that I should gradually proceed from Edward the Confessor, even to the time of our Dread Sovereign, which would perhaps be a Task more troublesome than desirous, so I am sure of greater bulk than I designed or intended. And that I may not live altogether upon the suffering point, I would gladly know of any contrary Humour, which of our Kings of England did ever go without it, that lawfully arrived at the Crown? my present Discourse not reaching any Usurper, or Tyrannical Governor. But passing these by, as we begin from Edward the Confessor, we aught to bear Record of some of his Miraculous Methods said to be done by him: And here, as some sort of Men were not wanting to give too high a Character of his Deeds, so the meanest Act which was performed by him, was not let fall without an honourable Reverence. Amongst some of which we read of a poor Man who chanced to come to him, 
History.  one who might have stocked an Hospital with Maladies, whose sight made all Bystanders commiserate his condition; the Sick Man had a strong Fancy and a bold Face, who desired the King himself to carry him on his back to the Church, on assurance (as he said) that he thereby should be recovered. The good King grants his desire, and this Royal Porter bears him into the Church, where so strange an alteration is said to hap, that although he was carried in on all four, he departed thence straight, and upon two; and it is said the Church into which he was thus carried was St. Peter's in Westminster, built by him on this occasion. Next to St. Peter he is said to be much in favour with St. John the Apostle, who is reported to have appeared unto him in the shape of a begging Pilgrim; the King not having present Money to supply his wants, did pluck of his Ring from his Finger, and bestowed it upon him, by virtue of which Ring given he is said to perform many and great Miracles. The same Ring some years after is said to be sent him back again by two Pilgrims out of Palestine; and if any do doubt of the truth hereof, they are desired to repair to Havering, a Town in Essex, so called as they say from this Ring, where, by the Inhabitants, satisfaction will be given.  
This great and most Pious Prince being dead, Harold the Son of Earl Goodwin next succeeded him, who assumed the Throne, and was Crowned King by Aldred, Archbishop of York, next to whom was William the Conqueror, from whom began the Computation of our Kings of England. I might after him name his Son William the Second, and so proceed to Henry the First, King Stephen, Henry the Second, Richard, John, the Edward's, and others, so to the time of Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth; but since I can found by no Authority that this Sanative Faculty have been ever wanting, or removed from the Princely Line, I shall presume to take leave, and begin with Queen Elizabeth, where amongst many other Cures done by her Sacred Hand, take these following as they appear, the first two whereof I have already described in the foregoing Chapter of the Frenchman, and the other of Gloucester, the which I do here forbear to mention to prevent Tautology.  
Dr. Tooker also tells us of one John Capel of Exon, the Son of an honest Citizen, and a Daughter of the same Person, both troubled with the Evil, and both quitted from their Distempers by her Majesty's gracious Touch.  
Another of his is of a Maid, who was of the ancient Family of the Turbervils, who was for ten years troubled with this Evil Disease, she being Touched for the same, also recovered: he afterwards beholding her Gold gone from her Neck, demanded of her the reason thereof? she tells him her necessity compelled her to cell it, and yet she remained well, whence He, as other wise Men, have conjectured that the Gold given is only as the King's Charitable Token, and no more, for she lived many years after very well, without any relapse. Yet this does not always so succeed, for I have seen many upon the loss of their Gold, their Evil has come afresh, and proved troublesome, as shall be made good by many Examples following. Many thousands are reported to have been cured of this Disease in her happy Reign; King James succeeded her, and continued the same Sanative Power in his Life-time. After whom was Charles the First of ever blessed Memory, who performed these Cures in a very strange and miraculous manner, with and without Gold, by his Prayer and Benediction only, by his Sacred Touch, as also by his Sacred and precious Blood. Of each of which in their Order, where for remark, blessing and cure, none ever of his Predecessors were able to be named in the hour with him. I begin with that wondered and miraculous Cure done by him at Winchester, only by his Prayer, related to our Dread Sovereign, and his Brother his Royal Highness James Duke of York at Winchester-Colledge, by Doctor John Nicholas, Warden of the College this last Summer, where I had the Honour not only to hear it, but afterwards saw the Bottle. This following History I had from the aforesaid Doctor under his own Hand, sent me in a Letter from my very good Friend Mr. Shadrack Lyne, Apothecary of the same place, and is as followeth.  
Winton. Octob. 31. 1682.  
Sir,  
SInce my return from those Journeys, which of late I have undertaken on my College Affairs, Mr. Lyne hath minded me to sand you a Relation of that most eminent Cure of the King's Evil in this City, by the Prayers of King Charles the First. The Person that laboured under that Infirmity, was Robert Cole, well known in Winton, being a public Innkeeper, first of the Three Crowns, next of the Katherine Wheel, both Houses near the College of that place: 'Twas evident to all persons that he was highly Diseased, and great Scars remained as evidences of it after the Cure: His Throat was the place of his Soars, where there were great Wounds, and the increase of them gave the Man daily and just fears, that the passages for his Breath could not long continued whole and useful, he sought for relief by a Medicinal Water, which he received from an Apothecary of Sarum (I think he told me his name was Handcock) but as he, when alive, assured me, although the washing with that Water did keep the Wounds clean, yet it did not stop the increase nor the pains: He than in despair of all other help but from His Majesty's Touch, endeavoured to procure that means of God's mercy. But it being in the time when that Sacred Person was removed from the Isle of Wight, and brought through Winton (where this object of Charity dwelled) in order to the last of his Sufferings. There were Soldiers, Guards and Spies, sufficient for to prevent such a gracious Act, and those had malice enough to have hindered that Martyrs doing good if they could. The poor distressed Man, on bended knees, at that time in the presence made several Exclamations, and pressed nearer to the King that he might procure notice from him, praying still loudly, God save the King: which provoked those inhuman Attendants, to deal with the Petitioner as they did with their Sovereign, barbarously: They struck him, removed him, and allowed him no opportunity to come within the good King's reach: The only effect was, that the importunate cries of him which was impatient to be denied the last hopes of ease and life, made the good Prince observe him; and since he could not be hindered from reaching him with his Prayers, he gave the weak and now despairing Man his Blessing, in the like words to these: Friend, I see thou art not permitted to come near me, and I cannot tell what thou wouldst have, but God bless thee, and grant thy desire; after which, the diseased Man without the Kings stroking, was forced to return to the Liquor that he had formerly washed his Soars with: But although the Bottle that he kept it in had been secured in a Cupboard, and is to this day without any crack in it, yet the Water was much wasted: The next day he found a greater decrease in the Liquor, and so daily until it was dried up. At length, the Bottle became scabbed in its sides, and many Botches appeared in it, the glazing of the Bottle breaking of through the round bubbles or botches that arose in the Earth: And as these effects appeared in the Earthen Vessel, the Face and Throat of the Patient healed with equal speed. I myself knew the Man so whole, that the Scars were the greatest testimony that he ever suffered by that Disease. He was ever after freed from any running issue, or pain, unless at one time, when (as he told me) a Gentlewoman that saw the Bottle, attempted to pick of some of those Excrescences that budded out of its sides: After this, the places that had been affected in his Throat gave him new trouble and grief, but nothing was vented there, which being over, he lived above twenty years in ease, and in that Sickness of which he died, the King's Evil had no share.  
This practice of the Gentlewoman, and the fear of those times, made this R. Cole conceal the Bottle as much as he might do, jest it should be injured after he found his Face had a sympathy with it, or jest the Powers than domineering should demand it from him, he preserved it in a Woollen Bag, and although it might have been of great advantage to his Profession to have exposed it to his Customers, yet he regarded his Safety more than his Profit, and concealed it with all the Art he could; so that it was not seen but when an intimate Acquaintance extorted that respect from him, with good assurance that it should not be roughly handled; he being dead, the Bottle is until this day in the Hands of his Widow here in Winton, where there are many other Witnesses of this which you receive now from  
Your very faithful Servant, JO. NICHOLAS.  
At the same time I had this following at the College of Winton, given me by a Person of Quality: Of two men, both Father and Son, either of them being troubled with the Evil: The Father was touched by the late King and received Gold; the Son never was touched, neither did he ever receive any. The effect hereof was as followeth: The Father being distempered and ill, keeps the Gold about his own neck, which kept him in health, and gave him speedy ease and relief: The Son falling ill, he borrows his Father's Gold from his neck, and puts it about his own, which likewise gave him ease and relief. The Father after this by leaving his Gold, had his Distemper seized him afresh, and than took the Gold again, and this made it as readily vanish. And thus by the intercourse or change of Gold from Father to Son, and from Son to Father, whoever of them kept the Gold, was defended against any new approach or appearance of his Distemper; and this was kept and maintained by them for many years together.  
Another, not much unlike this, I had from John Hebden Esq whose Mother being healed by King Charles the First, of blessed memory, did in a very short time recover, and was healed of her Disease. She after this going over into Russia, where she afterwards dwelled, met there with one Mr. Heath, a Russia Merchant, who was likewise so extraordinarily troubled with the Evil, that he was said to be near eaten up with the same: And although he made all the means he possibly could to get over to England, to come to be touched by His late Sacred Majesty for the same, yet the illness of the Wether, and the badness of the Season prevented his designs. The great thing here remarkable is this, Madam Hebden lending this Merchant her Gold which she received from the King, and he for some time wearing the same about his neck, within a very small time after the use thereof, he found benefit, and upon his continuance of the same in use, he very speedily amended, and became so well, that he had not farther need of His Majesties Touch. The Lady herself is now alive, and ready to attest the truth hereof, as I had it from her Sons own hand.  
Mr. Foster, now an Inhabitant in Windsor, when he was about six years of Age, and perfectly blind for about two years, so that he could neither see Sun, Moon, Fire or Candle, who being perplexed also with many Scrofulous or Evil Swell about his Throat, and many others seizing his Face, Arm, Hands and Fingers; and after having spent much money with Physicians and Surgeons, to little purpose, was after all this brought to his late Sacred Majesty to be Healed, by the benefit whereof, within fourteen days, he presently recovered his sight; and his Swell which did frequently run into Suppuration and healed in several parts of his Body, were as speedily dried up, and he hath ever since remained sound without any appearance of relapse. This I had from himself this last Summer at Windsor, who I am certain will be ever ready to maintain the Truth thereof to his dying minute.  
There was a Woman Quaker which lived at Guildford in Surry, who being so perfectly blind, that she was robbed of all light and sight: She coming to Hampton-Court, where our late King was than a Prisoner, to be touched by His Sacred Majesty; so soon as she received the same, or within lesle than an hour after the reception thereof, she went down to the King's kitchen, and did there tell the number of Spits which were turning upon the Range, and did there fall down upon her knees, praying to God to forgive her for those evil thoughts she formerly had of her good King, by whom she had received this great Blessing. Mr. John Stephens of the King's Back-stairs, was an eye-witness of every part hereof, he being than at the Operation, and afterwards seeing her in the Kitchen: At this time the King did only put over her Neck a Silver Two pence, strung in a white Silk Ribbon; and this may prove, that other Metal used and employed by the Sacred Hand, does the same as Gold. All People which did here come to be touched had only Silver given to them, and yet most of them known to be cured; and such as failed thereof, happened chief from their unbelief and incredulity. Mr. Henry Ewer, four years of age, was brought by the former Mr. Stephens to be touched by His late Sacred Majesty at Hampton-Court at the same time; his Eyes being so sore and illaffected, that he could not look upon any Fire, or behold the light of the Sun or Moon, they were so weak and troublesome to him: within a Month or six Weeks after his being healed by the King, he was seen perfectly discharged from his pain, and recovered to admiration, and lived many years free from all trouble: Both these Mr. Stephens is ready to maintain, if at any time he may be questioned about the same.  
Mr. Halford, one of His Majesty's Heralds, tells me this following of one Helena pain of Windsor, who having the Evil in that measure as it made her Blind; this bred from a great Rheum and defluxion of her Eyes, with which she was perplexed for several years together. King Charles' the First being than a Prisoner in Windsor, and commanded thence by the Regicides to London; this poor Woman pressed to be touched by His Sacred Majesty as he was passing over the Bridge, and presumed to take hold of his Coat, humbly supplicating His Majesty's Sacred touch: The good King tells her he had no Gold; she still begs for Christ Jesus sake, that he would grant her His gracious Touch; the which she having received, within three days after she grew well and recovered, and did after that retain her Sight to her dying day.  
Another old Man came to my Lodgings at Windsor this last Summer, who told me, That he having been Lame for several Years together, so that he could neither go or stand; he being brought to our late King, of Blessed Memory, to be touched at Windsor, he thereupon soon amended, and recovered his strength to that capacity as I than saw him in, and hath had the use of his Limbs ever since to admiration.  
Mr. Presgrave, one of His Majesty's Sergeants at Arms, told me this following remarkable History of a Gentlewoman, who was troubled for several years with the Evil, who also had divers running Soars about her Arm, she being a Nonconformist and Dissenter from our Church, and having very little Faith of His Majesty's Touch; but at length, by very great persuasions of her Friends who had found benefit thereof, by their earnest persuasions did gain of her, if possible, to procure His Majesties Touch for the same. This being in the time of our late King, of Blessed Memory, when he was at Hampton-Court; she goes thither and was healed by him, she having received His Majesty's gracious Touch, and a piece of Silver about her Neck, immediately grew better, and within a small time afterwards perfectly recovered, so that her Soars dried up, and she acquitted from all running Issues. But as a very strange Remark hereof, upon the day of our Blessed Sovereign's cruel Martyrdom, her Sores broke out afresh, she being in the Country and hearing nothing of the same: But within a small while after they healed up again, and she appeared very well without any appearance of Relapse.  
Mr. Seymour Bowman sent these two remarkable Histories in a Letter to me; the which, because I design to Print nothing but Truth, I do here present the Reader with a true Copy of the same: The truth of which he is ever ready to justify.  
Sir,  
TO add to that great Treasure which I understand you are Enriching the World with, give me leave to contribute two Mites, which may be thus far grateful to you, because they are upon my own knowledge. In the Year _____ when the great Treaty was between the late King and Parliament at the Isle of Wight (whether my occasions than called me) His Majesty coming home one Evening from the Treaty-house, a Daughter of one Mr. Stephens (I think his name was) a Citizen of Winchester, was touched for the Evil in her Eye, which as soon as His Majesty had done he went to Prayers, (Dr. Hinchman and Dr. Sanderson, since Bishops of London and Lincoln, officiating) in which time her Eye flew open; at which she herself being surprised, told her Mother, who joyfully at the end of Prayers proclaimed it as a Miracle; upon hearing whereof, I asked the Girl about it, she told me she had been blind more than a Fortnight, and Mr. Serjeant Paynter, than chief Chirurgeon in Waiting, assured me he looked upon her Eye to be in great danger. By this time it arrived at His Majesty's Ear, who came to the Girl as I stood by her, and in my hearing asked her how long her Eye had been closed; she answered, above a Fortnight: Do you see now, said the King? to which she replied (putting her hand on her other Eye) I see your Majesty; I see any thing about the Room; at which His Majesty pausing awhile, with a kind of Venerable admiration, took her by the hand and kissed her.  
At my return from the Island, I lodged at Calshot-Castle (which is about the midway to Southampton) with my Friend Captain Peter Bettesworth, than Governor, who shown me a young Man, whom he told me had been infirm with the Evil in his Thigh for nine years, that it was very unpleasant to behold, the Flesh being rotten away to the very bone, so that more than two pounds of flesh (by computation) could not equal one Thigh with the other, and for three years he went with Crutches; so that when he went to the Island to be touched, it was very troublesome for him to go in or out of the Boat, as both himself, his Father and Mother acquainted me. This very night after the King had Touched him, and put a shilling about his Neck which he brought with him, and shown me, his Tents, which were of a very great bigness, fell out of his Wounds, and could not be kept in: In three days he quitted his Crutches, and made use of a Staff only. In three Weeks he was able to play at Nine pins and run after his Bowl, and in lesle than a year he went to Newfoundland as a Seaman.  
Sir, If you please to insert these amongst the rest of your Miranda, I do assure you they are undoubtedly true, upon the knowledge of,  
Sir, Your affectionate Friend and Servant, Seymour Bowman. Dukes-head Bedford-street, Dec. 16. 82.  
From Mistress Booky near Charing-Cross London, I had this following of one Mistress West, the Daughter of Sir John Jacob, who being extraordinarily afflicted with the Evil, and perplexed with many running Sores when she was young, and having spent several Hundreds of Pounds upon Physicians, Surgeons, and the like, all which pretended to give her Cure, which never being effected, (her Mother being very willing to use all means for her recovery, having no great Opinion of His Majesty's Sacred Touch;) but Sir John her Father seeing all their Remedies failed, and small hopes of amendment could be expected by their Methods, resolves to use all imaginable means to procure His late Majesty's Sacred Touch for her, by waiting on Him when He was at Holmby-House in order to the same. The which he having obtained of His Sacred Majesty, bringing with him his own Gold, which the good King was pleased to put over her Neck; she leaving of her Plasters she formerly made use of, and keeping her Sores clean as she was directed by His Majesty's Order, her Sores soon healed of themselves, and she speedily grew strong and well, who for some time had been so weak and infirm, that she could scarce stand or go. Some years after, she leaving of her Gold, her Disease seized her afresh, by gathering again in one of her Eyes, which proved both very painful and troublesome, her Head swelling also to a very vast bigness, and in few days she grew perfectly blind again. Her Father seeing this strange and frightful change, inquires the reason thereof, and finding her not wearing the Gold about her Neck which had been given her, did attribute this new and fresh appearance of pain and swelling to her want of the same. And although it was some time before the Gold could be found, he not knowing at present what was become thereof; yet by diligent search afterwards finding it again, and he putting it over her Neck, and she wearing the same, her Swell suddenly vanished, she recovered her sight, and has the use of both her Eyes to this day, being in perfect health.  
This following was sent me from a very good Friend of Mr. Bowmans'.  
Mr. Browne,  
HEaring you are Publishing a Book of the strange Cures done by His late and present Majesty concerning the Evil, give me leave to acquaint you with a remarkable Cure done upon my own Son, about three years of age, the Disease being so in his Eyes and Face, that he appeared troublesome to the Beholders, and a very uneasy Object to himself: But he being touched with a Handkerchief dipped in the late King's Blood, lent him by one Mayor Gouge, a Commander than in the Parliament Army, he was in 14 days perfectly cured of his Disease. And this I aver under my Hand,  
ROGER TURNER. From my House in Cursiters-Alley, Octob. 27. 1682.  
This Letter was brought me by a very good Friend, and a Person of Quality, who desired my inserting of the same.  
I proceed now to some of those marvellous Cures done by His late Majesty's precious Blood, where at this day, as true Devoters to His Sacred Memory, there are many that have affirmed wondered Cures performed by the same. And one remark hereof, is that of a Woman at Deptford near London, who was cured of her blindness, and many other Infirmities, she only being Touched with a Handkerchief which had been distained with His late Majesty's precious Blood.  
Dr. Francis Thompson, D. D. and Chaplain in Ordinary to His Majesty, gives me this following Observation under his own Hand▪ where he writes, That being at Hadham with Mr. King, one of His Majesty's Pensioners, and going thither to Sir Richard Atkins his House, where he observing a good Picture of a young Lady, Sir Richard told him it was one of his Daughters deceased, of whom he had a very remarkable Story to tell him, which was as follows: That a little before the King's Restauration, his Daughter having a Swelling in her upper Lip, for which he had consulted several of the most eminent Physicians of the City of London, who at last concluded it to be the Evil, and advised him to go to the King than at Breda or Brussels, to be cured; whereupon preparing for his Voyage, he happened to discourse Sir Orlando Bridgeman's Lady, who intimated to him, that there were hopes of the Kings saving him his intended Journey; and that however in the mean time, she would accommodate him with a Handkerchief or Cloth dipped in His Sacred Majesty's Blood, which had done several Cures, which certainly could do his Daughter no hurt, and if he would promise' to restore it, she would lend him it, to see if it might succeed accordingly with his Daughter as it had with others; upon which he received the same, and his Daughter frequently tapping her Lip therewith about a week or ten days, or thereabouts, by God's blessing, and the use thereof, she was perfectly cured to admiration.  
From Sir John Pettus I had this following of Madam Bowyar, who having for many years been troubled with the Evil, and finding no ease by any Medicine whatsoever, she not having the happiness to come at our late Sacred King, of Blessed Memory, to be Touched: and understanding of his barbarous Martyrdom designed, she used all imaginable means, and applied her best Interest to gather or collect a little of his precious Blood; the which she having obtained in a piece of Tiffany, did wear the same about her Neck, and within a very small time after her use of the same, she was perfectly discharged from her Disease, and hath ever since continued well, and is still alive to confirm the truth thereof: And when she had found this great efficacy thereof on herself, she lent several pieces of the fame, which had been likewise distained with this precious Blood, and where ever they were applied to Kings Evil Swell, they were seen suddenly to retreat; and such as made use thereof, were as speedily and successively cured to admiration.  
Since my reception of the aforenamed History from Dr. Thompson, I had this his Letter sent me, wherein as a farther vindication of the former, he gives me two others, as follows;  
Sir,  
ACcording to your desire, I sand you in brief the Import of what we discoursed, abridged of some Circumstances; viz. That I being with Mr. King, one of His Majesty's Prisoners at Sir Richard Atkins his House, when at Hadham: He told us, That one of His Daughters had a Swelling on her upper Lip, which the eminent Physicians of London concluded was the Evil, and accordingly advised him to repair than to the King at Brussels (or Breda) for Cure. But while he was preparing for his Voyage, he happened to receive a Cloth dipped in the late King's Blood, from the Right Honourable the Lady Bridgman (being famous for many Cures) whereby his Daughters Swelling was perfectly abated within a Week or ten Days, by God's Blessing, only upon her frequent tapping the affected place with the said Cloth. Since I told you this, I had it confirmed by my Lady Bridgman in Person, and by another parallel instance; That in a few days it cured a young Lady near related to her Ladyship (whose name must be suppressed) of a Swelling also on her upper Lip, by dabbing it only with the same Sacred Gore, being a little wetted therewith.  
To which I may add, what I lately heard from an honest Loyal Citizen, of very good reputation in St. Laurence Lane, that a person went from his House so blinded with the Evil, that he could not discern a Door-place in the Room, when he went out of it, and yet that very Afternoon walked without direction from White-Hall to his house, after he had been touched by his present Majesty, whom God long preserve; and that he knew several others touched, and every one cured.  
This is all at present from, Sir, Your assured Friend and humble Servant, Francis Thompson. From my House in Silverstreet near Woodstreet, London, Dec. 21. 1682.  
There was a Scotch Merchant, who made it his business every Spring and Fall to bring People from Scotland and Newcastle, troubled with the Evil, to the King where ever he was in his Troubles; as at Brussels, Breda, Bruges, Anwerp, and the like; and before his return from the King, he generally acquainted Sergeant Haynes of His Majesty's Chapel (from whom I had this observation) how those Persons were which he carried back with him, after they had been Touched: Amongst the rest of which, he related this remarkable Story, of one amongst the rest that came who was refused a Ticket by the Chief Chirurgeon than in Waiting (where he assured him, that all such who had obtained His Majesty's Touch, received Cure therewith): But this poor Man being denied the Touch of the King, by reason of the Surgeons not giving him a Ticket, telling him, He had more need of an Hospital than of His Majesty's Favour; affirming, That his Disease had more of the Pox than of the Evil in it: And he making great complaint to Sergeant Haynes of his hard measure, with many protestations of his Innocency with all or any Womankind, and that he should think himself utterly undone if he might not receive the honour of his Majesties Touch with the rest of his Companions, desiring nothing more, they all bringing their own Gold with them. The Sergeant having more pity on him than the Chirurgeon, made his application to Dr. Earls on his behalf, that he would please to move the King for his being Healed; the which having done, and the King granting his desire, The next time the Merchant came to the King with fresh People, he acquainted the Sergeant, that this poor man was perfectly recovered; and although his face was so monstrous to view, and accompanied with many deplorable and fetid Ulcers, that he was forced to cover them with green Silk, yet he received that great measure of health by His Sacred Majesty, as any one could expect to enjoy.  
When the King was at Brussels, there was a Daughter or two of the Marquis of Carasceens, who was Governor of the Spanish Netherlands, which were brought to be healed by the King for their Evil; both which, within a very little space of time after the reception thereof recovered to admiration: At the same time Serjeant Haynes told me, That not only Scotch, Irish, English, but several French, Spanish, Dutch, and Walloons, who were troubled with this Disease, were all healed by his excellent Healing Faculty.  
From Dr. William pain of Winton, I had this following Narration sent me under his own hand: That he being to wait upon Dr. Erles, Lord Bishop of Sarum, and discoursing of the Evil, Dr. Erles told him, That when he was in Holland with the King, there was brought on a Bed a very infirm Woman, so weakened with that Disease, that they were all unwilling to suffer her to be brought to His Majesty's presence: The Surgeons were very much against it also, and Dr. Erles himself did much dissuade it, jest she should dye under His Majesty's hand, as was very much feared. But upon the Woman's earnest desire, they did acquaint His Majesty with her condition and with her request: His Majesty was pleased to permit her to be brought in, and did touch her, none ever thinking to see her alive again. Dr. Earls, a few days after walking in the streets, did meet this Woman with a large Basket of Fruit upon her head; he enquired of her the way to some place whither he had occasion to go: The Woman knowing him because he did attend at her Healing, did presently set down her Basket of Fruit, and said, M●yn Heer, Meyn Heer, God bless your good King, and God bless you, I am the Woman that was brought to your King to be Touched such a day, naming the time, and see how God hath blest me with success beyond all hopes, that I am so soon perfectly well and strong as you now see me. This Dr. pain had from Dr. Erles own mouth, and doth attest the Relation thereof to be true, as he shall answer before God. And as a second Vindication hereof, when I read the same to the aforementioned Mr. Sergeant Haynes, he tells me he can justify the truth hereof, he at the same time waiting upon Dr. Earls beyond Sea.  
A poor Man that came out of England to Bruges to be touched in Flanders for the Evil, by the King when he was there, having a neck as big as four or five necks, and his Head very monstrous: He being touched by His Sacred Majesty, and washing himself with the Water. By that time this Man reached Rotterdam, onwards on his Journey to his return for England, staying there two or three days, he sent a Letter thence to Mr. Serjeant Knight than in waiting, that he was discharged from his Swell, his Neck abated of his Tumour, and by the advantage of his Touch, he received perfect health and cure. Mr. Tho: Morley, Avenor to his Royal Highness the Duke of York, gave me this Observation, being both an Eye-witness of this Touch, as also of the Letter sent to Mr. Knight being than at Bruges.  
I could mention many other Cures performed by His Sacred Majesty in his Exile beyond Sea; but I now proceed to several Cures acted by Him since His happy Restauration.  
After the Kings Return from abroad, and entering His Royal Throne, where there were frequent Healings at His first coming, as sometimes three in a week, and these in great multitudes, as six hundred at a time, Mr. Sergeant Haynes tells me he hath observed amongst the rest that many which have been brought perfectly blind to the King to be Touched, who having received the same, have been seen suddenly cured, and freed from their Distempers.  
One Mr. Edward's, in the Parish of Curry-rivall in Somersetshire, who being sorely afflicted with the Evil, that both the sides of his Face were Scrophulated and Ulcerated, he being hereby not only made a sad spectacle to view, but his Eyes also made blind therewith, so much that he could scarce see the Sun or Moon, he coming up to London at His Majesty's happy Restauration, in order to be healed by His Sacred Majesty, within six weeks after His reception of the same, he was seen so whole, that his Eyes regained a perfect sight, and his Face was covered with new Flesh like that of a young Child, and lived many years afterwards without any relapse. This I had from Mr. Alford of His Majesty's Chapel, who will always be ready to make good the same.  
Mr. Butler Minister tells me of a Countryman, who having a Daughter very much troubled with the Evil, she being about twelve years of age, about the time of His Majesty's first coming into England, she being for some time made blind therewith, this Countryman getting her Touched by our Sacred King, she not sooner received the same, but her Eyes immediately opened, she looked upon the King, and that very hour she was touched she received cure, and hath ever since continued in perfect health. This he had from the Father of the Child who was thus miraculously cured.  
The same Mr. Butler tells me, that within a small time after our Kings coming into England, Elias Ashmole Esq comptroller of the Excise, acquainted him with this following Observation, of one Arrice Evans, who than went generally by the name of Evans the Prophet, who being troubled with a very despicable and blasted Face, so that it was not only nauseous to view, but very fetid of smell, he coming to Mr. Ashmole to request the favour of his getting him touched by His Majesty for the same, he utterly refused it, not thinking him a fit person to approach His Majesty's Presence; and being stripped of all hope or advantage from him, as also from many others which he had endeavoured to procure: He being utterly denied the attaining the favour of the King's Presence by any interest of Friends, at last resolves with himself (with an assured Faith, that if His Majesty did but touch him he should speedily recover) to attend the Kings coming by him in the usual Walks he takes in St. James' Park; the King at length coming that way, his Face being covered with a Read Cloth, the which he lifted up till he saw the King near him, which he afterwards letting fall down, cries out, I am ' Rise Evans. The King coming nearer him with his Attendants which waited on Him, some of them told His Majesty that he was His Majesty's Prophet; the King coming at him, he knelt down, and cries, God bless Your Majesty: The good King gives him His Hand to Kiss, and he rubbing his ulcerated and scabbed Nose therewith, which was plentifully stocked with purulent and fetid matter: within two days after his reception of His Majesty's sacred favour, the abovesaid Mr. Ashmole saw this Evans cured, and his ulcered Nose dried up and healed. This Mr. Butler tells me he had it from Mr. Ashmole's own mouth.  
From Mistress Watson in Kingstreet Westminster, I received this of her own Daughter, who was so severely afflicted with the Evil, and her Swell did arise to that bulk, that they very often threatened her suffocation, by too close compressing the Windpipe, she using several means, and all fruitless, at length gets her touched by our Sacred King; and when all other remedies failed her, at His first touch her Swell abated, she found speedy ease and relief, and within a short time perfectly was cured and discharged from her Fears and tumors.  
From John Plummer Esq of Windsor I had this, of his own Child, who being put to Nurse to one Harsnetts Wife of New-Windsor, who was herself troubled with the Evil, after his Child had for some time sucked her Milk, she sucked her Distemper therewith also: The Child being Touched the last Summer by the King for its Distemper, did immediately recover thereupon. The great remark hereof is this, That when the Child left the Nurse's Breast, she herself fell ill, and grew weak, and for want of her being Touched as well as the Child, she died of the same Distemper within a small while after the Child had left her.  
Mr. George Peryn, Gentleman-Harbinger to His Majesty, gives me this Observation of a Maid coming from Portsmouth, the King's Bvilder's Daughter, who was so miserably afflicted with the Evil, and a Person so deplorable to view, that she affrighted her Spectators; she coming to Windsor to be Touched, and getting to see the King at Dinner, her Face being uncovered, and she being taken notice of, was forced speedily to quit her place. This sad Object being within few days Touched by our Sacred King, she suddenly amended after it, and her Face grew so whole, (which was furnished with many Ulcers) that there were but very few marks left of her former miserable aspect.  
From the Earl of Starling I had this following, who told me his second Son being much troubled with a Scrofulous Swelling in his upper lip, having had the best advice he could procure from the most eminent Physicians and Surgeons to consult and advice about the same, they not giving him any appearance of Cure, advised his Lordship to get his Son Touched by the King for the same; the which some small while after he obtained: he not sooner received His Majesty's Touch, but received immediate ease therewith, and he hath remained well ever since.  
From the Mayor of Wickham I had this, who having a Son about five years of age very much troubled with the Evil, that he was blind, and could not see, with a hard Swelling on his upper Lip, and finding no good by all other means he used, he brought his Son to Windsor to be Touched; which so soon as he had received, his Eyes amended, the Swelling of his Lip abated, and he in a very short time restored to health, the which he hath ever since enjoyed without any relapse.  
Sir Roger Hasnet, eldest Sergeant at Arms to His Majesty, tells me of a Child of six years of age, who having several Evil Swell about her Neck and Throat, and so perfectly blind that she could neither see the light of the Candle, Fire, or Sun, she coming to Whitehal to be Touched, she having been formerly Touched and lost her Gold, her Distemper seizing her again, upon her second Healing by His Majesty, and new Gold given, her Swell speedily vanished, and within two hours were seen to leave her, and in fourteen days she was perfectly restored to her former health. Sir Roger undertook her second Touch, and saw the effects thereof, and will satisfy any man which may question the truth thereof.  
Mr. Thomas, Clerk of His Majesty's Kitchen, acquainted me with this following remarkable Observation, which was of a poor Girl which came out of the North miserably afflicted with the Evil, to be Touched by His Sacred Majesty; she was so perfectly blind that she was lead to Whitehal, having no sight at all: she having been healed by the King, the Film which covered and obstructed her sight did immediately break: after her Touching, she asked her Mother, Whether she were her Mother? telling her she could see her. After this she went without any help out of the Banqueting-house at Whitehal, and within a little while after the Healing, he saw this Child play with other Children before the moving Wardrobe at Whitehal; and this he is ready to confirm as well as affirm.  
John Hebden Esq tells me his Lady, who after a long time having made use of Physicians and Surgeons to little purpose, and being by their methods brought so low, that she was not able to go or stand for two or three months together, she being brought in a Chair to the Banqueting-house at Whitehal to be healed by His Sacred Majesty for the Evil, she not sooner received the same, but immediately found a very great change in herself, and with the reception thereof she likewise received a new strength therewith, so that she walked without any help to the Banqueting-house Door, which could not stir or go for two or three months before, and amended speedily upon it, and she in a very short time arrived at that degree of health, that she grew every day stronger, and is now as well as ever she was in her whole life.  
He likewise at the same time acquainted me of a Neighbouring Fanatic of his at Battersey, who having five Children, and all of them troubled with the Evil at once, the Parents using several means, but all proving ineffectual, one of these Children being got Touched by His Sacred Majesty, by His means did immediately recover of her distemper: all the other for want of the same blessing and benefit, died of the like Disease.  
Sir Lionel Waldens Son tells me of one Markham, who having several Running Sores under his Arm, whence issued out much stinking matter, and a very large Swelling on his Face, he being several years so weak that he could neither go or ride, he being Touched by the King at Windsor, in lesle than fourteen days he was discharged from his Swell, his running Sores dried up, and he hath ever since continued well and sound.  
From Mr. Robert Muryell of Cambridge I had this following, concerning his Brother who there lived, who having for several years been troubled with Strumous Swell along his Neck and Throat, he being healed by the King at Newmarket, his Swell speedily vanished, and hath ever since continued in health, and that this Distemper hath for many years gone along in the Family: he told me of fifteen of his Relations which were afflicted with the Evil, and every one cured by His Majesty's gracious Touch; and amongst the rest he likewise assured me that one of his Brethrens, who was a Student in Trinity-college Cambridge, who leaving of his Gold, his Swell did speedily show themselves; but not sooner was his Gold put on again, but they were likewise found as readily to vanish.  
Mr. Thomas Dunckly, belonging to His Majesty's Closet, assures me that one Mistress Dorothy Philip's, who was miserably vexed with the Evil for many years, and had a very large Strumous Swelling in her left Breast, which afterwards turned to a Scrofulous Ulcer, so large, that he told me he could put his hand thereinto, she being in a very weak and deplorable condition, not able for above six months together to bring her Waistcoat together; and when she had tired all the Physicians and Surgeons she made use of about her Disease, she by Dr. Barwick was advised to go to be healed by the King; Mr. Dunckly gets her Touched, which happened on a Friday; the Monday following she went down to Loughburrow in Leicestshire, and returned back in a month very well and cured, without any outward application, or inward Physic, and is at this day very well, living at the Old Change in London.  
Dr. Johnson of Brantry, Rural Dean of Bocking, sending another poor Woman to Mr. Dunckly, in order to his getting her Touched by the King for the Evil, which Woman was perfectly blind therewith for above four Months before, so as she was led up and down about the House by her Mother; and whenever she went to Church, her Mother was forced to lead her thither: This Woman, within a Month after she had been healed by His Majesty, she regained her Sight, and was in that happy condition, that she evermore led her Mother afterwards to Church.  
Mr. John Stephens of His Majesty's Back-stairs, acquaints me of a Gun-Smith in Winchester, who being a Quaker, and very much troubled with the Evil in his Neck, he coming to him to desire the procuring him a Ticket, in order to his being healed by the King: Not sooner had this Quaker this Ticket given him, but he tells Mr. Stephen's his Faith was so small, that he did not believe the Kings Touch could much help him, or that there was any Power or Virtue therein, but resolved notwithstanding to make use of his Favour. This Quaker not sooner sees the King, but his Spirits immediately raised to a higher degree of Faith, and begot a greater belief in him, telling Mr. Stephens that his mind was quite altered, and he was certain His Majesty would heal him. This Quaker, within lesle than 48 hours after his being Touched, was very much amended, and before he could get home, was wholly discharged from his Swell in his Neck: and as a public acknowledgement to Almighty God for his great Cure, he went to the Cathedral Church at Winchester the first Sunday following, to pay his public Thanks: And when he heard the King prayed for, he was taken notice of being more concerned than at any other part of the Prayers, by lifting up his Hands as a greater and more sincere acknowledgement of the extraordinary Blessing he lately received, and is and hath ever since remained a true Son of the Church.  
Marmaduke Ling, in the Parish of Northpetherton in Somersetshire, being a School-fellow of the same Mr. John Stephens, did likewise desire him to procure a Ticket (from Mr. Serjeant Paynter than chief Chirurgeon in waiting) for him, he having so large a Scrofulous Swelling in his Face, being very hard, and monstruously extended, that he scared knew him; he being touched by his Sacred Majesty, within 14 days after his Swelling grew soft, and every day became more and more pliable, so that in six Weeks time it was like the other side of his Face: And in two years after Mr. Stephens saw him in Somersetshire there perfectly well. This and the former, he is ready to make good, when ever asked thereof.  
A Servant-maid of my Mothers-in-law▪ living at Enfield, who having a very ill constitution of Body, accompanied with many Scrophulated Swell, and Evil Ulcers, and running Sores in both her Legs, being both very noisome and foetid; she having made use of many Surgeons and others, but without any relief; ask my advice, I ordered her to come up to London to be Touched by the King for the same; the which she not sooner received, but found immediate ease, her running Soars soon dried up, and in a small while her Swell abated; she leaving of her Gold, her Swell began to appear again, as also a new vent of running, and she herself became disordered: She craving my advice the second time, I ordered her evermore to keep her Gold about her Neck, and ever since she followed my advice, she has had no further appearance of running Issue, Relapse, or Trouble.  
A Nonconformists Wife, having more Faith in her than her unbelieving Husband, being very much troubled with the Evil, was brought to the King, in my waiting this last Summer at Windsor, to be Touched; who although she daily desired her Husband she might come before, she was evermore denied the same, he telling her it was a piece of Superstition, and that there was no more Virtue in the Kings Touch than in another Man's: Her Husband's occasions calling him to take a Journey, she resolves, if possible, to be healed by the King, and was brought into the Presence, she not being able to walk up. I have it for certain, That as her Faith was stronger than her Husbands, so the Effects thereof were as prevalent, whereupon she presently amended, and received great help and comfort. I should be evermore of this Woman's belief, had I been in her condition, and should always desire with Dr. Fuller, that I might gain the favour of His Majesty's Sacred Touch, and the happiness of being Healed by him; where I aught also to join gratitude to God the Author, and all humble thanks to His Sacred Majesty the Instrument of my recovery.  
I having the great Honour of first waiting on His Sacred Majesty at his Chapel Royal at Windsor on my Knee, at which time was above forty miserable and charitable objects of Charity, as both Scotch, Welsh, Irish, and English, which were troubled with the Evil; many or most of which did found present ease and cure: Amongst the rest, I shall presume to present this as a public Remark of that days Healing; which was in a Child about six or seven years old, being one of His Majesty's Carriers at Windsor, who having a very large Swelling of his Neck, which was but little before brought to Mr. James Molins, His Majesty's Chirurgeon, and me to behold; we both advised a Caustick to be applied thereto, the Matter which being therein contained being deeply lodged: But without following our advice, this healing happening a few days after, I gave him a Ticket in order to his Child's being Touched; the which the Child having received, the Swelling the very next day did break, and Matter daily issued thence which lessened its bulk, and in a short time I saw the Child perfectly whole, and discharged from the Swelling.  
A young Child of Mr. Bradlyes', near Charing-Cross, being by me brought to the King to be healed at a private Healing at White-Hall, amongst some others, where I only waited; being troubled with the Evil in her Eyes, which proved very troublesome and irksome to her, very near spoiling her sight, and who could scarce get any Nutriment into her Mouth, which very often threatened her suffocation: This Child within six days after her being touched by the King, her sight amended, the hot Rheum in her Eyes abated, and her Mouth, which was so troublesome to her, became well, and she in a very short space perfectly cured.  
Mr. James Hollyer, the Son of the famous Mr. Tho. Hollyer Chirurgeon, and my Master, who being troubled with the Evil, and having several running Ulcers which could not be cured by his Father's best Art, all imaginable means proving ineffectual, he being at length touched by our Sacred King, his Sores suddenly dried up, and never any appearance of relapse have since happened to him.  
Elizabeth Williams having the Evil in her Eyes for many years, which made them sore by their continual gleet, for which she had used many Medicines to little purpose, she being Touched by the King for the same, did presently found ease, speedily recovered, and continues now in health.  
Benjamin Fuller having a cold Tumour which seized his Elbow, in so much that he could not lift his Hand to his Mouth, nor remove it from any place without the assistance of his other, he having received His Majesty's gracious Touch, did speedily amend, and became very well soon after he had received the same.  
Henry Onsly in St. Thomas Hospital had very large Ulcers about him like Honey-Combs, which gave him that pain that he took no rest for many days and nights; that very day he was Touched by the King for his Distemper, he found ease, slept well that night, his Sores soon healed up, and he to admiration hath ever since continued well and sound.  
Carington Bransell, a poor Seaman, who having a cold Swelling in his Hands, that all the Tendons and Ligaments thereof were supposed thereby to be foul, he upon receiving His Majesty's gracious Touch, recovered from his Swell by its abating and lessening itself every day, and in a short time after used his Hand, and grew perfectly well. These five last I had from the abovesaid Mr. Molins' Kinsman, left me under his Hand, and sent me from his Master.  
Dr. Eton tells me of two Women walking together near Oxford, which had lately come from London, with the Daughter of one of them, who had for some time been perfectly blind with the Evil, That day she received His Majesty's Touch, she at Dinner so well recovered her sight, that she having a Handkerchief shown her, she could tell what it was: These two Women told the Doctor with abundance of Joy this History, with thanks for the great blessing the Daughter lately received by His Majesty's Sacred Hand.  
There's also another remarkable Observation brought to me of our Sovereign's late Touch here at Whitehal, just before he went to Newmarket this last Meeting, where amongst the rest, a Child of an Innkeepers in Holborn, having for some considerable time been perfectly blind, so that she could neither see Sun or Moon, or the Light, who upon His Majesty's gracious Touch, the same Child recovered her sight, the which she keeps, and is very well at the writing hereof.  
One Thomas Costland, (as another remark of His Majesty's favour) living near Oxford, and having many Strumous Swell about his Neck, for which he had been touched and cured; but upon leaving of his Gold, his Swell seized him afresh: the Gold being new strung, and put again about his Neck, his Swell suddenly abated, and he to his dying day continued ever after in health, without any appearance of relapse. This also I received from the aforesaid Doctor Eton.  
From Dr. White I had this following of a Woman in La●●born in Berkshire, who being so grievously troubled with the Evil, that it made her so blind, that she could not see cross the Table; she having been touched for the same by the King, within lesle than fourteen days she recovered her sight, so that she could distinguish between every one at the Table; and she every day so mightily amended, that in a short space of time she perfectly regained her sight to admiration.  
From Madam Waterman, His Majesty's late Physicians Lady, I had this following Observation of a Person of Quality, who was much troubled with the Evil in her Eyes, as also many running Soars behind her Ears; for the curing both of which, all imaginable means were used before (His Majesty's happy Restauration) by the most eminent Physicians and Surgeons in London: She by all their skill and advice no whit growing better, but having some appearance of help by longer use of their Medicines, and did purchase greater hopes than she expected, at length advanced to a very great measure of Cure; but this continued no long time: Some Years after His Majesty's happy return into England, her Distemper seized afresh in her Eyes, and by my Lady Ivyes advice used several Remedies (who for some miles was sent for to advice about the same) but she using several means to as little effect as the former, she being evermore compelled to keep in the dark, or close place, where she could not endure the sight of the light, not being able to walk in or out of the House without leading, no ways capable of enduring the light of the Sun or Fire, or the very appearance of Day. This Lady being touched by our Sacred King, within two days after could endure the light without trouble; and in a Weeks time she received that miraculous Change (that she without any further help) could walk abroad by herself without any help or assistance, and hath ever since continued free from any further Distemper, although it hath been above fifteen or sixteen Years since she received his Majesty's gracious Touch.  
The aforesaid Lady tells us likewise of Sir Nicholas Tucks two Children, who both were also much troubled with the Evil; the one with running Soars behind her Ears, which were not to be cured by the utmost of Art; the other with soar Eyes, and an extraordinary Rheum: Both these being touched by His Sacred Majesty the last Summer at Windsor, received immediate Cure; as I had from the abovementioned Ladies own Lips.  
The Daughter also of the Honoured Dr. Waterman, being much troubled with the Evil in her Throat, and Swelling, which proved very troublesome to her, so that for some time she was not able to hold up her Head, or move the same without pain; she likewise being touched for the same by His Sacred Majesty, within a few days after it, she much amended, and hath ever since continued well: But she, upon leaving of her Gold for some time, she felt new Pains and Swell, but no sooner had she put the same Gold on again, but her Pain and Swelling abated, and found as speedy a Recovery, as the want of the same gave her fresh fears of its return.  
This following I received also from the aforesaid Mistress Elizabeth Bookey, which was of a near Relation of her own, of a Child of about two years old, who having very many troubles upon her, as Fevers, Agues, Vomitings, and other Illness about that time of her Age; for which advice being asked from the most eminent Physicians, one amongst the rest judged it to be an Evil humour cruising about her Body; others were of another Opinion, she being for some time kept under the Physicians hands for some years; about the seventh Year of her age, the Humour gathered afresh upon or very near her left Breast, which was so violent that it drew the child crooked, and made her to bend like a Bow: this sore was opened and dressed by an eminent Chirurgeon of our City of London; it being for some time kept open, at length healed up of a sudden, but it very quickly gathered again inwardly: The Relations than remembering the opinion of one of the most eminent Physicians who had formerly been consulted, & that he supposed it to be an Evil humour, or the same Humour that begets the same Disease, used all imaginable means of having her Touched by the King: But he that had the most immediate care of her, said it was the Evil, and if it were, it was not Touching that could help her, but it must be other means that must effect her Cure. The Relations not being herewith satisfied, they carried the Child to Mr. Serjeant Knight, Sergeant Chirurgeon to His Majesty, who was of opinion that it was not the Evil: A year or two after, this Distemper seized her Eyes, where she met with such a violent Rheum, that it not only blistered her Eyes, but made Scars also in her Face: They made their second Address than to His Majesty's Chirurgeon, who seeing the Disease so apparently discovered its self, that she had a Ticket, and was touched by His Sacred Majesty; the which she not sooner had received, but she immediately found ease in her Eyes, and hath continued very well for these last ten years together, except upon leaving of her Gold, whereupon she saith she hath met with some small illness in her Eyes, which upon putting her Gold on again, hath as suddenly vanished.  
The Healing before the King's last meeting at New-market, which was in March, before he left the City there was a very poor Country Woman brought in a Chair to be healed, which could neither go nor stand: His Majesty affording her His Royal Touch, she suddenly thereupon amended; the day following she was able to walk about the Room; and in two days after she was so perfectly recovered, that she went into the Country freed from her former Sickness, and discharged from her Scrophulated Swell.  
At the same Healing another young Woman which was very near blind, and very much disturbed with Strumous Swell, and had also several running Soars about her, she being touched than also by the King, received perfect Remedy by the Royal Favour of his Sacred Hand. Both these, I myself was Eye-witness of, and therefore do confidently assert the truth thereof.  
Being in the Society of many Persons of Quality, I had this remarkahle following Observation from an eminent Person of this strange Cure. A Nonconformists Child in Norfolk, being troubled with Scrofulous Swell, the late deceased Sir Thomas Brown of Norwich being consulted about the same, His Majesty being than at Breda or Bruges, he advised the Parents of the Child to have it carried over to the King (his own Method being used ineffectually:) the Father seemed very strange at his advice, and utterly denied it, saying, The Touch of the King was of no greater efficacy than any other Mans. The Mother of the Child adhering to the Doctor's advice, studied all imaginable means to have it over, and at last prevailed with her Husband to let it change the Air for three Weeks or a Month; this being granted, the Friends of the Child that went with it, unknown to the Father, carried it to Breda, where the King touched it, and she returned home perfectly healed. The Child being come to its Father's House, and he finding so great an alteration, inquires how his Daughter arrived at this Health, the Friends thereof assured him, that if he would not be angry with them, they would relate the whole Truth; they having his promise for the same, assured him they had the Child to the King to be touched at Breda, whereby they apparently let him see the great benefit his Child received thereby. Hereupon the Father became so amazed, that he threw of his Nonconformity, and expressed his thanks in this method; Farewell to all Dissenters, and to all Nonconformists: If God can put so much Virtue into the King's Hand as to Heal my Child, I'll serve that God and that King so long as I live with all Thankfulness.  
The following Letter came very lately to my Hands, which I shall here insert verbatim.  
Mr. Brown,  
I Am informed that you are Publishing a Treatise of The Royal Gift of Healing; and knowing that many are of the Opinion that there can be no benefit received without a strong belief, etc. Therefore pray to your many Obligations, add one more, by inserting this in your Book, viz. I was very much afflicted with the Distemper vulgarly known by the Name of the Kings-Evil, from seven years of age, until the time that I received His Majesty's most gracious Touch: I was so much afflicted with it, that at some times my Face would be so Tumefied, that I could hardly see out, or speak plain: my Cheeks and Neck were full of Glandules, and I had such a running Ulcer in my upper Lip, that at some times it appeared like a Harelip, and in a very bad condition I continued from the year 1648, until the year 1662., at which time all my Friends advised me to get the Favour of being Touched: but I believing not further than I could see demonstrated, though none could exceed me in Loyalty, I refused to go: but in a short time after I had some Business of another Nature to go to London, which having soon after I came perfected, I did not dare go home again without being Touched, because I made that the pretence of my Journey. So than I went to some Friends in London, who gave me Recommendations to Mr. Serjeant Knight, who gave me a Ticket, and I waited upon His Majesty as I was directed, and received His Divine Touch; which had so good effect upon me, that in two or three days I was very much at ease; and by that time I got home, which was within a fortnight, I was perfectly well, to the great Glory of God, the Eternal Honour of His Sacred Majesty, and the Lawful Heirs of the Crown, whom God preserve. Amen. Sir, When I have the Happiness to Kiss your Hand, you shall have a more particular account from  
Your Humble Servant, Philip Williams. From my House at the Globe in Whites-Alley in Chancery-Lane London, Dec. 10. 1683.  
A poor Countrywoman came with her three Sisters from Oxford, to be healed by His Majesty in the Week before last Easter: this Object of Charity came to my House in a very miserable condition, and was as well by Sergeant Pyle, His Majesty's Sergeant Chirurgeon, as myself, viewed, and her Distemper was concluded by both not to be the Evil; her Legs were both extraordinarily blistered; her Stomach was so weak, that she for some days could not eat any Diet. I being upon pure Charity persuaded by her earnest Entreaties and Requests to have her Touched, the which on her bended Knees she humbly requested, with that perfect assurance, that could she attain it, she should certainly gain her Cure; she at the public Healing at Whitehal was Touched by His Majesty: that very night she eat two Eggs, that for above ten days before nauseated any Diet. The day following she was Touched again, and with it she received His Majesty's Gold: upon which her Sores and Blisters in her Legs dried up, she speedily thereupon amended, and within a very few days to admiration was perfectly retrieved from her Disease, and to this day is a visible Object of His Majesty's great Cure, (the beginning and ending of which I saw) to His Sacred Thanks and Glory.  
From Mr. Whitacre of Winchester I had this following, of a Child of one Mr. Harbins' of the same place, who being perfectly blind with the Evil, and she being Touched by His Sacred Majesty for the same at Whitehal, she immediately received great benefit thereby, and recovered her sight to that great degree, that walking the same day along with her Mother by the Maypole in the Strand, she asked her Mother what that long Pole was for? which she thanked God she than perfectly saw, and hath continued very well ever since.  
Elizabeth Dewolders of Flushing in Zealand, was touched by the King for the Evil about thirteen years since, who having many running Sores about her Neck, soon after her touching she immediately received benefit, and within a little while after her Sores perfectly dried up. I saw this Woman myself, who came with her Sister who was troubled with the Evil to be Touched this instant October at Whitehal, and she is perfectly healed, and hath continued so ever since.  
William Luke of East-Packham in Kent, a Blacksmith, who having the Evil very much in his Eyes, was touched by the King for the same, and received immediate benefit thereby: he was touched about Easter, and every year about the same time he meets with a fresh return hereof: he comes about forty miles, and every year he gains the Kings Touch, he receives Cure therewith, and goes home very well, and follows his Calling. This I had from Mr. Doublebrook, who is one of His Majesty's Yeoman-Ushers, and who always brings him to the King to be Touched.  
From Mr. Millart, one of the Yeoman-Ushers to the Yeomen of the Guard, I had this, of a poor Woman who was his next Neighbour, who being so grievously troubled with running Sores about her Neck, that she was near wasted and consumed to nothing, she was brought in a Chair to the King to be Touched, and immediately found benefit thereby, and within a short time after she returned home to Breda in Brabant perfectly recovered, and since that sent him a Letter, with thanks, of her continuing well to this hour.  
From Mr. Doublebrook I had this following also, of a Woman who came from Virginia, whose Nose was almost eaten away with the Evil, and her Eyes consumed with that Humour, she being brought by him to the King to be Touched, immediately received benefit thereby, and returned to Virginia since, and as a token of Thanks to him, she sent him a Pair of Gloves, with a Letter, wherein she certified him that she was recovered from her Disease, and was perfectly healed. This he received from her within a year and a half after, from Virginia.  
I might have introduced many more Examples of the great Cures which have been performed by the Sacred Hands of our Kings and Queens: but I hope these may be sufficient to satisfy the reasonable Man.  
May our Blessed SAVIOUR therefore, the great Physician of the Soul and Body, evermore add many years to our Sacred Majesty's Age, that he may always appear more glorious, as the Rising Sun over his People, diffusing of his Healing Rays: May Fortune and Glory be ever the Fruit and Pleasure of his Sacred Person: And may he ever be himself free from all such Sickness and Diseases as he cures in others; whose Health is the Health of his Nations, and whose Life is the Life of his Kingdoms: And as the great KING of Kings hath hitherto miraculously preserved his Defender of the Faith, so may He evermore keep Him from the Malice of his evil Subjects Tongues, and from the sickly Contagion of their ill Manners. May the Preserver of Mankind furnish his Royal Person continually with a strong Army, a faithful People, a flourishing Nation, a peaceful Church, a serene Sea, an invincible Throne, and happy Islands; that as all the World doth pay Tribute to our Sovereign's great Name, so they may also reverence his Divine Healing Nature.    

An Account of the Persons touched by his Sacred Majesty King Charles the Second, for the Cure of the King's Evil, from May 1660. taken from a Register kept by Thomas Haynes Esq Sergeant of His Majesty's Chapel Royal.  
Months. Number of Persons. 1660. MAy and June 900. July 1084 August 781 September 1691 November, December, January 1549  6725 1661. February, March, April, 1425 May 136 June, July, August, 753 September 317 October 450 November 727 December 267 January, February. 542  4619. 1662. March 958 April 385 May 262 June, July, August, 337 September 343 October 578 November 789 December 249 January 104 February 270  4275. 1663. March 505 April 1284 May 930 June 499 July 60 August 31 September 374 October 447 November 142 December 60 January 31 February 364  4667 1664. March 742 April 1096 May 1137 June 80 September 303  3335   

An Account of Persons Touched by His most Sacred Majesty King Charles the Second, for the Cure of the King's Evil, from May 1667. to May 1682. taken from a Book or Register thereof, kept by Mr. Thomas Donkley, Keeper of His Majesty's Closet belonging to His Majesty's Royal Chapel.  
1667. Months. Numbers. MAy 10 June 32 July 21 August 15 September 109 October 382 November 384 December 133 January 59 February 378 March 984 April 571  3078 1668. May 422 June 57 July 57 August 19 September 263 October 191 November 262 December 300 January 69 February 217 March 360 April 1326  3543. 1669. May ●8 June 3● July 40 August 13 September 53 October 000 November 512 December 205 January 000 February 131 March 819 April 1001  2983 1670 May 195 June 69 July 13 August 24 September 13 October 457 November 353 December 96 January 17 February 30 March 401 April 1709  3377 1671. May 43 June 13 July 133 August 215 September 119 October 67 November 390 December. 320 January 14 February 124 March 1212 April 918  3568 1672. May 122 June 18 July 37 August 36 September 67 October 116 November 692 December. 221 January 12 February 218 March 1488 April. 744  3771 1673. May 77 June 116 July 7 August 66 September 227 October 630 November 350 December. 157 January 57 February 93 March 950 April 1727  4457 1674. May 131 June 67 July 69 August 57 September 259 October 453 November 524 December. 278 January 17 February 351 March 713 April 2160  5079 1675. May 301 June 105 July 179 August 53 September 203 October 632 November 554 December. 39 January 11 February 505 March 282 April 607  3471 1676. May 339 June 77 July 35 August 33 September 224 October 452 November 613 December. 000 January 137 February 134 March 900 April 1450  4454 1667. May 544 June 55 July 72 August 177 September 104 October 261 November 272 December. 406 January 1 February 178 March 1953 April 584  4607 1678. May 401 June 98 July 34 August 40 September 259 October 233 November 24● December. 000 January 10 February 2 March 607 April 1530  3456 1679. May 15 June 258 July 35 August 75 September 90 October 344 November 590 December. 26 January 19 February 000 March 1127 April 1173  3752 1680. May 377 June 64 July 50 August 13 September 88 October 83 November 322 December. 93 January 1 February 50 March 830 April 1825  3796 1681. May 222 June 103 July 50 August 120 September 95 October 399 November 1029 December. 184 January 419 February 711 March 214 April 2461 1682. May 260 June 339 July 106 August 49 September 1027 October 221 November 1371 December. 815 January 4 February 1594 March 220 April 2471  8577 Summa totalis, 92107.  
FINIS.   

Books Printed for, and sold by Samuel Lowndes, overagainst Exeter-Exchange in the Strand.  

A Chronological History of France. Written by the Sicur de Mezeray.  
Parthanissa, a famous Romance, Written by the Earl of Orerey.  
Clelia. An excellent New Romance, Written by Monsieur de Scuderey.  
Degreys' Complete Horseman, Or Expert Ferrier.  
Dr. Hornecks Sermon, on the Anniversary Day, for the Martyrdom of King Charles the First.  
Mr. Riveley● two Sermons: one at the Funeral of Bishop Reynolds: the other at the Inauguration of the Mayor of Norwich.  
Mr. Glanvil of Witches▪ with the additions of Dr. M●r●, and Dr. Horneck.  
Mr. Glanvil's Lux Orientalis, or a Treatise of the Praeexistence of Soul●. Bishop Rust his Discourse of Truth, with large Editions to both. By Dr. Moore.  
The great Law of Consideration. By Dr. Horneck.  
Papismus R●gie potestatis Eversor. By Thomas Lord Bishop of Lincoln.  
Mr. Paul Festeaves French and English Grammar.  
The Mirror of Fortune, or the true Character of Fate and Destiny.  
The French Rogue. A very Comical History.  
The Situation of Paradise found out, in a History of a late Pilgrimage to the Holy Land.  
Claudius' Maugre, his French and English Letters.  
Credulity and Incredulity in things Divine and Spiritual. Written by Mereck Causabon, D. D. Prebend of Canterbury.  
The Fire of the Altar. Written by Dr. Horneck.  
Idea Eloquentiae, sive Rhetorica.  
Cambridge Jests, or Witty Alarms for Melancholy Spirits.